FILE Name: Bro939__BrownWN_et_al_Indic_Studies_in_America_ACLSBulletin_28_337-578.pdf PURL: http://resolver.sub.uni-goettingen.de/purl/?gr_elib-320 Type: Searchable PDF/A (text under image) Encoding: Unicode (ā ī ū ṛ ṝ ḷ ḹ ṅ ñ ṭ ḍ ṇ ś ṣ ḥ ṃ ...), index/bookmarks Date: 20.4.2015

BRIEF RECORD Author: Brown, W. Norman (et al.) Title: Indic Studies in America Publ. in: American Council of Learned Societies Bulletin, 28 (1939), pp. 337–578.

FULL RECORD http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gr_elib.htm

NOTICE This file may be copied on the condition that its entire contents, including this data sheet, remain intact.

GRETIL e-library AMERICAN COUNCIL OF LEARNED SOCIETIES

Number 28 BULLETIN May, 1939

CONTENTS

INDIC STUDIES IN AMERICA

Foreword iii India and Humanistic Studies in America, W. Norman Brown. 1 Facilities for Indic Studies in America: a Survey, Horace I. Poleman 27 A Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies, Elmer H. Cutts 109 A Selected List of Texts in the Languages of India and Greater India 170 A Basic Bibliography on the Dialects of India 189 A Basic Bibliography on Greater India 198 Indexes 204 Alphabetical List of Institutions 204 Index of Museum Resources 210 Author Index to Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies.... 219 Subject Index to Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies.... 231 Index to A Selected List of Texts 234 Index to A Basic Bibliography on Greater India 241

Copyright, Í9S8

AMERICAN COUNCIL OF LEARNED SOCIETIES [i]

FOREWORD The case for the expansion of Indic Studies in America is pre• sented in the opening article of this Bulletin, "India and Human• istic Studies in America'' by W. Norman Brown. Since it was written, the Editor has been engaged, with the assistance of the American Association of Museums and the Library of Congress, upon a survey of tbe materials and facilities for study and research in the field of the Indic cultures as they exist in American institu• tions of learning. It is pleasant, and somewhat surprising, to report that there undoubtedly exists in American scholarship an increasing interest in this field of study, not only at the level of research but also at tbe level of a more generalized curiosity on the part of all students of the modern world. The survey itself was limited to about five hundred universities, colleges, museums, and libraries selected on the basis of studies already made in the compilation of A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations by Murray B. Emeneau and A Census of Indic Manuscripts in the United States and Canada by Horace I. Poleman. The two hundred eighteen institutions whose facilities are described below represent the chief centers of museum and library resources and instruction. In the summary of instruction there has been included not only courses in institutions which maintain chairs or departments of Indic studies but also those given as isolated features of the more usual departments. An attempt has been made to list all pertinent museum holdings no matter how slight they may be in any one place. Some library resources of lesser importance have been listed because of their geographical position, their specialization in one or more disciplines of Indic studies, or simply because any depository of several hundred books in this field may be expected to offer to individuals in its vicinity opportunities for study if not for research. Private collectors and dealers have not been included. Their manuscript holdings can be determined by consulting the Census of Indic Manuscripts above referred to. Whenever text and translation holdings are recorded in Emeneau's Union List, that fact is reported. The information is presented geographically; an alphabetical index of institutions and indexes of museum and [iiil iv Foreword

library holdings and instruction combine to supply, it is hoped, a clear picture of the status and the distribution of resources for Indic studies in America. The bibliographies offered are intended to guide the interested individual or institution in developing or augmenting a funda• mental Indic collection, upon which more advanced and special• ized collections can be built. These are highly selected lists, obviously they can be much expanded. In particular, additional texts from Emeneau's Union List could be included. Two texts, however, are included in the Cutts Bibliography, Nos. 156 and 164. In connection with his bibliography Mr. Cutts states: "The list of topics to be seen in the table of contents was arrived at after an examination of bibliographies in other fields of the type contem• plated. It is inevitable that certain alterations be made in any such topical listing to suit the field of study treated. Hence, for Indian uses, the greater number of headings under literature was necessary than would be the case in Chinese or European studies because of the diverse character of Indian literature arising pri• marily from religious differences. Then too, in the interest of space, it became wholly necessary to omit certain branches of Indian literature which appeared to be too little explored as yet to furnish the basis for a proper selection. Where works normally falling into such omitted categories were considered sufficiently outstanding as to be indispensable to any Indic bibliography, they were entered in the miscellaneous section. "The topics dealing with history and art are arranged in much the same manner as literature though it was not necessary in these cases to omit whole fields, except that of biography which also would not permit proper selection. "These three fields, comprising a total of sixteen of the twenty- seven topics, have been subdivided owing to their scope and special character. History and literature have been brought in chronologically as far as that is possible. Each group begins with a list of general works, then followed by the more specialized topics. Art duplicates this plan in respect to the general list, but from then on the division is topical. [iv] Foreword v

"Of the remaining eleven topics, I and XXVI are reference, XXIII is miscellaneous, XVII is a list of periodicals, while the remainder, seven in all, cover the departments of Indian life and civilization not included in history, literature, or art. “It became immediately clear that no one method of arrange• ment was possible, but that each topic must have separate treat• ment. Hence, subject to certain exceptions, the order in topics I, III, VII, XI, and XIII–XVII is that of importance. Topics IV, V, XIX, XX, XXI, and XXIV have a subtopical arrangement as will be seen in tbeir titles. Topics VIII, IX, X, XII, XVIII, XXII, XXV, XXVI bave a chronological arrangement while II and XXIII have no order at all since II is very short and XXIII is miscellaneous. Topic, VI, Early Foreign Contacts, deals first with Western Asian and European and then with Far Eastern contacts. Finally topic XXVII, the periodicals, is arranged in order of first publication. “Besides these arrangements there will be found, where applica• ble, the development from the general to the particular. "It is obvious that the selection of works cited should not be left to the discernment of a single student of the field. Accordingly, after a tentative selection was made it was submitted to as much criticism as was available. Professor Walter E. Clark of Harvard University kindly consented to make suggestions, and his helpful advice in respect both to omissions and additions has given to this all important department of this study whatever merit it may possess. Others were unfortunately unable to find time for a thorough criticism though several suggestions of individual works were received and made use of. "The attempt was made throughout to select only those works which were objectively written and to omit such books as might be open to tbe charge of bias of any sort. It was particularly im• portant to avoid such works as gave evidence of 'special pleading' whether in respect to cosmology, antiquity, purity, or politics in a subjective way. In the field of art attention was paid as much to the inclusion of fine reproductions as to the accompanying content. [v] vi Foreword

"It has seemed advisable to divide the index into two parts to provide a clearer means of reference for those who wish to find a book under author, translator, or, in the case of a translation, under title. Accordingly Index A supplies an alphabetical list of Western Authors and Translators together with the shortened titles of their works. Index B is an alphabetical list of subjects and Indian names of translations cited. In both indexes the citation is to topic, number, and page.'' The editor wishes to point out that considerable liberties have been taken in the editing of Mr. Cutts’s list. In the case of the more rare works depositories have been included. The index to the bibliography of texts includes Indic titles and authors as well as Western authors and titles. The bibliography for Indian dialects is not indexed. It is appropriately subdivided with alphabetical listing by author or by title, when the author's identity is lacking. The bibliography for Greater India is listed alphabetically in a similar way with an index by countries. The editor wishes to thank Lawrence V. Coleman, Director of the American Association of Museums, for his valuable suggestions in connection with the survey of museums. Mr. Mortimer Graves, Administrative Secretary of the American Council of Learned Societies, deserves much credit for advice as to procedure and arrangement. Professor W. Norman Brown of the University of Pennsylvania has increased the value of the bibliographies by much constructive criticism. Credit is especially due Miss Jenny E‚ Falk, graduate student at the University of Pennsylvania, for her careful editing and typing of the bibliographies. To my wife, Elizabeth, I offer my thanks for her very necessary assistance with the survey and the indexes. All of the institutions which co• operated in furnishing the information for resources and instruc• tion deserve grateful acknowledgement from the editor and the users of the Bulletin.

HORACE I. POLEMAN Library of Congress Washington, D. C. February, 1939 [vi] INDIA AND HUMANISTIC STUDIES IN AMERICA

By W. NORMAN BROWN Chairman, Committee on Indic and Iranian Studies Humanistic education and research proceed from the premise that the cultural differences between separate peoples are the product not necessarily of higher and lower intellectual and moral capacities but more probably of average humanity responding to dissimilar environmental stimuli. They take as provincial and untenable the assumption, whether expressed or tacit, that be• cause a culture is unlike our own it is inferior and unworthy of our attention. And they hold that the importance of any culture and the need for studying it are in direct ratio to its past and present influence upon the world and its potentiality.

I. WHY PRESENT THE CASE OF INDIA India has one of the world's great historic cultures. The others are (1) the Chinese and Japanese (Far Eastern), (2) the Egypto- Babylonian, which has been continued divergently, (3) first through the Aegean and then for about twenty-five hundred years through the Greco-Roman-European (Christianized) civilization, and (4) for about thirteen hundred years through the Islamic culture. Of the four great contemporary civilizations which derive from these (Indic, Chinese, Islamic, and European) the Indic and the Chinese have the greatest length of continuous tradition, extend• ing back roughly five thousand years, possibly more. In number of adherents today the differences among the four are not sig• nificant enough to justify any discrimination; each is employed by so many people that even without other features it would demand our intensive study. As persons who are aware of the world in which we are living and concerned about the world into which we are moving, we of

Sections of this article have been taken from two articles by w. Nor• man Brown published in Asia, May and July, 1937. The editors of that Magazine have kindly given permission to quote here at length. [337] 2 American Council of Learned Societies

today must know the history of these cultures and of their rela• tions with one another, their background in the past and their developments in modern times, and their impact upon one another and its consequences, and we must use that knowledge to guide us intelligently in the future. What is each going to become; what has each to contribute to the others; what must we know and do that their contacts may make for the world's peace and greatest good? Here in the West we still largely confine our humanistic studies to our own civilization. We are concerned with its roots – primi• tive, prehistoric, and historic – its evolution into its modern state, and the interrelationships of its subdivisions (British, American, French, German, Italian, Russian, etc). Where the European-Christian culture has clashed with the Far Eastern, the Indic, or the Islamic, we have generally viewed the clash from the point of view of our own narrower prepossessions, with little, if any, comprehension of the reasons why the Chinese, the Indians, or the Moslems of Arabia or elsewhere have acted as they have, and without taking a wider world-view of the meaning of these clashes. We have satisfied ourselves with inspecting a single side of the medal, and have assumed that we need not know the other; our history has had only one dimension. To state the matter so – even with allowance for some degree of overstate• ment – is to reveal its fallacy. It is a fortunate sign that agencies in this country which have at heart the promotion of knowledge for the good of all have in recent years been steadily increasing the amount of their attention to Far Eastern civilization, our cultural neighbor across the Pacific, with which we have close and dynamic contact. More attention than at present should also be given to Islamic culture and the peoples living by it today, in the Near East, and elsewhere in Asia and Africa. Everywhere "primitive'' cultures need thorough in• vestigation for the light they throw upon human behavior. Here we are to consider India as one of the interlaced parts that make up the whole of civilization. The aim is to indicate by brief ref• erence the importance which Indic civilization has had for the [338 ] India and Humanistic Studies in America 3 world, still has, and may be expected to have, with the deduction that it demands our extended study.

II. SCOPE OF INDIA'S CULTURE The extent of territory and the population of India in themselves provide a challenge to the interest of the world at large. With 354 millions of inhabitants, according to the census of 1931, India, including Burma, has one of the world's greatest population blocs. Although comparatively far removed from us in America and not yet forcing itself critically upon our alarmed consideration, as is the Far East, it has economic possibilities that have made it the goal of European commerce from the fifteenth century to the present, put it today into the mercantile program of Japan as well, and constitute it a field for American foreign trade with the pros• pect of incalculable expansion. If trade were to be the extent of Western contact with India, we might not see in it alone a sufficient basis for studying her culture; but so narrow a view of our prospective relations with that coun• try is unwarranted, as it is also in the case of the Far East. India's highly organized and relatively homogeneous civilization is bound to come in ever closer touch with our own; for as intercourse be• tween remote parts of the world becomes increasingly easy, India's relative intellectual isolation must decrease along with her rela• tive economic isolation. Her achievements in the art of living are at our disposal, as ours are at hers; her problems too will become ours as those of Europe and the Far East have been brought into our life. We shall need to reconcile our civilization and hers, to the change of both. For she can contribute to us, as we are now contributing to her. Doubtless no American scholar of the humanities would directly affirm that Indic civilization has been inconsequential in the past and is negligible in our calculations for the future, yet doubtless few think in an inclusive way of India's accomplishments. Aside from Indic specialists, those who think of India are likely to think first, and perhaps exclusively, of her philosophy and religion. They do so not without justification; for no other people of record [339 ] 4 American Council of Learned Societies

has been so greatly preoccupied with these subjects as has the Indian, and has joined them in a team, with philosophy always functioning to serve religion. This is not to say that every coolie in the streets quotes the Upanishads and discusses monism, but it is to say that nowhere else have so many aspects of civilization revolved so generally around a spiritual, religious center, and so many thinkers in all departments of living carried on their special studies with the primary motive of helping solve problems of religion and philosophy. Such a concentration of intellectual interest may not have been entirely defensible, but it has made the Indians deal exhaustively with almost every possible variety of religious experience. When the intellectual West discovered the Vedas at the end of the eight• eenth century, this Indian attitude of mind had a profound influ• ence, which helped to mold the German romantic movement of the nineteenth century, and in another field, led to the scientific study of the history and comparison of religions. When Schopen• hauer read the Upanishads in a Latin translation of a Persian translation from the Sanskrit, he felt that he had at last come to a clear and beautiful, though early and unsystematic, treatment of the fundamental problem of man's relation to the universe, and he found in those texts "the comfort of his life, the solace of his death.’' Indic thought was responsible for many of the most important currents in our own American Transcendentalist School, probably the most distinctive American philosophical movement of the nineteenth century. Long before the eighteenth century, classic Greece had in India a by-word for metaphysical profundity. Two thousand years earlier, but forgotten by the world long before the time of the Greeks, India seems to have been as ardently en• gaged upon an introspective search of the soul's true nature. A number of seals recently excavated from archaeological sites of the Indus valley, datable in the third millennium B.C., show figures seated in meditative postures now used in the system of Yoga, and warrant the inference that even at that time some of the rudiments of Yoga were already known. We may not un• reasonably draw the conclusion that systematic introspection [ 340 ] India and Humanistic Studies in America 5 with the aid of studied methods has been practised in India for five thousand years. It may perhaps be urged that philosophy in India has for some centuries been in an unfruitful scholastic stage. Whether that be true or not hardly signifies. The important point is that Indian thinkers today have become aware of the problems which modern science has brought to philosophy. It is only fair to suppose that with a reflective tradition of at least three thousand, and possibly five thousand, years behind them, they may make definite contri¬ butions to modern thinking which would not have come from westerners, because the Indians will draw from their own philo• sophic heritage as well as from that of Europe, and will employ both in their treatment of current problems. There are already Indian thinkers who have reached eminence in the West, such as Sir S. Radhakrishnan, who now holds a chair at Oxford. In religion the Hindu and the Semite share the major honors of creation. In variety the Hindu undoubtedly excels, some think in profundity as well. Brahmanical Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism have been the chief faiths developed, and of these Hin• duism and Buddhism have migrated outside the country, the one or the other carrying its doctrines and much of larger Indian cul• ture into Ceylon, Burma, Central Asia, China, Korea, Japan, Siberia, Siam, Cambodia, Sumatra, Java, Bali. India has developed certain valuable religious attitudes of mind and ethical notions which are unique, at least in the wideness of their application to life. One of these has been a tolerance in questions of intellectual belief – doctrine – that is amazing to the West, where for many centuries heresy-hunting was common, and bloody wars between nations over sectarian rivalries were fre• quent. This has not been the Indian way. With an application of metaphysical relativity to the capacity of the human intellect, the Indian has generally taken the stand that truth in its entirety and purity is comprehensible to none but the rarest, most highly endowed personalities. To others only a facet of the truth is visible. Each person sees the universe in those terms which his mind is capable of using; none is wholly right, none wholly wrong. [341 ] 6 American Council of Learned Societies

And it is impossible to force a mind to accept ideas which are beyond it. In the doctrine of ahinsā (non-injury of living creatures) India has created an ethical ideal unparalleled elsewhere. The teaching that man must not injure his brother is promulgated by many faiths, but in India alone is brotherhood extended beyond the human species to include all animal forms. As the idea is all- embracing in its scope, so is it universal in Indian religions, an axiom which no one disputes, any more than he does the notion of Rebirth and Retribution for one's Act, and never departs from without a feeling of personal guilt. We may ourselves find it hard to sympathize with so general an extension of the idea of loving kindness, but we cannot deny that it may have created a national prepossession in favor of non-violence. These notions of tolerance and non-injury might indeed, if promoted by some large body of people sincerely devoted to them, be of help today, when the West is quarrelling over different theories of the state and economic order (rather than of the nature of God and man's relation to Him which agitated our ancestors), and is living under a constant threat of war. In the past these ideas existed in India for application by the individual, to help him in his progress through the endless round of existence to that final state in which he rests blissfully forever without the pain of rebirth. They were not used by groups to govern mass action when seeking redress for a grievance. Within our generation Gandhi has endeavored to use them in this latter way, and so to transmute ahinsā especially from an individual to a social force. With him it is still only tentative; yet perhaps he has found some¬ thing there to develop into a permanent method. Possibly India, which in the past has put the greatest emphasis upon this doctrine as a force for the individual, may make it a national ideal for group action and become a nation that can settle its inner and external quarrels without the use of violence. Although religion and philosophy constitute the subject matter or provide the motivation of large parts of India's literature, she has cultivated many other types of literary interest as well, and [342] India and Humanistic Studies in America 7 her literature as art is one of the world's most ancient, most exten­ sive, most varied, and most highly developed. It begins in the Rig Veda, composed by 1000 B.C., with hymns meant for use in an elaborate sacrificial ritual, but even then it has a marked feel­ ing for the emotional and technical values in poetry. Later the great Sanskrit epics, the Mahābhārata and the Rāmāyana, which are storehouses of mythology, legend, law, religion, and other matters, also contain long passages which belong within the do¬ main of artistic letters. The Sanskrit drama shares with the Greek the first place in antiquity; Goethe's unreserved enthusiasm for Kālidāsa's Shakuntalā is well known. Had other Sanskrit plays been familiar to him, he might have included them too in his praise. The lyric poetry of Sanskrit, composed for its own sake, deals with many kinds of topics, and with full mastery of thought and form is now heroic and strong, now delicate and subtle, sometimes simple and direct in expression, sometimes full of complicated imagery. The Hindus made elaborate studies in aesthetics and the poetic art, which are quite as excellent and penetrating as those of Aristotle, or Quintilian, or any other classi¬ cal critic, and far more extensive in their analysis of rhetorical devices. They developed theories of literary appreciation, in­ telligent and important not only to their own time and place but perhaps also to the modern West if they were made known to our critics. The world's story literature probably owes more to India than to any other people of antiquity. Many of the tales that delighted Europe during the early centuries of the Christian era and during mediaeval and Renaissance times were drawn through one inter­ mediary or another from India; for example, a number of the stories in Boccaccio and Straparola can be traced back to Indian originals. Whether or not the beast fable was actually born in India it is impossible to say, but the Indian Panchatantra is cer­ tainly the most widely known collection of such stories in the world, and has been transmitted from one tongue to another, until it has been said, doubtless truly, that it has been put into more languages than any other book except the Bible. In the seventh [343 ] 8 American Council of Learned Societies generation of descent (Sanskrit, Pahlavi, Arabic, Hebrew, Latin, Italian, English) it first appeared in English at the hands of Sir Thomas North, who also made the version of Plutarch's Lives which was known to Shakespeare. In addition to Sanskrit, many other languages of India have had their own literatures, some of them ancient, some modern. The Hīnayāna division of Buddhism, now chiefly known in Cey­ lon, Burma, and Siam, uses for its canon and much of its ancillary literature the Pali language, which bears about the same rela­ tionship to Sanskrit as Italian does to Latin. The Jains use for their canonical works Ardhamāgadhī Prakrit, another close relative of Sanskrit, as French is of Latin, and for other authoritative works use either Sanskrit or Māhārāshṭrī Prākrit. Buddhist and Jain literature are not confined to religious themes, but are em­ ployed also for secular works of the belles­lettres category. Mod­ ern Aryan languages of India have extensive literary development – Bengali, Gujarati, Hindi, and others. Among the Dravidian family of languages, Tamil has works which may be as old as the beginning of the Christian era. Telugu, Kanarese, and Malaya¬ lam have younger, but very prolific, literatures. These various languages, both Indo­Aryan and Dravidian, cover a widely varied range of literary subject matter. Today, as throughout her whole known history, India maintains a vigorous and productive literary tradition, not an imitator of any other people but ever independent and creative. Architecture and the plastic arts have had a career in India which we can study since the third millennium B.C. and can claim to understand since the third century B.C. India's art has had a unique history of theme and technique, and has never been ex­ celled for imaginative power. The prevailing feature of that art is that it is religious and therefore symbolic. If we look at the free­standing images made in the time of the Buddhist emperor Asoka, third century B.C., and the pillars which he erected to bear his pious and compassionate inscriptions, we find that the artists could, and did, carve such animals as the lion, elephant, bull, and horse with qualities of naturalism, modeling, and move­ [ 344 ] India and Humanistic Studies in America 9 ment that make them agreeable to the most refined Greek taste. But the human figure is generally treated unnaturalistically, that is, intellectually, for the interest in using the human figure was not to reproduce it with anatomic exactitude but to use it for visual expression of some abstraction or of some superhuman being with wbich a human body could never be identical. The sculp• tured stone was not even remotely considered to be a photograph; it was a symbol, and many other things besides the human body could serve as a symbol, such as a wheel or a lotus. Sculpture was not meant to be a reminder of a human being or of an apoth• eosis of man, but of something abstract, spiritual, in its reality beyond apprehension by the senses, an ocular reference to uni• versal knowledge that might somehow become comprehensible to humanity. This has been the character of Indian art ever since the time of Asoka, and the changes since then have been in a widening application of the artists' imagination so as to produce new themes and new iconographie forms and symbolism, with a stylistic development from a primitivism to a classical orderliness, then to freedom and elegance, and then to elaboration and pro• fusion of detail and ideas. In historic times we can see and comprehend this course of Indian art. If we look back beyond history into the dark past of Indian prehistory and at the civilization of the Indus valley in the third millennium B.C., we see that the people then could carve animals as naturalistically as the artists of Asoka's day. But they too abandoned naturalism for abstractions and symbolism. They created mythological hybrid creatures, whose meaning we do not know, but might perhaps penetrate if we could read the Indus script. They figured a three-faced deity which might pass for the classical and modern god Shiva, seated in a .posture of Yoga meditation. They have left us copper and stone images with the intellectuality of their successors three thousand years later. They used symbols, such as the swastika, that India has never relinquished. Dare we think that the spirituality and symbolism of Indian art are as ancient as the Indus civilization? If so, we may never hope to penetrate the secret of its origin, but [ 345 ] 10 American Council of Learned Societies we can at least see that the strength of the Indian ideals of art derives from a tradition in the hearts of her people so old that it seems as mystical as the religious ideals themselves which the art serves. Science – natural, social, and humanistic – has had a long and important treatment in India. Medicine, astronomy, mathe• matics, law, political and social organization are all described in many books belonging to a tradition coming from antiquity, with increasing amplification in the hands of successive authors. One of the most interesting of these to us modern westerners has been that of grammar. The Hindus were aware of this subject in the early part of the first millennium B.C., and they started to study it as an aid to preserving and interpreting the holy Vedas. Gram• marians grew up who described and analyzed the Sanskrit lan• guage, which happens to be more capable of lucid analysis than any other Indo-European tongue, and from the fourth century B.C. India has had works on phonetics and linguistic morphology that went far beyond anything achieved elsewhere until the nine• teenth century. It was the discovery of Sanskrit by Europeans just at the end of the eighteenth century that led to the birth of comparative philology and the whole modern science of linguistics. The sum total of all these departments of human knowledge and others not discussed here is the civilization which we call the Indic. Most of it has been in fundamental form for two thousand years, just as much of the Greco-Roman-European culture has been in existence that long; much is far older. Anyone unacquainted with Indian civilization in its various departments does not know, or even begin to know, the world history of any one of those phases of culture. It is a common practice, but in some respects an idle one, to offer courses in the history of philosophy that do not include the Indic. There is the same inadequate treatment of the history of law and the history of medicine and the history of art. The mere fact that these fields of knowledge have been cultivated among over 350 millions of people shows that neglect of them is a serious defect in such general courses; but to ignore them when they have made so [346 ] India and Humanistic Studies in America 11

much of a mark upon the outside world, especially upon China and the rest of the Orient, marks such courses as fatally provincial.

III. THE CONTINUITY AND VITALITY OF INDIA'S CULTURE We can rightly say that the beginnings of civilization in India are still undiscovered. As recently as the year 1924 we had posi• tive knowledge of nothing earlier there than the invasion of the Aryans, which we believe took place about 2O0O-15OO B.C. But since 1922, with first publication m 1924, archaeology has been extracting from sites in the hot and desiccated valley of the river Indus great masses of material which show that during the third millennium B.C., certainly by 2750 B.C., extensive cities had been built there. Who the people were who had these cities we cannot say; they may or may not have been the Dravidians, who were in India when the Aryans entered the land. The houses were built of brick ; the streets were well laid out and had an elaborate drain• age system; the people used tools made of copper and bronze, as well as of stone; they had a system of writing. Although we are ignorant of many phases of that civilization, we recognize numer• ous cultural items which still persist in India, such as the swastika or the veneration of the pipal tree, and we plausibly interpret other remains as indicating that some of the major phases of India's intellectual life were already in existence, such as the use of Yoga methods in religious meditation. The linguistic and literary form of India's culture comes from the Aryans, our own cultural kinsman. The Aryan invasion is the most important thing that has ever happened to India; it gave Indian culture the cement which still holds it together. The Indo-Aryan language, Sanskrit, and dialects related to it have been the vehicle for expressing all the dominant ideas of India, and, because they were the vehicle, we have come to speak of her culture as Aryan. The contribution of the Aryans to the fundamental thought of India is less certain. Their earliest book, the Rig Veda, has nothing that we can see in common with the Indus civilization, which preceded it. At the same time it is surprisingly lacking in the notions of rebirth and retribution for [347] 12 American Council of Learned Societies one's deeds (Karma) and salvation by escape into Nirvana, a state of eterual and unchanging bliss (variously conceived), and the ethical principle of non­injury to living creatures (Ahiñsā), and scarcely hints at monistic philosophy, yoga practice, and the social order of caste, ideas which have all for the past twenty­five hun­ dred years been prominent in India's thinking. It is possible that these were non­Aryan in their beginnings and were making an intellectual conquest of the Aryans at the same time that the Aryan languages were supplanting the non­Aryan. Thought and language had blended to form historic Indian civilization by the sixth century B.C., when the principal Upani­ shads (early philosophic texts) had been composed, and the Bud­ dha and Mahāvīra were founding the great faiths of Buddhism and Jainism. Not many centuries later devotional Hinduism was expressing itself, especially in the Bhagavad Gītā. Char­ acteristic Indian civilization had been born, diverse even then as it was ever to be later, yet always a unit; and it possessed that tremendous inner strength which was to keep it alive and powerful in the epochs when it had to resist the intrusions of Hellenistic, Islamic, and European­Christian cultures. When the Greek culture went to India, following the conquests of Alexander, 326­325 B.C., it could make no permanent gains. Hellenistic dynasties were established; courts used Greek as well as Indic languages, and kings struck their coins in both; a Hel¬ lenized art left countless buildings and sculptures, executing them as late as in the fifth century of our era; but in the end India repudiated the Hellenistic. In the culture of today only the scholar sees vestiges of the imported Greek, and they are very few. Probably there were times during the eight centuries that Hellenism was in India when contemporaries might have thought that the Indian would succumb. We can see now that there was never a doubt of the outcome. The native Indic easily repulsed the invader; it emerged from the conflict stronger than ever, to burst into its most glorious age, the cultural magnificence of the Gupta period, from the fourth to the sixth centuries, when India created literature, architecture, sculpture, painting that she has never since surpassed. [348] India and Humanistic Studies in America 13

The second great culture with which the Indic has clashed is the Islamic, that is, Mohammedan. That conflict is still in progress. Islamic civilization has been invading India since the beginning of the eighth century, but the struggle between it and the Indic became acute at about 1000 A.D. Every part of India at some time or other fell under Mohammedan political control, but Mohammedan civilization has been strongest in the northwest, where it entered, and in Bengal in the east. The central and southern parts of India have been least affected. The conflict between the Indic and the Islamic cultures is much more bitter than ever was that between the Indic and the Hellen• istic. These last two contended on language, literature, science, philosophy, art. On matters of social organization and religion they did not join issue. The Hellenistic adopted Buddhism, and caste was not even at stake, for Buddhism denies its validity. But Islam meets Hindu culture on both social organization and religion, as well as on those issues which Hellenism contested; and it is the quarrels on these two subjects which have so far made the Hindu-Muslim antipathy insoluble. For they are the two respects in which the two faiths are in• tolerant. Hinduism divides society into groups according to the system of caste, all graded in a hierarchy, with stringent prohibi• tions against intermarriage, interdining, or even mere proximity of bigb and low. Temples may be confined to certain castes, with the exclusion of the lowest. But Islam is thoroughly democratic. There are no such distinctions by social stratification, and every Moslem may worship in any mosque or at any tomb. The place where Mohammedan intolerance appears is in intellectual religious creed. There is but one opinion admissible about Allah, who like Jehovah is a jealous god and incites his followers to violence against disbelievers. But Hinduism takes a relative view of this question – a man's theological or metaphysical beliefs are precisely those which he is constitutionally capable of entertaining. A Hindu migbt have tolerated the Mohammedan theology as a facet of Hinduism and have accepted the Mohammedans as a Hindu group, say a caste. But to the Mohammedan such a position for his faith was impossible. Rather he might see it as his duty to [349 ] 14 American Council of Learned Societies abolish Hinduism as an intolerable heresy and to convert Hindus, if necessary by force. Since Hindus would not, could not, inter• marry with Mohammedans, there was no chance that the two groups would fuse peaceably. The misunderstanding was increased by the fact that the edu• cated of the two groups had different languages for their respec• tive intellectual and artistic literatures – Islam used Arabic and Persian; Hinduism used Sanskrit. Again, the Mohammedan takes very seriously the injunction to make no graven image, and his mosques bear no animal designs. But Hindu temples are prolific with human and animal figures and so become an invita• tion to Mohammedan iconoclasm. And again, the cow is sacred to Hindus, "a poem of pity'' Gandhi calls it, and expresses at its peak the Hindu ethical doctrine that man must injure no animal. The Mohammedan, like the Christian, finds one of its chief uses to be human food. While Islam had the military advantage there were at certain periods regions in which, from the Hindu point of view, civiliza• tion seemed to have perished from the earth. Yet the native Indian civilization did not perish. Even whole groups of temples survived undamaged, as at Khajraho, in Central India. In the seventeenth century Hinduism was being championed as a na• tional faith, not incidentally as the religion of an individual king, who happened to be a Hindu, engaged in a war with another, who happened to be a Mohammedan. When the Europeans obtained control, the Mohammedans ceased to spread through force. Now, according to the census of 1931, two-thirds of India's 354 millions are Hindus, and less than one-fourth are Mohammedan. In the centuries that Islam has been in India it has come to make many compromises with Hinduism. The most spectacular was made by the Mughul Emperor Akbar (ruled 1556 – 1605), the greatest ruler in India after Asoka, who had lived 1850 years before him. He endeavored to found a religion that would appeal to Muslims and Hindus alike, and he put himself at the head of it. It passed away with him, but it is typical of many adventures in cult and philosophy, most prominent of which is the Sikh [350 ] India and Humanistic Studies in America 15

religion, down to the very present, in which the two faiths have found some measure of agreement. Much of the Hindu influence is not consciously felt. Visitors in India today will see Mohammedanism so far forget• ful of its old violenceagains t Hinduism that the Hyderabad State, which is governed by Mohammedans, is sedulously conserving the ancient and magnificent groups of Buddhist, Hindu, and Jain rock-cut cave temples at Ajanta and Elura, which it is proud to have within its borders. Once the European-Christian culture was firmly established in India, the indigenous culture found another foe in it. It, too, had its own language, and it went so far as to fix that language in high schools and colleges both as a subject of study and as a medium of instruction. This turned out to have the unforeseen advantage for India of giving her a common speech for the edu• cated, but at the same time it put Indian students under the double burden of studying in a foreign tongue. The European-Christian culture introduced English literature into the curriculum, to the neglect of the Indian literatures, and the results have not always been good; for the students learned nothing of their native litera• ture, which they could have understood and appreciated because it dealt with the things of their life, nor could they understand and appreciate English literature, which was remote from their environment. This imported culture had its own religion, which it did not usually promote by violence, but nevertheless furthered by making converts, and did so with the extra prestige coming from the fact that the missionaries were members of the ruling white people. Socially, this culture had no caste system, but it had a color preju• dice instead, which the Indian still cannot accept nor forgive. It had its own architecture, which it used for public buildings, while until comparatively recently it ignored the Indian. But the point at which it made its deadliest attack was eco• nomic. India was a country of handicraft industry. Europe, and especially England, developed industrialism. India became a source of raw supplies for Britain, wbich India shipped out of I 351 ] 16 American Council of Learned Societies the country instead of manufacturing herself. And she also became a market for the finished goods, which were sold more cheaply than her own handicraft products. Hellenism and Islam had never struck India so directly where she lives. Westernism came to India with authority as the culture of the modern conquering world, and it shone as brilliant before the mediaeval political and economic organization of India as though it were light from Heaven. Its weapons gave it military and political dominance. Its new natural science – its physics, chem• istry, biology – and its history, economics, and sociology blasted as incompetence and superstition much that Indians had accepted from their past without criticism. They were as different from India's traditional lore as the masoned stone college buildings in which they are taught were different from the huts of the village schools. Many sons of India, dazzled by this burst of light from the West, would have cast away their whole cultural heritage. Uncritically they saw in western institutions the panacea for all India's social and economic ills. They forgot the greatness of their own civilization; they were blind to the blemishes in ours. But again India did not succumb. The folk did not give up their old institutions, and among the learned there was a resistant conservatism that would not yield to the European-Christian any more than it had to Islam. Today there is a considerable reac• tion, expressing itself in a number of ways, and most conspicu• ously in political action. Speaking broadly, each of the three cultures conflicting in India today operates through its own political mechanism. The European-Christian is that in power; it is the party of the "ins.'' Britain has never aimed at uprooting the native culture in favor of her own, except incidentally as might fit into her imperialistic policy. In imposing a western system of education she sought to provide herself with efficient public servants; in encouraging missions she was trying to promote social and health reforms. Yet her actions have often been detrimental to Indic culture, and Indians have resented them. They resent the tacit assumption of the whites that they are morally and socially superior; they [352 ] India and Humanistic Studies in America 17 resent seeing India's economic life subordinated to Britain's. They object to a system of education that tends to make them spiritually only a poor imitation of the British. In this resent• ment lies the basis of Hindu cultural nationalism. The western European culture has made a marked impression upon India, and is continuing to do so. It is the most active force in the country in altering the traditional culture. But its function has not been that of supplanting; so far it has been con• tributing and modifying rather than destroying. The Mohammedans, being a minority “out'' group, on the one hand face the British, who took from the dying Mughul power at Delhi the titular supremacy which Islam claimed over India, and, on the other hand, the Hindus, whom they fear as the coming rulers of the country. Of the two opponents they mistrust Hindu nationalism the more, and they are in effect allies of the Govern• ment of India. The 78 millions of Mohammedans could never compete by suffrage with the 239 millions of Hindus; and they have succeeded in getting a system of communal representation in legislative bodies, by which voters do not vote as a single general constituency but as a number of separate constituencies. A large section of the Mohammedan community, among whose leaders is the poet and philosopher Sir Muhammad Iqbal, wants a Mohammedan state in northwestern India, where the Moham• medan strength lies. There is a constant struggle between Hindus and Mohammedans for government appointments, and the govern• ment divides these ruthlessly between the two. It does not favor either group, but it cannot help knowing which one supports it. There is a famous bloomer by a Viceroy of many years ago, who once startled India by declaring that, in his political capacity as ruler of the country, he had two wives, the Hindu and the Mo• hammedan, and of the two he preferred the Mohammedan. Islamic culture has lost its political power in India; it has made a number of minor religious compromises with Hinduism; it makes converts today only from lower caste Hindus, whose desperate economic and social plight makes them a good field for both Mo• hammedan and Christian missionary labor. If Hinduism can [353 ] 18 American Council of Learned Societies retain the lowest castes, Mohammedan growth will stop. And it suffers meanwhile the danger of losing its distinctive character through a gradual infiltration of Hindu ideas over a long period of time, which may slowly alter its inner chemical constitution into a Hinduized amalgam. The Hindu, that is native Indian, culture is the field in which nationalism grows. Its chief efficient force is the Indian National Congress, which recruits its membership from all sections of the Hindu community except the very highest and the very lowest. For at the top the Indian Princes fear the democratic tenden• cies of the Congress; and at the bottom the "untouchables,'' whom the Government of India now tactfully calls "exterior castes,'' fear the continuation of orthodox upper-caste oppression. The new constitution does not pacify Hindu political nationalism, which aims, more or less frankly, at a self-governing Hindu India. The stream of ancient Indic culture is beating against the coer• cive banks of Islamic and European-Christian culture at more points than the political. In literature, despite the stifling effect of a college educational system not based upon the culture of the country, there has been an unceasing productivity in the vernacu• lar languages. The best known author is Tagore, whose Bengali works far outnumber his English, and are written in a modern, non-pedantic tongue that at first shocked the classical Sanskrit- conscious pandits. Though "modern'' in his literary and intel• lectual liberalism, he is a staunch Hindu. He does not want western culture for India; he wants an Indian culture, which accommodates itself to modern circumstances. There are many other such authors, not known to the West, yet exerting great influence in their own parts of India. Of social phenomena one of the most striking has been the emergence of women from seclusion into the general life. In politics, for example, they take a part that forty years ago would have been unpredictable. With all this they imitate the Euro• peans very little; instead they remain Indian. Caste has been modified under the influence of the railroad, the teachings of modern science, and the humanitarian efforts of social reformers, [354] India and Humanistic Studies in America 19 including Gandhi. In education Indian subjects have made their way into the curriculum, and Indian tongues have gained position in some institutions as the medium of instruction. Archaeology, revealing India's ancient greatness, stirs and increases national pride. Government buildings now use Indian architectural motifs, as at the capital in New Delhi. Indic schools of painting, which build upon the past but also study western technique, exist in Calcutta, Madras, and Bombay, and their works are immensely popular. There is a modern, yet not Europeanized, drama; and there is an enormous Indian moving-picture industry, which draws plots, characters, and even some occasional items of tech• nique from traditional Indian sources.

The considerations advanced in the foregoing discussion justify us in making two major generalizations about India today. One is that her civilization has been a continuum for twenty-five hun• dred years, possibly five thousand, varying in detail and develop• ment, yet having a common skeletal basis of religion, art, thought. It is a culture which has been attacked by at least three powerful invading cultures and is still under attack from two of them. The other is that the reshaping of India, now taking place, is not a process of discarding the traditional civilization for a new one imported from the West, but rather consists in adapting the in• herited to meet the demands of the modern world with its im• proved industrial organization, means of communication, and political and social theory. The current conflicts spring from the resistance which the indigenous offers to the foreign; the resolution of the conflicts will come when India has selected from the foreign those things which she thinks necessary to perfect her destiny. Since India's culture is bound to persist, it follows concomitantly that we must study India and her culture to gain from it those features, large or small, that will contribute to our own, and to assist her in getting from us those phases of our own civilization which she can use. We need intellectual understanding on each side to make a satisfactory adjustment of East with West. [355 ] 20 American Council of Learned Societies

IV. OPPORTUNITIES FOR HUMANISTIC INVESTIGATION OF INDIC CIVILIZATION As with the Far East, so with India the unexplored and only partly explored fields of humanistic science are immense. One with markedly dramatic prospects is archaeology. When in 1924 the Government of India first announced the results of its two years' excavation at Mohenjo-daro and Harappa in the Indus valley, not only Indian but also world archaeology received a new orientation. It appeared at once that this civilization was akin to previously known civilizations of Irak and Mesopotamia in the third millennium B.C. Since 1924 this same early culture has been located by reconnaissance explorations all the way from the peninsula of Kathiawar in the west of India to the foothills of the Himalayas, and related cultures have been found in British and Persian Baluchistan, in northern Iran, and all along the south• ern part of Persia to the Tigris. The Government of India spends very little money on archaeol• ogy, that being considered by the Indian Legislative Assembly a luxury subject, and it has become willing in recent years to relin• quish its monopoly on archaeological excavation and permit pri• vate agencies to engage in that enterprise. In 1934 it removed the last obstacles, and the first agency to operate under the new provisions of the amended Ancient Monuments Act was the Ameri• can School of Indic and Iranian Studies, which secured a concession for the site of Chanhu-daro in Sind, and excavated for a year (1935-36) on funds provided by the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. Unfortunately, there was no money to continue a second season, and the site has had to be left unfinished with the lowest and most interesting levels still to be uncovered; but even the first season's results were of great interest, and there is no doubt that the ex• cavation should be completed. Everywhere throughout India archaeological exploration has at least the potentiality of throw• ing back the date of civilization in the particular locality to prehistoric times. In the field of linguistics new areas are being opened up con• stantly in respect of ancient India and modern India alike. Liter- [356 ] India and Humanistic Studies in America 21 ary dialects of great antiquity are some of them only now suc• cumbing to grammatical analysis; of modern tongues many of the Aryan are being described scientifically for the first time. With Dravidian and Munda languages the uncharted spaces are even greater than with the Aryan. A few well trained Indian scholars are working in these fields, and some European scholars. One highly trained young American has been in India for the past three years making field investigations of Dravidian languages. In anthropology and ethnology the surface has hardly been scratched. There are few anthropometric data for India, and all our conceptions of race there are subject to major correction. Cultural anthropology has not yet had the reports of trained in• vestigators for literally dozens of tribes. Again a few Indians – very few indeed – are working in these fields, as well as some few Europeans. Recently a young American anthropologist has spent a couple of years collecting somatic measurements in the Kangra valley of the Himalayas, and another has been investigat• ing the culture of certain primitive tribes in southern India. In philosophy and religion there lie at hand numerous unpub• lished texts dealing with mediaeval theories and practices, many of which scholars have not even explored. In the modern practice of religion much has yet to come under any scientific observation. The unpublished mediaeval manuscript religious material de• scribing death and funeral rites is being thoroughly examined by another young American scholar. Of belles-lettres and critical literature there are texts to be published and still more to be reported on for the West. Even of the standard and long known texts, some are still not published in critical editions. The history of ancient India is constantly being revised in the light of new inscriptional, numismatic, and literary evidence. The mathe• matics, astronomy, and music of the country are only partly explored. The history of art in India is steadily expanding with the discovery of new material, and many old opinions are now appearing to have been misconceptions. We know deplor• ably little about political and economic theory and practice in ancient India. In law there exist many mediaeval texts which [357 ] 22 American Council of Learned Societies

need to be studied. In sociology even such a fundamental ele• ment of Indian civilization as caste lacks a satisfactory history of its origin and development, and the meeting of Hindu and Moslem cultures, their conflict and their reconciliation, is a subject that is quite virgin. If the world is really to know India it must have at hand many times as much material as exists at present.

V. A PROGRAM TO DEVELOP INDIC STUDIES IN AMERICA American scholars interested in the Indic field feel strongly that our academic structure is exceedingly weak in Indic studies and must be greatly strengthened if it is to serve our future needs. We must remember that the students now passing through our educational machinery will live their effective lives during the second half of the twentieth century, and it takes no gift of proph• ecy to predict that at that time the world will include a vigorous India, possibly politically free, conceivably a dominant power in the Orient, and certainly intellectually vital and productive. How can Americans who have never met India in their educational experience be expected to live intelligently in such a world? Are we to wait until some cataclysm brought about in large part by our own ignorance and misunderstanding forces India on our attention? Or are we to plan our intellectual life so as to foresee the needs of the future? At present, only the sheerest accident brings India into the purview of the American college student. Eight universities (Har• vard, Yale, Columbia, Princeton, Johns Hopkins, Pennsylvania, Chicago, and California) have chairs of Indology or Sanskrit, but India is virtually unrepresented in departments of history, philos• ophy, fine arts, political science, sociology, or any of the other departments of intellectual experience in which, as we have seen, India has made great contributions. No one is more conscious than the Indologists of the educational weakness resulting from this failure to study India. But a professor of Sanskrit can hardly at one time control India's languages, literature, philosophy, religion, history, art, and whatever else may be considered part of a historic culture. We do not expect such universality of a [358 ] India and Humanistic Studies in America 23 professor of French or German. Yet India is no mere France or Germany; it is a whole Europe, with a history even longer. We believe, consequently, that no department of study, par• ticularly in the humanities, in any major university can be fully equipped without a properly trained specialist in the Indic phases of its discipline. We believe, too, that every college which aims to prepare its graduates for intelligent work in the world which is to be theirs to live in, must have on its staff a scholar competent in the civilization of India. And we believe that every library or museum which means to meet more than strictly provincial interests must include Indic materials in its collections and Indic specialists on its staff. To plan a program for the development of Indic studies in America it is important to take stock of our present possessions. At the eight centers mentioned, we have long had Sanskrit chairs, and for their use the universities have made excellent collections of texts and secondary works on the classical languages and litera• tures, religions and philosophies of India, with varying degrees of completeness in the additional fields of history, archaeology, fine arts, ethnology, sociology, economics, and other subjects. In addition, good collections on India exist in some of our public libraries, most notably in the John G. White collection of the Cleveland Public Library. These various institutions should be the starting point of any planned activity. A program should call for the training of two kinds of personnel – the one to be engaged primarily in Indological research and in due time to fill the present chairs of Sanskrit and similar chairs which may be instituted at other great universities. Here we must face the fact that to secure adequate training is long, ardu• ous, and expensive. It implies study in America, sometimes per• haps in Europe, and certainly in India. It cannot be completed, as can training for the teaching of American history or English literature, with the acquisition of the conventional doctorate. If our institutions are to be equipped properly, we must expect to support a considerable number of students for a considerable time; for we cannot accept the fortuitous limitation which would en- [359 ] 24 American Council of Learned Societies

courage only the wealthy to devote themselves to Indic studies. This, in turn, means fellowship aid of a kind beyond the power of any university at present. Next, openings must be provided for these trained men as they become ready for them. With some initial help it should be possible to get at least a score of leading American universities which now ignore Indic studies to found new posts in this field and to appoint Indic specialists in philosophy, sociology, fine arts, and other disciplines. The second kind of personnel to be trained is one to carry Indo¬ logical knowledge to a larger audience through the medium of other disciplines. This means a program of cooperation with other departments in the universities where Indic departments exist, to train jointly with them selected students. For example, a philosophy department, recognizing the importance of Indian philosophy and desiring to present work in it, might have one of its graduate students study in the Sanskrit department, and write his thesis on some phase of Indian philosophy under the joint guidance of the two departments. After receiving his doctorate, this student could continue his Sanskrit studies in India for a couple of years. He would to all the intents and purposes of the West be an Indologist – in India he would, more precisely, be con• sidered a student of Indian philosophy – but he would be em• ployed in a department of philosophy in an American university, and there he would offer not only such routine courses as his department might require but also specialized work in Indian philosophy. The same sort of procedure would apply for the fine arts, history, anthropology, political science, and a number of other disciplines. These men, trained in the Indian aspects of their fields, would present India to the students in our colleges and universities in a far more widely reaching manner than is possible for the present few professors of Sanskrit. Expensive as it would be to finance the training of these students, it is not impossible that interested agencies might cooperate to supply the funds, if university departments handling the various dis- [360 ] India and Humanistic Studies in America 25 ciplines involved can make an initial promise to engage the student once he has been trained. All these teachers, both those holding chairs in Indology and those employed primarily in other disciplines, must somehow arrange to introduce India to students at an earlier educational level than is now generally the case. Doubtless tbey can do a work of usefulness by each offering a general course on Indic civilization to advanced undergraduate students who know no Sanskrit and never expect to study any. Possibly they could offer non-Indological work in a lecture course to graduate students. Most Sanskrit professors do offer some such work; they will per• haps find it worth while to draw in more of these "general'' students. In addition to the training and placing of personnel, we need implementation, particularly that which makes the study of India possible to the large group peripheral to Indology and dependent upon the Indologists for the scientific standard of the Indic mate• rials it uses. It is true that the implementation in Indic studies is better than it is in most underworked fields, because there is already a tradition of a century's scientific labor in many parts of the field. But the implementation will not suffice for the expan• sion of Indic studies beyond their present limits. For the production of both the personnel and the implementa• tion, we need a strong American school in India. The American School of Indic and Iranian Studies was organized in 1934, pri• marily for the purpose of assuming responsibility for the excava• tions at Chanhu-daro mentioned above. Its very modest pledges of funds, first made in 1930, evaporated during the depression, and even the excavations which were started on contributed money have not yet been satisfactorily completed. At some time the School will establish headquarters in Benares, where it will serve as a center of training for younger American scholars, pro• vide a radial point for the use of Americans conducting humanistic research in India, and participate in the revaluation of Indic cul• ture which the Indians are making for themselves. [361 ] 26 American Council of Learned Societies

The present status of Indic studies sets the problems of that field peculiarly before the humanities, and it is scholars of the humanities who must urge the development of Indic studies in the West. These studies offer a vast and fruitful field for re• search; they will be a tool for comprehending the world which is now coming to be and for meeting its needs ; they will enrich human• istic study and validate the humanistic approach to under• standing.

[362 ] A labama-Calí/ornia 27

FACILITIES FOR INDIC STUDIES IN AMERICA: A SURVEY

By HORACE I. POLEMAN

Library of Congress

ALABAMA MONTGOMERY

Museum resources

MONTGOMERY MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS 3 miniatures of the 18th or 19th century, Delhi school. 1 silver bracelet of the late 18th century.

CALIFORNIA

BERKELEY

Library resources

PACIFIC SCHOOL OF RELIGION About 100 general reference and descriptive works on India. About 100 texts and translations. Several Sanskrit and Pali dictionaries. About 10 volumes on Tibet. A few works on the countries of Greater India. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 9 manuscripts – Pali, Sinhalese, Tibetan, Tamil and Siamese. Approximately 2100 titles classified specifically under India. This collection includes: 1) Complete runs of periodicals and learned society publications such as those of the Asiatic Society of Bengal and the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. 2) Outstanding current and retrospec• tive bibliographies. 3) Encyclopaedias, gazetteers including three editions of the Imperial gazetteer of India, and atlases. [363 ] 28 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

4) General works on India: description and travel, social life and customs, antiquities (including highly specialized works such as the Annual Bibliography of Indian Archaeology, publi­ cations of the Archaeological Survey of India, the Corpus Inscriptionum Indicarum), civilization and culture, and ethnography with the important works on tribes and castes well represented. Books on the history of India in this group number approximately 1,350 titles, ranging from general items such as the Cambridge history of India and the better known chronologies (Burgess, Rickmers) to detailed monographs. Also in this group are found biography, and local history and description. At least 450 more titles relate to the history and interpretation of the religions of the East, specifically Brahmanism, Hindu¬ ism, Jainism, Buddhism, etc, and to general works on religion in India. 700 titles relating to Indic art, climate, constitutional law and history, economic history and conditions, politics and government, and the like. Representative collections of the works of learned societies devoted to the Indic fields. An adequate collection of contemporary cartography relating to Asia. Approximately 550 texts and translations. Of these, roughly 480 are classed as Sanskrit, with the remaining 70 in the fields of Prakrit, Pali, and Sinhalese. The collection includes several of the important serial publications of texts, for example: Ānandāśrama Sanskrit series, Bibliotheca Budd¬ hica, Bibliotheca Indica, Bombay Sanskrit series, some titles in the Calcutta Oriental series, Gaekwad's Oriental series, Punjab Sanskrit series. Sacred Books of the Buddhists, Sacred Books of the Jainas. The Translation series of the Pali Text Society is also on file, as is its Journal through 1927. 175 strictly linguistic works on Sanskrit, Pali, Prakrit, and Sinhalese. The large majority, probably 150, are devoted to Sanskrit. [364 ] California 29

About 225 works in and on the literature, poetry, grammar, and lexicography of the modern languages of India, such as Hindi, Bengali, Panjabi, Gujarati, etc., including the Lin­ guistic Survey of India. 82 volumes on the Dravidian and South Asiatic dialects, of which about 20 are general literature, translations, etc., leav­ ing 62 grammars and lexicons. Books on the cultures, ethnology and folk lore, art and archi­ tecture, crafts, etc. of Greater India: Burma, 120 titles; Ceylon, 125 titles; Siam, 105 titles; Tibet, 175 titles. (Note: The entire income from a generous gift to the Library is devoted to the purchase of books relating to the Asiatic civilizations. As a result the Indic collections are continually being enlarged and rounded out as new and important items are acquired) Instruction PACIFIC SCHOOL OF RELIGION Courses of study on India, Burma, Tibet, Siam, etc. are required of all students as a part of the courses in History of Religions and also in History of Missions. No special studies are offered in the languages, philosophies, etc. of these countries. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA Sanskrit: Elementary Sanskrit. Grammar, composition, and reading. Special Study of Advanced Undergraduates. Special Study of Classical Texts with Native Commentaries. (Graduate) The Veda and the Philosophical Systems. (Graduate) Oriental Languages: Comparative Study of the Sanskrit text of the Saddharma¬ pundarlka Sūtra with its Chinese, Tibetan, and Mon­ golian translations. Comparative Study of the Guhyasamājatantra rāja with its Chinese, Tibetan and Mongolian translations. [365 ] 30 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Introduction to the study of Tibetan (grammar, easy texts). Studies in Buddhist terminology (Sanskrit, Chinese, Tibetan, and Mongolian). History of Buddhism in India and China. (Lecture) Buddhism as a culture factor in the Far East. (Lecture) History: India under British rule (part of a course on The History of the British Empire). Civilization of India. Philosophy: Philosophy of India. Religions: Buddhism and Hinduism.

Los ANGELES Museum resources LOS ANGELES MUSEUM, EXPOSITION PARK 11 carved brass ornaments. 14 chests and boxes. 8 pieces of jewelry. Excellent collections of modern Javanese, Tibetan, Indian, and East Indian applied art.

Library resources LOS ANGELES MUSEUM Books on art, travel, and peoples of India and Greater India. Los ANGELES PUBLIC LIBRARY 136 general reference and descriptive works on India. 26 Sanskrit titles; 19 Pali; 3 Hindi and other modern dialects; 1 Telugu; 3 Tamil; 1 Kanarese; 2 Dravidian; 8 Tibetan. 10 volumes on Greater India – Ceylon, Burma, and Siam. UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 49 general reference and descriptive works on India. 15 Indic texts and translations. 58 linguistic works on Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. 62 titles on Hindi and other modern dialects. [366 ] California 31

5 titles on Dravidian dialects. 58 titles on the languages and literature of the countries of Greater India.

Instruction

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA Asiatic Studies: Elementary Sanskrit. History: A survey of the civilization of India from the earliest times to the present day. Philosophy: The Philosophy of India (from earliest times to the present day). Religions: Buddhism and Hinduism.

OAKLAND

Library resources

MILLS COLLEGE 19 Sanskrit titles; 1 Pali; 10 Bengali. 26 titles on Indian art; 50 on history and travel; 4 on eco• nomics; 4 on religion; 1 on law. 20 titles on Greater India – Burma, Ceylon, Siam, Indo• China, Java and Sumatra, Bali, Central Asia, and Tibet.

POINT LOMA

Library resources

THEOSOPHICAL UNIVERSITY Uncatalogued collection of manuscripts. Several hundred volumes offering a good reference library for Sanskrit, Brabmanism, and Buddhism. Several periodical series. [367 ] 32 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Instruction

THEOSOPHICAL UNIVERSITY, SCHOOL OF THEOSOPHY Sanskrit:

Elementary Sanskrit Grammar: Devanâgarîy Readings, and Exercises. Intermediate Sanskrit Grammar, Reading, and Exercises. Advanced Sanskrit Grammar and study of Lanman's Reader. Advanced Reading and Composition. (Reading and Study of Bhagavad­Gîtâ, and passages from Râmâyana and Mahâbhârata, or Kâlidâsa's dramas.) Sanskrit Philosophical Terms: meanings, roots, spelling, and pronunciation. (Knowledge of Sanskrit not required) Sanskrit Vedic Literature and Philosophy: Lectures and reading; study of the philosophical schools. (Knowledge of Sanskrit not required) Sanskrit Classical Literature and Philosophy: Lectures and reading: Râmâyana, Mahâbhârata, and Purârias. (Knowledge of Sanskrit not required) Later Sanskrit Literature and Philosophy. (Lectures and reading: Fables, Narratives, Drama, Epics, and Poetry.) (Knowledge of Sanskrit not required) Department of Arts and Letters offers courses on the History and Appreciation of Art, Architecture, and History which include the Indic field. Courses in Comparative Religion and the History of Religions and Philosophies stress the Indic field. (Note: Other activities include a Simplified Sanskrit Course published serially in The Junior Theosophist, printed at and distributed by the Theosophical University Press; linotype printing of works in the Devanāgarī alphabet by the Theo­ sophical University Press; extension courses in Sanskrit and Sanskrit literature; and The Theosophical Forum, issued by Theosophical University Press, since January, 1938, Volume [368] California 33

XII, No. 1, is publisbing a series of Oriental Studies. Tbe old files of The Theosophical Forum, The Theosophical Path, and Lucifer, issued by the Theosophical University Press, will be found rich in Indic studies)

SACRAMENTO

Library resources

CALIFORNIA STATE LIBRARY 200 general reference and descriptive works, including philoso• phy, religion, law, art, etc. 98 Indic texts and translations. 10 linguistic works on Sanskrit, Hindi and other modern dialects. About 25 books on the languages, literature, etc of Tibet, Ceylon, Burma, and Siam. Material on description, travel, modern history, social and economic conditions.

SAN DlEGO

Museum resources

FINE ARTS GALLERY OF SAN DIEGO 15 illuminated manuscripts, 17 – 20th century (not listed in A Census of Indic Manuscripts in the United States and Canada, by Horace I. Poleman).

Library resources

FINE ARTS GALLERY OF SAN DIEGO A few books on art and a series of monographs on culture. SAN DIEGO SCIENTIFIC LIBRARY About 50 books on Sanskrit, Hindustani, and Tibetan includ• ing several general reference and descriptive works. [369 ] 34 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

SAN FRANCISCO Museum resources THE MEMORIAL MUSEUM, GOLDEN GATE PARK No report received, but probably has material. Library resources M. H. DE YOUNG MEMORIAL MUSEUM A few books on art. SAN FRANCISCO PUBLIC LIBRARY 421 general reference and descriptive works, including philoso• phy, religion, law, art, etc. 16 linguistic works on Sanskrit and Pali. 18 works on Hindi and other modern dialects. 3 works on Tamil. 133 titles on the languages and cultures of Greater India.

SAN MARINO Library resources HENRY E. HUNTINGTON LIBRARY A few Pali and Burmese manuscripts.

STANFORD UNIVERSITY Library facilities STANFORD UNIVERSITY The library facilities are quite ample, not only for the courses offered at present but also for additional courses in the lan• guage, the literature, and the philosophy. While there is no separate collection of Indica, there are over a hundred entries in the catalogue on Sanskrit language, both of dictionaries and grammars, of Sanskrit literature both in the original and in translation, as well as of histories of literature and of periodicals. The entries on Hindu Philosophy approach 50 in number, whereas those on the Art of India are fewer than a dozen. [370 ] California – Colorado 35

Instruction STANFORD UNIVERSITY Elementary course in Sanskrit offered in the Department of Classics on request, or as the need is apparent. It is designed primarily for students interested in comparative philology but serves as a beginning course in the reading of Sanskrit.

COLORADO

BOULDER Library facilities

UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO 350 general reference and descriptive works. Translations from the Sacred Books of the East. 125 titles on Sanskrit and dialects. 200 titles on the languages and cultures of Greater India.

Instruction UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO History: History of India from the earliest times to the present day.

COLORADO SPRINGS

Library resources

COLORADO COLLEGE 162 general reference and descriptive works. 7 linguistic works on Sanskrit. 2 titles for Tamil. Instruction

COLORADO COLLÈGE History of the Far East. Cultural background of the history of India, China, Japan, and adjacent regions. [371 ] 36 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

FORT COLLINS Library resources COLORADO STATE COLLEGE Part of Telugu manuscript of the Mahābhārata. The usual general library collection on India and its historical and cultural problems. Nothing of any rarity. Collection on Indian agriculture and irrigation is fairly good.

GOLDEN Library resources COLORADO SCHOOL OF MINES A number of books on travel and description. A good collection on geology and paleontology, including reports, surveys, and bulletins.

GREELEY Library resources STATE TEACHERS' COLLEGE Part of Telugu manuscript of Mabābhārata.

CONNECTICUT HARTFORD Library resources

HARTFORD SEMINARY FOUNDATION A collection of general descriptive works. TRINITY COLLEGE 132 general works, including literature, art, architecture, music, religion and philosophy. Several texts and translations. A small basic collection for the study of Sanskrit. A few books on Hindi, modern, and Dravidian dialects. 27 titles on Greater India. [ 372 J Connecticut 37

WATKINSON LIBRARY 23 volumes including dictionaries, grammars, and texts on Indian languages. 30 Sanskrit texts; 11 general treatises on the language; 3 dictionaries; 12 grammars. 15 volumes on Pali and Prakrit including dictionaries, gram¬ mars, and texts. 3 volumes on Hindi literature. 9 volumes on Tamil and Telugu. 17 treatises on the languages of Tibet, Ceylon, Burma, and Siam, including one Tibetan text.

Instruction HARTFORD SEMINARY FOUNDATION, SCHOOL OF MISSIONS India: Elementary Sanskrit. Grammar and Reading. Advanced Sanskrit. (Vedas, Upanishads, Dramas, etc) Comparative Indo-European Philology. Elementary Pali. Grammar and reading of selected texts. India and Southern Asia, Ethnological and Sociological. The Religious History of India in its Earlier Period. The Religious History of India in its Later Period. Religion in Contemporary India. Readings on India. Guidance in readings supplementing the above special courses. TRINITY COLLEGE Elementary Sanskrit offered by the Department of Classical Languages.

NEW HAVEN Museum resources

YALE UNIVERSITY, GALLERY OF FINE ARTS 1 Gandhāra Buddha of 2nd century, seated. 158 Indic textiles; 3 Siamese; 2 Burmese; 2 Cambodian; 22 Sumatran; 7 Balinese; 58 Javanese. (373 ] 38 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Library resources YALE UNIVERSITY (including the library of the American Oriental Society) Over 100 manuscripts. Almost complete facilities for research in the various disci­ plines of the Indic and Greater Indic fields. The Sanskrit Seminar itself in the Hall of Graduate Studies contains an excellent basic collection for research. Texts and translations listed in M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries. Instruction YALE UNIVERSITY Oriental Studies, Indic : Elementary Sanskrit. Advanced Sanskrit. Panchatantra and other classical texts. The Bhagavad Gītā. Introduction to the Veda. Sanskrit Seminar. Buddhistic Sanskrit. Saddharmapuṇḍarīka or the Lali¬ tavistara. Pali. Prakrit. Linguistics : The languages of India and Iran – part of a course given on The Languages of the World. History: Great Living Religions. Chiefly oriental with much emphasis on things Indian. Oriental History. Chiefly the history of India and of Islam. Religion: Comparative Religion. India the chief base, as introduc­ tory to Hinduism, Buddhism, and Islam. [374] Connecticut – District of Columbia 39

Seminars in selected aspects of Indian and Eastern religions. India: Language and Literature. An introduction to written and spoken Hindi, Urdu, etc., with the study of selections of vernacular literature. Religions of India. Anthropology: Indonesian Civilization. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA WASHINGTON Museum resources CORCORAN GALLERY OF ART Silk rug, late 17th century; woolen rug, 17th century. FREER GALLERY OF ART, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 6 miniatures, 12th century, illustrating the Buddhist text Prajñāpāramitā. See Gallery IV Gallery Book, exhibition of September 24, 1934. Descriptions of these and the fol­ lowing miniatures can be secured from the Gallery files. See also Rajput Painting, by A. K. Coomaraswamy. 50 miniatures, 15th century, illustrating the Jain text Kalpa Sütra. See Miniature Paintings of the Jaina Kalpasūtra, by W. Norman Brown. 79 miniatures, 15th century, illustrating the Gujarātī text Vasanta Vilāsa. See Vasanta Vilāsa: a New Document of Indian Painting, by O. C. Gangoly in Ostasiatische Zeitschrift, n. f., 2. jahrg„ 1925, pp. 184­9; Miniature of a Newly­ Discovered Buddhist Palm­Leaf Manuscript from Bengal, by A. Ghose in Rūpam, no. 38/39, April/July 1929, pp. 78­82; Gujarati Painting in the Fifteenth Century: a Further Essay on Vasanta Vilāsa, by N. C. Mehtā; Indian Painting in the Fifteenth Century: an Early Illuminated Manuscript, by N. C. Mehtā in Rūpam, April/July, 1925, pp. 61­5; Studies in Indian Painting, by N. C. Mehtā. 29 miniatures, 17­19th century, of the Rajput school – rāgiṇī and other subjects. [375 ] 40 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

562 miniatures, 17 – 19th century, Mughal and Mughal- Rajput – scenes, portraits, etc. 33 miniatures, 17-19th century, Indian in general. 2 early, 2nd century B.C., Buddhist slabs from Bharhut stūpa. See the Stūpa of Bharhut, by A. Cunningham, Plate XXXI, no. 1, and History of Indian and Indonesian Art by A. K. Coomaraswamy, Plate 13, no. 45. A south Indian Bronze image of Pārvat1, 11 – 12th century. See Hindu Sculpture, by A. K. Coomaraswamy in The League, Spring, 1933, vol. 5, no. 3; A New South Indian Bronze, by A. K. Coomaraswamy in Rūpam, No. 41, January, 1930. A black schist of Viṣṇu Trivikrama, 11 – 12th century. A Cambodian, Khmer bronze figure of seated Buddha, 12th century. A Nepalese piece of the 15th century. See Indian Images with Many Arms, by A. K. Coomaraswamy in Burlington Magazine, January, 1913, page 194 (c). A 15 – 16th century South Indian ivory sculpture. See Ivory and the Elephant, by G. F. Kunz, page 112. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM 6 miniatures of Jahangir, Emperor of Delhi, his son, and Nur Jahan. Parsee religious ceremonial objects. See American Anthro­ pologist, vol. 5, No. 1, January­March, 1903. Buddhist religious art. See The S. S. Howland Collection of Buddhist Religious Art in the National Museum, by I. M. Casanowicz in the Annual Report, United States National Museum, 1904. Model of a Brahman temple. See Preceedings, United States National Museum, vol. 42. Buddhist art. See Descriptive Catalogue of the Collection of Buddhist Art in the United States National Museum, by I. M. Casanowicz in Proceedings, United States National Museum, vol. 59. Weavings, metalcraft, paintings. Stone carvings, jewelry, and minor art pieces from Tibet, Kashmir, Turkestan, Ceylon, [376] District of Columbia 41

India, Burma, Siam, and Cambodia. 8 specimens of Indian or Cashmere shawls, 2 specimens of Shikar tied and dyed work, and 1 specimen of embroidery from Benares.

Library resources ARMY MEDICAL LIBRARY A few Sinhalese medical manuscripts. CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA A few manuscripts. Library facilities limited, but sufficient for most graduate work in the various disciplines; weak in the Prakrits and Pali; most of the standard grundrisse and better known texts are present. FREER GALLERY OF ART, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 9 manuscripts – Buddhist, Jain, Sanskrit, Gujarat! 160 items on philosophy and religion. 150 items on art. 40 items on literature. 110 items on archeology, travel, and history. 16 items on Sanskrit lexicography and grammar, and Hindu• stani. 35 items on Tibet; 10 on Siam. Pamphlets and several sets of serial publications. LIBRARY OF CONGRESS Several hundred manuscripts, mostly Buddhist. Excellent library for research in most of the fields of India and Greater India. Texts and translations are listed in M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Trans• lations in American Libraries. (Note: A department for the development of Indic Studies at the Library of Congress was established on November 15, 1938. Part of the function of the director will be that of cataloguing the uncatalogued material already existing at the Library of Congress in this field, and to recommend addi• tions) [377] 42 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM A few manuscripts: Burmese, Pali, and Bengali. 400 titles of a miscellaneous character, but chiefly official documents of regional surveys and publications of museums and other learned institutions and societies. Most of these have to do with archaeology; a few with linguistics. A little Tibetan material.

TEXTILE MUSEUM OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA Several volumes on art, archaeology, and textiles.

Instruction

CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA German and Comparative Philology: Introductory Sanskrit. Advanced Sanskrit. Comparative Philology, touching upon the religion, philosophy, and culture of India. Comparative Grammar, involving Indic Languages. Summer School: Introduction to Indology, dealing with Indian literature, religion, philosophy, and present cultural problems.

FLORIDA

WINTER PARK

Library resources

ROLLINS COLLEGE 1 Pali manuscript. 36 volumes on history; 34 descriptive; 2 descriptive maps; 12 on mythology and art. 50 linguistic works, and 32 literary. [378 ] Georgia – Hawaii 43

GEORGIA ATHENS Library resources UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA A good nucleus in Comparative Philology. Some material on philosophy, art, and religion.

Instruction MERCER UNIVERSITY

History of The Far East, including Tibet, Burma, etc.

TERRITORY OF HAWAII

HONOLULU Museum resources HONOLULU ACADEMY OF ARTS 3 Gandhāran Buddhist pieces. 2 12th century figures, marble and granite. 6 medieval (?) bronzes – reincarnation of Vishnu. Library resources HONOLULU ACADEMY OF ARTS 128 books chiefly on the arts and crafts of India. 48 books chiefly on the arts and crafts of Greater India. LIBRARY OF HAWAII 300 general reference and descriptive works. 50 translations. 5 Sanskrit linguistic works; 1 Bengali; 1 Dravidian. 34 titles on the languages and cultures of Greater India. Instruction

UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII Oriental Studies: Elementary Sanskrit. Buddhist Philosophy. [379 ] 44 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Philosophy : Eastern Philosophies – An examination of the basic philosophical movements which have arisen within Eastern cultures. First term devoted to the philosophy of India, etc. Anthropology: Peoples of Asia. The contribution that anthropology can make toward understanding the racial and cultural back• grounds of the Orient, especially of China, Japan, and India.

ILLINOIS

BLOOMINGTON Library resources

ILLINOIS WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY Sacred Books of the East and supplementary material, trans• lations, etc.

CHICAGO Museum resources

ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO 2 paintings, 17-18th century, one of Kṛṣṇa fluting and one from the story of Nala and Damayantī. 36 paintings, 17­19th century, Indo­Persian; mostly por­ traits. 2 paintings, 19th century, one of boating party and one of snake charmer. 8 sculptural pieces, Gandhāra, Mathurā, and Bihar. See the Bulletin of the Art Institute of Chicago for September and October 1923, and January 1924. FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HlSTORY 30 sculptural pieces, Gandhāra and later. About 150 pieces of clothing, metalware, weapons, musical instruments, models, etc. [380] Illinois 45

Library resources ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO A good collection of Books on art and architecture of India and Greater India in the Burnham Library. In the Ryerson Library: India, 200 volumes; Burma, 12; Ceylon, 25; Siam, 15; Indo- China, 15; Java, 22; Tibet, 16. A few serial publications. CHICAGO PUBLIC LIBRARY 900 general reference and descriptive works. Sanskrit, 120 volumes; Pali, 27; Prakrit, 4; Hindi, 13;Tamil, 5; Tibet, 72; Ceylon, 47; Burma, 53; Siam, 34. FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Laufer collection of Tibetan manuscripts. 225 general reference and descriptive works, including philosophy, religion, law, art, etc. 85 linguistic works. About 200 books on the dialects of India and languages of Greater India. 30 dictionaries of the languages of Greater India. JOHN CRERAR LIBRARY Ancient India: general (liistory, etc), 17 volumes; philosophy, 9; social sciences, 13; sciences, 10. Modern India: general (history, etc.), 205; philosophy, 9; religion, 11; social sciences, 544; sciences, 257; applied sciences, 354; art, 39. 1 Sanskrit, 1 Hindi, and 1 Tamil work. Greater India: general (history, etc.), 146; religion, 3; social sciences, 69; sciences, 71; applied sciences, 37; art, 9. NEWBERRY LIBRARY About 50 manuscripts. Numerous texts and translations, including the Eames Col¬ lection of 3,257 volumes and pamphlets relating to British India, Tibet, and further India. [381 ] 46 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

472 titles for general reference, description, and travel. 305 titles for philosophy, religion and folklore. 198 titles for history, politics, and government. 502 titles for English rule. 35 general linguistic works. 105 linguistic works on Sanskrit; 51 on Pali; 15 on Prakrit; 44 on Hindi; 168 on Hindustani; 51 on Romany. 8 general works on Dravidian dialects; 22 on Telugu; 91 on Tamil; 13 on Kanarese; 36 on Gond, etc. Tibet: 56 general reference and descriptive works; 59 on the language; 2 on history. Ceylon: 27 general reference and descriptive works; 13 on history. Burma: 39 general reference and descriptive works; 62 on the language; 13 on history. Siam: 20 general reference and descriptive works; 4 on the language; 9 on history. Java: 6 general reference and descriptive works; 2 on the language; 5 on history. Sumatra: 7 general reference and descriptive works; 2 on the language; 4 on history. Indo-China: 20 general reference and descriptive works; 7 on the language; 6 on history. In the East Asiatic Collection there are 310 titles in the Tibetan language dealing with the literature, religion, and history of Tibet. A good proportion of these, also, are texts. See: Newberry Library, Chicago. Descriptive account of the collection of Chinese, Tibetan, Mongol, and Japanese books in the Newberry Library, by Berthold Laufer. UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO A few manuscripts. Texts and Translations listed in M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries. Indian art, 28 titles; architecture, 20; Hindu philosophy, 76; [382 ] Illinois 47

religions, 83; history, 600; politics and government, 400; social conditions, 400. Sanskrit drama, 11 titles; Sanskrit literature, 45; Sanskrit language, 100+; Pali language, 9; Pali literature, 13; Prakrit language, 11; Hindi and other modern dialects, 7; Tamil language, 9; Kanarese language, 2; Dravidian in general, 2. Siamese language, 9 titles; Tibetan language, 23; Tibetan literature, 5; Burmese language, 6.

Instruction UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO Sanskrit. Elementary course. Sanskrit. Reading of classical Texts from Lanman's Reader and exercises in Sanskrit composition. Introduction to Vedic Study – MacdonnelVs Vedic Reader. Hindu Philosophy. History of India. Kālidāsa: "Śakuntaiā’' – with introduction to scenic Prakrit.

ÜECATUR Instruction

JAMES MILLIKAN UNIVERSITY Religions of India treated in Comparative Religion.

EVANSTON Museum resources

NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY Some statuary.

Library resources

NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY Good general library in the history of religions. Only a few works dealing with the languages. [383 ] 48 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Instruction NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY 6 courses on the History of Religion, all touching upon India with one devoted entirely to Buddhism, and one to modern tendencies of religion in India, Burma, Siam, Ceylon, Tibet, etc.

2 courses on political science giving much attention to India.

URBANA Museum resources UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS Sandal wood stand from Tiptur, modern. Malay knife and hatchet.

Library resources UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 1,037 volumes on philosophy, law, art, social conditions, economics, history, etc. 104 volumes of texts and translations – Sanskrit, Pali, and Siamese. 155 volumes on Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit language and literature. 44 volumes on Dravidian languages.

223 volumes on the languages and cultures of Greater India.

Instruction UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS A course in the History of Eastern and Southern Asia is devoted in part to the history and civilization of India, the religion and philosophy, and the art. In the Department of Philosophy reference is given in some courses to Indian philosophy. In the College of Fine and Applied Arts Indian architecture and art receive some attention. [384 ] Indiana 49

INDIANA BLOOMINGDALE Library resources INDIANA UNIVERSITY About 30 titles on language and literature. A good collection of books on philosophy, religion, geography, etc. Sacred Books of the East. The Siamese Buddhist Tripiṭaka.

GOODLAND Museum resources

OPEN DOOR MUSEUM Costume material, a few coins, and several weapons.

GREENCASTLE Library resources

DEPAUW UNIVERSITY

65 general books dealing wdth India and Greater India.

Instruction DEPAUW UNIVERSITY The Orient. Its Mind and Ideals, dealing in part with Indic philosophy, religion, and art. Something of the same nature is studied in the History of Religion. INDIANAPOLIS Museum resources ART ASSOCIATION OF INDIANAPOLIS INDIANA, THE JOHN HERRON ART INSTITUTE 3 18th century miniatures, Rajput. l woodcut set and stones of Śaivite saints. . [ 385 ] 50 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

1 2nd or 3rd century head of Buddha, Gandhāra. l undated, stone, Cambodian figure of Garuda. l 19th century alabaster Buddha. 1 10-l5th century Siamese stone head of Buddha. 1 16 – 19th century assembled screen in style of palace facade in wood, stone, and metal. The upper part is from a house- front in Ahmadabad. See a short article in "Popular Me­ chanics'' for 1915. Considerable metal work, costumes, jewelry, and textile fragments.

Library resources

ART ASSOCIATION OF INDIANAPOLIS INDIANA, THE JOHN HERRON ART INSTITUTE 2 Buddhist manuscripts. BUTLER UNIVERSITY Materials on Tibet. Instruction

BUTLER UNIVERSITY Oriental History; the Far East. Considerable attention given to India – its political and religious history. Comparative Religions. Portion of course devoted to re­ ligions of India.

IOWA

DAVENPORT Museum resources

DAVENPORT PUBLIC MUSEUM 1 case of Indic objects. 1 case of Tibetan objects. Some jade implements; shells; insects, etc. Various items in storage. [386 ] Iowa 51

Library resources DAVENPORT PUBLIC LIBRARY Several Sinhalese and Burmese manuscripts.

IOWA ClTY Library resources THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA 500 books in the combined phases of this field including religions, philosophy, languages, literature, art, and history, of which half are in history.

Instruction THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA A Lecture or two is given on the art of India in the course known as General History of Art. The Department of Graphic and Plastic Arts is looking forward to offering a course in oriental art, including India, in the near future. In religion a course known as the Living Religions of Mankind includes a study of the culture and religion of India.

MOUNT VERNON Instruction CORNELL COLLEGE History of Religions. Entire first semester devoted to Indic religions. SIOUX ClTY Instruction

MORNINGSIDE COLLEGE Philosophy: Oriental philosophy. Religion: Comparative Religions. [387 ] 52 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

KANSAS LAWRENCE Museum resources

UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS, THAYER MUSEUM OF ART 1 miniature. 2 pieces of sculpture representing the Buddha. 1 painting of Krishna. A number of shawls, embroidered hangings, smaller woven pieces, chintz prints, costumes, etc. Library resources UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS, THAYER MUSEUM OF AnT A few books on art, and a few serials.

KENTUCKY LEXINGTON Library resources UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY 100 titles on history, politics, government, etc.

Instruction UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY Incidental to courses on the art, religions and politics of the Orient. LOUISVILLE Library resources

SOUTHERN BAPTIST THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY A good collection of books on comparative religion, the indi• vidual religions and Christian missions in India.

Instruction SOUTHERN BAPTIST THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Department of Comparative Religion includes the religions [388 ] 53

of India as do also graduate courses that are given in the History of Religions, the Philosophy of Religion, and Com• parative Religion.

LOUISIANA

BATON ROUGE Library resources

LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY A small basic collection, mostly linguistic.

Instruction

LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY Department of Art touches on the subject of Indic Art.

NEW ORLEANS Museum resources

ISAAC DELGADO MUSEUM OF ART 4 Buddbas, East Indian and Indo-Chinese, 6 – 8th century. 4 statuettes, 15-18th century. 2 elephants. 5 large bronze plaques from Benares. 1 bronze, hammered, chased jardiniere from Benares. 2 bronze bowls with wood bases from Benares. 1 bronze vase from Benares.

Library resources

TULANE UNIVERSITY A few Sinhalese manuscripts. A few books on Sanskrit and Pali. [389 ] 54 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

MAINE

BANGOR Instruction BANGOR THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Origin, Sacred writings, teachings, worship, historical develop­ ment, and practical influence of the religions of Egypt, Baby­ lonia, Persia, Israel, Arabia, India, China, and Japan in the Department of Old Testament and History of Religions. MARYLAND

BALTIMORE Museum Resources BALTIMORE MUSEUM OF AnT 8th century Indian pink sandstone sculpture in high relief, representing the Yakshi theme. Many fine pieces of handiwork, wood, metal, cloth, etc. JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY 25 fruits illustrating Lily D. Greene's dissertation "Indic Flora in Sanskrit Lyric Poetry and Drama.’' WALTERS ART GALLERY A large collection of miniatures of the 17th, 18th, and 19th centuries. Much metal work, crystal, arms and armor, ivories, textiles, and ceramics from India, East Indies, and Central Asia. 1 crowned head in bronze, 14th (?) century; 2 heads of Buddha, from small statues, 13-14th century; Buddhist figures; a seated Buddha, 14th (?) century; and a portion of a seated Buddha, 13th (?) century. Library resources BALTIMORE MUSEUM OF ART A few works on art and architecture. GOUCHER COLLEGE 65 titles on religion and philosophy. Translations of Vedas, Upanishads, Mahābhārata, and Bhagavadgītā. [390] Maryland – Massachusetts 55

Some Buddhist and Jain translations. 43 titles on history. 8 titles on art. JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY A large collection of Sinhalese medical manuscripts in the Institute of the History of Medicine, and a few others. A fairly representative collection in all disciplines. See M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries for texts and trans• lations. A comprehensive collection in Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. Grammars and readers for Hindi, Hindustani, Sindhi, Brahmi, Kashmiri, Marathi, Afghan, Pushtu, Tibetan, Maitbili, Bengali, Sinhalese, and the Gaudian tongues. Several works on literature and language for Telugu, Tamil, Kanarese, and Dravidian dialects in general. WALTERS ART GALLERY A few manuscripts. Instruction JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY Indology : Elementary Sanskrit. Second year Sanskrit. Seminary: A detailed study of Vedic Texts. HAGERSTOWN Museum resources WASHINGTON COUNTY MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS 10 Lamaist paintings, 19th century.

MASSACHUSETTS BOSTON Museum resources MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS One of the most extensive collections of sculptural pieces, etc. [391 ] 56 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

in the world, representing most types, schools, and areas, beginning with much Chanhu-daro material from the Indus valley. See A. K. Coomaraswamy's Catalogue of the Indian Collections in the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. See also the following numbers of the Bulletin of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston: 28 – 9, 68, 90, 93, 95-6, 102, 104, 106, 109, 118, 120, 122, 130, 132, 134, 139, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148-50, 152 – 4, 160-1, 164-5, 167-8, 171, 173, 175, 178-9, 184, 197, 202, 205, 209-10.

Library resources THE PUBLIC LIBRARY OF THE CITY OF BOSTON A few Pali and Sinhalese manuscripts not listed in II. I. Poleman's A Census of Indic Manuscripts in the United States and Canada. Texts and translations listed in M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries. 2,154 general reference works. 260 linguistic works on Sanskrit; 30 on Pali; 8 on Prakrit; 17 on Hindi; 9 on Telugu; 34 on Tamil; 1 on Kanarese; 4 on other Dravidian dialects. 393 books on the languages and cultures of Greater India. 75 works on general literature, 130 on Sanskrit, 9 on Pali, 4 on Prakrit, 3 on Hindi, 1 on Telugu, 2 on Tamil, 1 on Kanarese, 1 on other Dravidian dialects. 181 works on the language, literature; and culture of Tibet; 169 on Ceylon; 193 on Burma; 135 on Siam. BOSTON UNIVERSITY About 200 volumes on Indic religions, philosophy, and history. About 100 volumes on Indic languages and literature. About 300 volumes for the Sanskrit language and literature. MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS Excellent small collection of over 30 manuscripts. Good reference and descriptive library. [392 ] Massachusetts 57

Texts and translations listed in M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries.

Instruction

BOSTON UNIVERSITY Oriental Languages: Elements of Sanskrit. Sanskrit Literature. Linguistic studies with special reference to comparative grammar. Selections from the Vedas. History: Central Asia and the Far East. Political, social, and cultural conditions in the Far East, including India and Indo-China. Economics : The Pacific Area. Economic and social developments in the Far East, including India, Indo-China;Ceylon, Siam, etc. Art: History of Art. Includes detailed survey of early Ori• ental and Indic art. Psychology and History: Ancient Religions. Includes study of Indic religions. Living Oriental Religions. Religious development of Indic life. Old Testament: Oriental Background of Old Testament. In part, a dis• cussion of Indic civilization and history bearing on the Old Testament. Philosophy: History of Medieval Philosophy. Includes Indic phi• losophy. (Note: With a few exceptions the above courses are also offered for graduate credit.) [393 ] 58 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

CAMBRIDGE Museum resources HARVARD UNIVERSITY, FOGG ART MUSEUM Parts of illustrated manuscripts. 13th century bronze Rāma; Cambodian heads of Buddha, 9 – 12th century; bronze Siamese head; 2 Gandhāra Buddha heads; 1 Gandhāra Bodhisattva head; l Gandhāra Bodhi­ sattva figure; l Gandhāra frieze; l Mathurā Bodhisattva head; 1 early medieval Viṣṇu (fragment); 1 stucco pediment of the Birth of the Buddha, Haḍḍa type; 1 frieze from Golī (Amarāvatī), Jātaka scenes and scenes from life of Buddha; collection of terra­cottas from Sarí­Dheri and Taxila. PEABODY MUSEUM OF ARCHAEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY. Ethnological and prehistoric material. Library resources HARVARD UNIVERSITY Almost 2,500 manuscripts. One of the best collections of books on all parts of the Middle East. For texts and translations see M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries. PEABODY MUSEUM OF ARCHAEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY 120 general reference and descriptive works, including philosophy, religion, law, art, etc. 18 works on Tibet; 6 on Ceylon; 14 on Burma and Burmese; 8 on Siam. 3,300 entries of serials under India and Greater India. Instruction HARVARD UNIVERSITY Indic Philology: Elementary Sanskrit. Advanced Sanskrit. Pali. [394 ] Massachusetts 59

Buddhist Sanskrit. Seminary of Indic Philology. Sanskrit Conference. History : History and Culture of India. History of Religions. Includes India. Social Institutions. Includes India, HARVARD UNIVERSITY, FOGG ART MUSEUM. Course on Oriental Art in the Fine Arts Department, in­ cluding the art of India from earliest times up to the Islamic period, art in Central Asia, Ceylon, Indo­China, and Java. A special half­course devoted to the art of India and Iran. A course projected for next year will deal with ancient near Eastern art and the related cultures in India.

FlTCHBURG Museum resources FITCHBURG ART CENTER 3 miniatures, Delhi school of 18th century. 1 stone architectural fragment. 1 stone figure. 1 bronze figure, 18th century Lakṣmī. 2 brass screen backs, 18th century. 2 quilted block­printed prayer mats. 2 19th century chagas. 1 child's embroidered cap, 19tb century. 1 brass betel nut box, 19th century.

NORTHAMPTON Instruction SMITH COLLEGE One or two undergraduate courses in the Department of Religion in which a survey is made of the religions of India, China, and Japan; the instructor in these courses occasionally gives advanced work to one or two students who desire to go further. [395 ] 60 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

In the course in the Philosophy of Religion some attention is naturally paid to India.

SALEM Museum resources ESSEX INSTITUTE 52 miniatures, paintings on ivory of Indian princes and build• ings, spoils of the Sepoy Rebellion. Other miniatures on ivory of Indian princes, merchants, etc. 41 paintings on mica depicting Indian manners and customs. 1 Indian cane. Carved ivory objects – fans, card cases, boxes, etc. Shawls made in India. 9 or 10 pieces of carved teakwood furniture, mostly from Bombay. PEABODY MUSEUM OF SALEM 16 miniatures of Moghul emperors, 19th century. From India 807 ethnological objects, 136 weapons; from Tibet 245 ethnological objects, 7 weapons; from Siam 206 ethnological objects, 7 weapons; from Burma 32 ethnological objects, 6 weapons; from Cambodia 27 ethnological objects, 5 weapons; from Assam 19 ethnological objects. Alabaster group of Lakshmí. See The Mythology of All Races; Vol. VI, Indian, by A. Berriedale Keith, plate XIII.

Library resources ESSEX INSTITUTE Almost 200 general reference and descriptive works on com• merce, travel, economics, foreign relations, history, manners and customs, missions, numismatics (notable), etc. 5 works on the Sanskrit language. For Burma, 25 works on description, travel, history, etc.; for Ceylon 7 on description, travel, manners and customs; for Siam 36 on description, travel, foreign relations, history, numismatics, etc. ; for Tibet 60 on description and travel, 3 [396 ] Massachusetts 61

on foreign relations, 8 on history, 11 on language and litera• ture, 3 on numismatics, etc. PEABODY MUSEUM OF SALEM 100 volumes of general reference and descriptive works, in• cluding philosophy, religion, law, art, etc.

SOUTH HADLEY Library resources MOUNT HOLYOKE COLLEGE 200 volumes on philosophy and religion (half of this is source material). A few art volumes. Instruction MOUNT HOLYOKE COLLEGE The Economic Expansion of Europe in Africa and Asia. Deals with the history of India. Great Living Religions. The religions of India, China, and Mohammedan countries. Great Living Religions (continued). A study of the religious movements within Confucianism, Buddhism, and Hinduism to the present day.

SPRINGFIELD Museum resources GEORGE WALTER VINCENT SMITH ART GALLERY Several small architectural fragments (wood). 1 small bronze. A fairly considerable collection of fine examples of small arms, shields, helmets, and mail; examples of cloth of gold, and other textiles; brasses and other metal objects; 1 19th century large ivory tankard set in silver, enamelled and jewelled; mooltan potteries; 19th century repoussé silver; jades; religious ritual vessels. A few things from either Burma or Siam. [397 ] 62 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Library resources CITY LIBRARY ASSOCIATION OF SPRINGFIELD Small collection of manuscripts. Books are only those which would be found in any good library of considerable size.

GEORGE WALTER VINCENT SMITH ART GALLERY Good collection on art, and a few other reference works.

WELLESLEY Museum resources

WELLESLEY COLLEGE, FARNSWORTH MUSEUM OF ART. 1 brass and 1 bronze figure, Hindu.

Library resources WELLESLEY COLLEGE A few manuscripts. 217 general reference and descriptive works. 26 Sanskrit texts and translations. 20 works on the Indic and Greater Indic dialects. 21 linguistic works on Sanskrit and Prakrit. 6 works on Dravidian dialects.

30 works on the languages and literatures of Greater India.

Instruction WELLESLEY COLLEGE An advanced undergraduate course in the History of Religions always includes a study of Indian religions. A Seminar in History of Religion usually includes a more intensive study of one or more non-Christian religions. Sometimes this course is devoted almost exclusively to India. [398 ] Massachusetts 63

WlLLIAMSTOWN Library resources WILLIAMS COLLEGE Fairly well equipped for the study of the oriental religions, but poorly equipped for oriental art. The Art Department is gradually building up the needed equipment in books, slides, and other illustrative material.

Instruction WILLIAMS COLLEGE A year course in the History of Religions, about half of which is devoted to the Indic field. Course on the art of India, China, and Japan.

WORCESTER Museum resources WORCESTER ART MUSEUM Material unreported.

Library resources CLARK UNIVERSITY 67 general reference and descriptive works. 10 Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit works. 1 Hindi work. 3 Dravidian works.

30 books on the civilization and education of Greater India.

Instruction CLARK UNIVERSITY Instruction in the physical and human geography of Asia with considerable attention given to India and the nearby lands. [399 ] 64 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

MICHIGAN ANN ARBOR Museum resources UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, UNIVERSITY MUSEUMS From India and Tibet 55 wood articles, 48 paintings, 20 carved wood seals, 106 metal objects, 67 ikons, jewelry, clothing, textiles, leather pieces, bone, stone. Baskets form Southeast Asia. 21 miscellaneous specimens. Library resources UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN A few manuscripts. About 50 titles on philosophy; 270 on religion; 615 on history and numismatics; 88 on geography, anthropology, and folk• lore; 75 on economics and social sciences; 75 on law and con• stitutional history; 34 on art; 242 titles for Sanskrit philology, texts and translations, and literature. 38 titles for Pali. 61 works for Hindi. 28 titles in bibliography. A good collection on Greater India. A very good set of Journals. All the works in Indica reach a total of about 1800. UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, UNIVERSITY MUSEUMS A few manuscripts. Instruction LINGUISTIC INSTITUTE, SUMMER SESSION Courses usually offered in Elementary Sanskrit, Vedic read• ings, and Pali. UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, THE HORACE H. RACKHAM SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES. Anthropology: The Peoples of Asia and Their Civilization. A rapid survey of the races and cultures of Asia. [400] Michigan 65

Fine Arts: Oriental Art. An introduction to the fine arts of the Near and Far East. A historical review of the architec• ture and decorative arts in Islamic countries and of the architecture, sculpture, and painting in India, China, and Japan. Introduction to the History of Islamic Art. Historical and critical study of the Near and Middle Eastern arts, before the rise of Islam, which were of formative im• portance in the stylistic development of Islamic art. History of Architecture in Islamic Countries. A study of the historical development of architecture in Syria, Mesopotamia, Egypt, Algeria, Morocco, Spain, Persia, Afghanistan, India, Turkestan, and Turkey. Seminar in the History of Persian and Indo-Islamic Architecture, including Afghanistan and Turkestan. Far Eastern Art: The Art of India. Painting in the Far East. A survey of the art of painting in India, etc. Studies in the Art of India. Geography: Geography of Asia. The regional geography of Asia. The distribution and activities of the peoples in relation to the natural setting, and the problems of development which the different countries are facing. Proseminar in Asia. Detailed and comprehensive study of selected regions of Asia. UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, COLLEGE OF LITERATURE, SCIENCE, AND THE ARTS (Note: Some of the above courses are also offered in the College) Biblical Literature and History of Religions: The History of Religions. A general survey of the living religions of Asia, including the religions of Persia, India, China, and Japan. [401] 66 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, SUMMER SESSION Anthropology : The Peoples and Cultures of Eastern Asia. A survey of the aboriginal cultures of China, Japan, Korea, and related areas on the Continent and in Indonesia. Fine Arts: The Story of Buddha in the Art of Asia.

DETROIT Museum resources DETROIT INSTITUTE OF ARTS Several miniatures (Moghul and Rajput, and Siamese). 1 17th century dancing Krishna; 1 9th century figure of Padmapari; 1 head of Gupta period; 1 Cambodian bronze head of Śiva (?) ; 1 9th century East Indian stone attendant deity; 1 Graeco-Buddhist Stele (2nd century); 1 red sand­ stone Mathurā head of Buddha; 1 Khmer head of Buddha, red sandstone; 1 Cambodian 13th century piece. Rugs and Shawls. (Articles in the Detroit Institute of Arts Bulletin: A Brahma image of the X-XI century. Vol. 10, p. 34. A Brahmanical stone image from Orissa. Vol. 10, p. 79. A Persian and an Indian rug. Vol. 10, p. 95. A fragment of a rare Indian carpet. Vol. 13, p. 2. Two stucco heads of the Gandhara School. Vol. 13, p. 94.)

Library resources DETROIT PUBLIC LIBRARY Part of a Telugu manuscript of the Mahābhārata.

KALAMAZOO Library resources KALAMAZOO MUSEUM AND ART INSTITUTE Works on history and travel. Some titles for language, culture, philosophy, law, etc. [402 ] Minnesota 67

MINNESOTA

MINNEAPOLIS Museum resources MINNEAPOLIS INSTITUTE OF ARTS 11 miniatures, Moghul, 17-18th century. 1 bronze Śiva in the form of Natarāja, 13th century. (See Bulletin of Minneapolis Institute of Arts, Vol. XVIII, no. 22.) T. B. WALKER ART GALLERIES 2 pieces of carved jade; a few 18th century gilt bronzes.

Library resources MINNEAPOLIS INSTITUTE OF ARTS A few books on the life and art of India and Greater India. MINNEAPOLIS PUBLIC LIBRARY 255 titles on philosophy, religion, law, art, social conditions, etc. 6 linguistic works on Sanskrit and Pali. 30 texts and translations. 3 works on modern dialects. 1 Dravidian work. 244 titles on the languages, cultures, etc. of Greater India. Several serials. UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA One Battak and one Burmese manuscript. The number of books definitely classified as Indic totals 1017. About one half of them are in history. Other large groups are under travel, philosophy, and art. Translations of the Pali Text Society, and ll volumes of Pali texts in Siamese characters. 18 linguistic works on Sanskrit. 7 Hindi dictionaries and grammars. 4 works on Dravidian languages. A few titles for Tibetan and Siamese. A few journals. [403 ] 68 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Instruction

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA History of Religions. Ethnology of India. Geography of Asia.

NORTHFIELD Library resources

CARLETON COLLEGE Books relating to political and economic relations between India and Great Britain; some on philosophy and religion.

Instruction

CARLETON COLLEGE Interpretation of the cultures and the problems of the Far East as well as those of India and the Moslem world. Comparative Religion, dealing with the philosophical, re• ligious, and psychological aspects of the thought of Hinduism as well as Buddhism.

MISSISSIPPI

JACKSON

Library resources

MiLLSAPs COLLEGE A few books on philosophy and religion.

Instruction

MiLLSAPs COLLEGE History and Culture of the Far East, including a survey of Hindu philosophy and religion. [404 ] Missouri 69

MISSOURI COLUMBIA Library resources UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI Between 3 and 4 hundred books dealing with history, eco­ nomics, religion, etc. Instruction UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI Elementary Sanskrit. KANSAS CITY Museum resources WILLIAM ROCKHILL NELSON GALLERY OF ART 18 miniatures, paintings, and drawings – Rajput, Moghul, Jain, and Pahari, 17 – 19th century. Temple room, 16 x 25 feet. Coffered ceiling, and carved frieze of Hindu deities; pilasters with riders on rearing horses. 16th century elaborately carved wood Jaina shrine. 10 carved wood panels, 17 – 18th century. 8 bronzes of Śiva, Rāma, Krishna, Kālī, and Pārvatī, 12 – 14th century. 5 Mathurā stone heads. 2 sandstone reliefs of Śiva and Pārvatī, and 5 standing figures of 9 – 12th century. Stele of Buddha, Pala period. Standing, stone Durgā of 16th century. 3 small terra cotta heads from Mathurā, 7th century. 2 Pallava marble pillars. 2 Gandhāra pieces. 22 small Buddhist heads and figures of stucco, 3rd-5th century. 3 Cambodian, Buddhist pieces, 7-12th century. (Bibliography: Parnassus, October, 1934, "Kālī-Master''; [ 405 l 70 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Catalogue of Buffalo Fine Arts Academy Exhibition, "Bronzes'’; Catalogue of the Exhibition of Early Indian Sculptures, Paint• ings, Bronzes and Textiles, Heeramaneck Galleries, 1934) Portrait of Shah Jahan.

SAINT LOUIS Museum resources CITY ART MUSEUM Reports material; no description received at date of publication.

Library resources SAINT LOUIS PUBLIC LIBRARY Several hundred volumes – a good reference library including several serials and periodicals.

MONTANA

MlSSOULA Instruction

MONTANA STATE UNIVERSITY Religions of Mankind. About 3 weeks given to the religions of India.

NEBRASKA

LINCOLN Library resources

UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA One manuscript. 170 general reference and descriptive works. 50 volumes of the Sacred Books of the East; 10 volumes of the Ocean of Story; Oriental Translation fund, 26 volumes. 100 titles for Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. 25 titles for Hindi and modern dialects. [406] New Hampshire 71

NEW HAMPSHIRE

DURHAM Library resources

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE The present library collection may be regarded as generally adequate for courses now being given. Literature and reference works almost wholly in translation.

Instruction

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE History of Religions. Special attention given to Hinduism and Buddhism.

HANOVER Library resources

DARTMOUTH COLLEGE 1 Sinhalese manuscript. Good collection of material regarding India and its cultures. A few grammars.

MANCHESTER Museum resources

CURRIER GALLERY OF ART 1 miniature of standing figure of woman in red gown, Delhi school. 19th century printed cotton prayer mat. 19th century printed cotton table cover. Carved alabaster miniature of the Taj Mabal. 10 miniature elephants in ivory. 2 brass boxes inlaid with red enamel. 2 elephants of carved ebony. Lacquered Burmese box. [407] 72 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

2 brass dishes inlaid with black and red enamel. Small carved ivory figure of a Hindu fakir. 4 Javanese banners.

Library resources CURRIER GALLERY OF ART A few books on art.

NEW JERSEY MADISON Library resources DREW UNIVERSITY A good basic reference library of about 80 volumes. 5 titles on the culture, etc. of Burma; 2 for Ceylon; 2 for Siam; 3 for Tibet. Instruction DREW UNIVERSITY Sanskrit language and reading of texts. History of Religions.

MONTCLAIR Museum resources MONTCLAIR ART MUSEUM 3 images of Hindu deities. 1 brass figurine of horse. Figurine of elephant and rider. 4 brass images of Buddha. 3 fragments showing needlework. 2 cashmere shawls. 1 painted cotton textile from Delhi, 1750 A. D. Book of water colors of East Indian gods. 1 battle axe. [408] New Jersey 73

NEWARK Library resources NEWARK PUBLIC LIBRARY 658 general reference and descriptive works. 24 linguistic works. 9 Sanskrit works. 10 for Hindi and other modern dialects. 2 works on Telugu; 3 on Tamil. 113 titles (including history and description) on Greater India. 29 works on Christian missions.

NEW BRUNSWICK Library resources THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, SAGE LIBRARY Good collection of books on the religions, history, and culture.

PRINCETON Museum resources GEST ORIENTAL LIBRARY 7 odd tome covers, and illustrative colored prints. Tibetan or Mongol bronze altar vessel. 5 Tibetan prayer wheels. Tibetan amulets, printing blocks, and an incense vessel. Library resources GEST ORIENTAL LIBRARY Several manuscripts. See M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries for Buddhistic material. Tibetan prints. Print works in Chinese in the field of Chinese translations of Indic texts. Some of the Tibetan manuscripts have prints from wood [409 ] 74 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

blocks, in some cases colored later, of interest to the student of Buddhism. PRINCETON UNIVERSITY, MUSEUM OF HISTORIC ART 347 volumes on Sanskrit, Pali, Prakrit, including general reference works. 30 titles for Hindi and other modern dialects. 7 titles for Dravidian dialects. PRINCETON UNIVERSITY Over 100 manuscripts. See M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries for texts and translations. 200 general works. 130 titles for Sanskrit; 15 for Pali; 2 for Prakrit. 30 titles for Hindi and other modern dialects. 7 titles for Telugu, Tamil, Kanarese, and other Dravidian dialects. Instruction

PRINCETON UNIVERSITY Elementary Sanskrit. Classical Sanskrit. Vedic Philology and Literature. Atharva Veda. Vedic Prose (Brahmanas and Upanishads). Elements of Linguistic Science and the history, methods, and results of Indo-European philology, with some account of Indo- European speaking peoples, their languages, literatures, religions and civilizations. Comparative Grammar of the Indo-European Languages. The fundamentals of the subject, with special emphasis on Greek, Latin, Germanic, and Sanskrit.

TRENTON Library resources

FREE PUBLIC LIBRARY 147 volumes under India. [410] New Jersey – New York 75

2 on Sanskrit literature, and 8 on Hinduism. 2 on Vedānta, and 4 on Vedas. Some translations of Vedic literature.

23 titles for Tibet; 7 for Ceylon; 13 for Burma; 10 for Siam.

NEW YORK BROOKLYN Museum resources BROOKLYN MUSEUM 28 miniatures and portraits, Rajput, Pahari, Jain, and Moghul. 1 2nd century stucco head. 5 Gandhāra stone reliefs of Buddhist subjects. 1 Nepalese, 9tb century, gilt bronze Bodhisattva. 1 4th century stucco bead from N. W. India. Pre-Mauryan (I000–300 B. C.) pottery figurines. Chanhu-daro (3000-2500 B. C.) pottery figurines. 1 8th century stone female figure. 10-12th century stone Hindu deities. 2 12th century stone Buddhas. 1 14th century bronze Vishnu. 6 Jain bronze shrines, etc. 2 17 – 18th century Hindu deities (bronze Śiva and copper Pārvatī). 1 18-19tb century bronze Vishnu. 18th century bronze shrine backs. 8 17-19th century brass temple figures of Krishna, etc. 17th and 18th century textiles. 18th and 19th century saris, girdles, and jackets. 17th century painted chair. 19th century chess set of lacquered ivory. 19th century ivory combs and fan bandies. Brass box and bowl, 19th century and early 18th century. [411 ] 76 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

19th century jewlery. 18-19th century crystal and jade. (See the Museum Report for the years 1936 and 1937.)

Library resources BROOKLYN MUSEUM The library has an excellent collection on architecture, paint­ ing, sculpture, archaeology, and religion. The library has a representative collection of the cultures of Greater India; very little on the languages.

BUFFALO Museum resources

BUFFALO FINE ARTS ACADEMY 6 miniatures, 13 – 16th centuries. 10 – 11th century four-headed Brahma. (See Metropolitan Bulletin, Vol. XXII, no. 5, p. 136-7.) 6th century Gupta red sandstone Mahāvīra. (See Parnassus, March, 1934, p. 20-2, 39) Bronze Krishna from southern India, 16th century. (See Buffalo Fine Arts Academy, Master Bronzes, 1937, No. 111.)

Library resources

BUFFALO FINE ARTS ACADEMY Good collection of books on art, sculpture, etc.

CLINTON Instruction

HAMILTON COLLEGE Some time is spent on Indic religions in a course offered in the history of religions. [412] New York 77

HAMILTON Instruction COLGATE UNIVERSITY Comparative Religion. 5 weeks devoted to the religions of India and Tibet, particularly Buddhism. NEW YORK CITY Museum resources AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Department of Anthropology has between 1200 and 1500 ob• jects from India. Systematic collections bave been made for certain small series from Assam, Burma – comprising 300 pieces. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, BUSH MUSEUM 1 model of seated Buddha. 1 model of tower of silence. 1 Parsee priest's robe. About 200 mounted pictures on religious subjects. MASTER INSTITUTE, DEPARTMENT OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 36 Tibetan wall hangings. 10 Tibetan 18th century pieces of hammered copper and silver tea pots, tea cups, beer tankards, and mugs. 1 Tibetan iron door or gate with incised design over all. 1 Tibetan head-dress. 6 Tibetan ceremonial masks. 3 Tibetan ceremonial cymbals. 1 Lama's hat. 2 travelling monks' hats. 15 small figure carvings. 2 16-17th century Buddhas, wood and iron. 4 teakwood 16th century temple porticos. 2 carved wood altars with brass and semi-precious jewel- ornaments. METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART A large collection of Indian miniatures, paintings, and drawings. [413] 78 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

18 Tibetan paintings. Large comprehensive collections of Indian, Siamese, and Cambodian sculpture. Interior of a room from a Jaina temple. Indian textiles, ceramics, glass, ivories, jades, lacquers, leather work, metal work, brass, bronze, copper, bidri ware, and miscellaneous metals, rugs and woodwork. (Note: For the Indian Arms and Armor in the Department of Arms and Armor see George Cameron Stone's A Glossary of the construction, decoration and use of arms and armor . . . , Portland, Maine, 1934) Javanese bronze, Cambodian gold ornaments, Indo-Portu¬ guese curtains and garments, various material from Dutch East Indies. A large collection of Tibetan jewlery and metalwork. A large collection of Indian and Burmese Nephrite and Jadeite material from the Heber R. Bishop Collection of Hardstones and Jades. (References to Indian Art in the Bulletins of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1905-38: Arms and armor, vol. 1, p. 97; vol. 15, p. 87; vol. 28, p. 196; vol. 30, p. 141; vol. 31, p. 258; vol. 32, p. 167. Bronzes, vol. 9, p. 108. Drawings, vol. 14, p. 64. Jewelry, vol. 10, p. 160. Metalwork. vol. 14, p. 246. Miniatures, vol. 14, p. 16, 64; vol. 15, p. 275; vol. 20, p. 126, 143, 238; vol. 22, p. 127; vol. 23, p. 124; vol. 30, p. 248. Rugs and carpets, vol. 5, p. 222, 248; vol. 6, p. 97; vol. 14, p. 58; vol. 18, p. 77; vol. 30, p. 101. Sculpture, vol. 3, p. 182; vol. 5, p. 154; vol. 8, p. 133; vol. 13, p. 22, 85; vol. 15, p. 198; vol. 22, p. 133, 136; vol. 23, p. 28, 238, 254; vol. 25, p. 131; vol. 27, p. 52; vol. 28, p. 124. [414] New York 79

Textiles, vol. 10, p. 166; vol. 16, p. 265; vol. 19, p. 244; vol. 20, p. 143; vol. 23, p. 220, 311; vol. 24, p. 171; vol. 25, p. 244; vol. 26, p. 92, 177; vol. 29, p. 5; vol. 30, p. 74, 101, 16L Woodwork, vol. 13, p. 104; vol. 14, p. 2, 13, 46) Library resources AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Approximately 100 volumes of scientific travel. 25 current periodicals. 30 or 40 linguistic works. 300 volumes on art, primitive science, economic life, social life, religion, and folklore of Greater India. COLLEGE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK Fairly general collection of standard Indic works. (Gradu• ally acquiring more) COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY Over 300 manuscripts. For texts and translations see M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries. 6,136 general reference and descriptive works, including philosophy, religion, law, art, etc. 1,187 bound volumes of periodicals. 260 linguistic works on Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. 94 works on Hindi and other modern dialects. 26 volumes for the Dravidian languages. 142 volumes on the languages and cultures of Greater India. 31 current periodicals in the field of Indic Studies (exclusive of titles in general Orientalin), COOPER UNION, MUSEUM FOR THE ARTS OF DECORATION About 50 volumes covering wholly or in part certain aspects of Indian art, architecture, decoration, ornament, costume, and textiles. FORDHAM UNIVERSITY There are a number of books dealing with India. [415 ] 80 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

MASTER INSTITUTE, DEPARTMENT OF ARTS AND SCIENCES Some uncatalogued manuscripts. 338 volumes of the Kanjur and Tanjur. 30 volumes on Indic philosophy; 40 on religions; 20 on art. METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART A few manuscripts. 50 works on art; 140 on architecture, sculpture, and bronzes; 37 on archaeology and antiquities; 74 on painting and minia• tures; 76 on rugs, textiles, metalwork, pottery, etc.; 57 on language and literature; 28 on religion; 45 on history, descrip• tion and travel; 44 on civilization, costume, customs, etc. NEW YORK ACADEMY OF MEDICINE Several Sinhalese medical manuscripts. Probably several hundred titles for general reference and descriptive works, including medicine, history, philosophy, travel, anthropology, missions, etc. Various periodicals. A few translations and linguistic works. 10 titles on Greater India – travel, medicine, and life. NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY Fewer than 100 manuscripts. See M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries for texts and translations. The Indic holdings amount to approximately 15,500 volumes of which about 9,500 are shelved in the Oriental Division, while about 6,000, in Occidental languages only, and relating mainly to history, geography, and civilization in general, are scattered throughout the Library. For special notices com• pare N. Y. P. L. Bulletin, 1935, vol. 39, p. 722 (on history), and Bulletin, 1936, vol. 40, p. 937 (on geography). Of the books shelved in the Oriental Division the Library is well represented in both general and specific works on philosophy and religion. Indian law is not extensively represented, but the books available, both native and Occidental, are the standard works on reference. The serial publications from societies and universities, most of which come to the Library, [416] New York 81

augment the holdings especially in philosophy and religion, with Buddhism perhaps the strongest single factor. The Library is very strong in Sanskrit and most of the middle Indian dialects, especially in the older material, a considerable proportion of which is now out of print and difficult of access. It is also very strong in grammars and dictionaries of most of the modern languages of India, but has never gone in for systematic acquisition of the native literatures, and the representation there is, consequently, rather uneven. The same is true of the Dravidian linguistic areas, and the lan• guages and cultures of Greater India, i. e., fairly strong in grammars and dictionaries, and rather unevenly represented in more general matter, except for Tibet, where the collection is fairly strong in religion particularly. PIERPONT MORGAN LIBRARY 2 Tibetan manuscripts. UNION THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Several manuscripts. The Missionary Research Library located at the Union Theological Seminary has a collection of upwards of 3700 volumes dealing directly with India, various journals and pamphlets, works on Greater India. The missionary section of the seminary library contains approximately something over 1900 books and periodicals on India and Greater India, together with pamphlets.

Instruction COLLEGE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK Department of History in School of Education: Modern India. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY Sanskrit. First course. Sanskrit. Advanced course. Sanskrit. Advanced course (Veda). Prakrit and Pali Indo-Iranian Seminar. Culture, religion, and philosophy of India. [417] 82 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

NEW YORK UNIVERSITY History: The growth of The British Empire. A study of the origins and growth of imperialism in Modern England, with attention especially directed to the establishment of British rule in India, the partition of Africa, and the development of the commonwealth of nations. History of Art : Painting in Mohammedan Countries. The main body of the course is devoted to the various schools of Persian miniature painting from the twelfth to the seventeenth centuries, and to Mughal painting in India from the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries. Mohammedan Decorative Arts. The subject matter is divided according to techniques and covers all Moham• medan countries from Spain to India. Introduction to the Art of the Far East. Geographically, the course covers Central Asia, China, Korea, and Japan. Art and Culture of India. History of Painting in India. Seminar: Iconography of Hindu and Buddhist Art. UNION THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY History of Religions: Hinduism. A survey of its successive historical stages. Religions of India. Buddhism. The life, character, and influence of the Buddha. The original feature and the later develop• ments of the system. Its historical extension through the East.

NYACK Museum resources

CLARKSTOWN COUNTRY CLUB 50 sculptural and architectural pieces. [418] New York 83

Library resources

CLARKSTOWN COUNTRY CLUB 2,500 general reference and descriptive works. 70 Sanskrit works.

POUGHKEEPSIE Library resources VASSAR COLLEGE Standard general works on the history of religions of India as well as standard works in the field of art.

Instruction VASSAR COLLEGE History of Religions, including Indic. The Department of Art occasionally offers a course in the general field of Oriental Art or in some geographical area such as the art of China or India.

ROCHESTER Museum resources

ROCHESTER MUSEUM OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 200 pieces of handicraft.

Library resources

THE ROCHESTER MEMORIAL ART GALLERY Collection of works on art. ROCHESTER MUSEUM OF ARTS AND SCIENCES Books on culture, civilization, and grammar. UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER 473 volumes of general reference and descriptive works. 100 texts and translations. [419] 84 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Instruction UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER India is presented in courses in Comparative Religion, History of the British Empire, and some general courses in inter• national affairs.

SYRACUSE Library resources SYRACUSE PUBLIC LIBRARY 300 titles on India. SYRACUSE UNIVERSITY 275 general reference and descriptive works. 10 Sanskrit, 1 Prakrit, 3 works on Hindi and other dialects, and 2 Dravidian works. 45 titles for Greater India.

TROY Instruction RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE History of philosophy courses, as well as ethics and problem courses deal to some extent with the Indic field. Plans are under way, solely at the initiative of the students, to form a class for the study of Sanskrit and Indian philosophy and literature.

NORTH CAROLINA CHAPEL HILL Museum resources UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 31 toy Travancore ivory figures depicting contemporary life.

Library resources

UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA General histories of art in Person Hall Art Gallery. [420] North Carolina – Ohio 85

200 general works, including translations, linguistic works, and books on Greater India. Instruction UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA Comparative Literature : Oriental Literature. The epics, dramas, etc. of the Hindus, etc. Comparative Linguistics: Sanskrit. Elements of the grammar of Classical Sanskrit, with reading of prose, etc. DURHAM Library resources DUKE UNIVERSITY Most of the translations of the important texts relevant to philosophy and religion. A representative collection of Studies in the various fields by Occidental and Indian scholars. (This library material is constantly being added to, with filling in of the gaps and buying of the latest important publications) Instruction DUKE UNIVERSITY Oriental Art. Indian Philosophy. The Religions of India. OHIO

ATHENS Library resources OHIO UNIVERSITY A little attention has been given in the last few years to building a library on the culture and civilization of the Far East, including India, but library equipment is still meager. [421] 86 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Instruction OHIO UNIVERSITY Courses on Great Thinkers of the Orient and The World's Living Religions include India.

CINCINNATI Museum resources CINCINNATI ART MUSEUM Curtains, basketry, ceramics, costumes, dolls and figurines, ivories, miniature painting on ivory, lace collars and edging, lacquer box, vases and ewers, spoons, musical instruments, sculptures, and textiles – mostly 19th century material. (Note: Cincinnati has an organization for the promotion of education and the Fine Arts in cooperation with the Uni• versity of Cincinnati, the Cincinnati Institute of Fine Arts, and the Cincinnati Museum Association which makes all local material, both in public and private depositories, avail¬ able to those who wish to use it.) UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI 518 lantern slides dealing with India and its architecture, 275 mounted photographs of similar subjects, and 100 picture postcards. Library resources

CINCINNATI ART MUSEUM A small collection of reference works – mostly on art. UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI 19 titles for Indic philosophy, 38 for religions, 106 for history and description, 13 for economic history, 6 for constitutional history, 3 for ancient art, 16 for literature. 9 titles for Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. 3 titles for Hindi and other modern dialects. [422] Ohio 87

Instruction

UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI Philosophy of Religion: Philosophical discussion of contempo­ rary religious issues, based on an historical survey of several great religions, including those of India, Greece, and Rome.

CLEVELAND Museum resources

CLEVELAND MUSEUM OF ART Reports Cambodian and Cham material without description. 63 miniatures – Jaina, Rajput, Jaipur, Sikh, Moghul, and Tibetan. See W. Norman Brown, Miniature Paintings of the Jaina Kalpasūtra, A. Hollis, Cleveland Museum of Art, Bulletin, Feb. 1934; A. K. Coomaraswamy, Rajput Painting, pi. 1; Hollis, op. cit., April, 1933; A. K. Coomaraswamy, op. cit. pl. XLIV; Hollis, op. cit„ June, 1938; A. K. Coomara­ swamy, op. cit., p. 48; Hollis, op. cit„ June, 1932 and January, 1933. 3 Gandhāra reliefs. See Hollis, op. cit. December, 1930. 4 Gandhāra pieces. See Sizer, op. cit„ January, 1925. 1 Gupta pillar, 9-1 0th century. 3 Pala steles. See Hollis, op. cit., November, 1937 and December, 1930. Several bronzes. See Hollis, op. cit., July, 1937, December 1930, February, 1933, December, 1930, and October, 1930; Sizer, op. cit„ October, 1924, and April, 1926. A rather large collection of Indian, Tibetan, Burmese, and Siamese jewelry. A few pieces of Indian, Tibetan, and Siamese metal work. 9 Indian musical instruments. 20 carved Indian wood chest fronts, panels, etc. 23 pieces of Indian arms and armor. [423 ] 88 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Library resources

CLEVELAND MUSEUM OF ART A few manuscripts. Excellent collection on art and architecture. CLEVELAND PUBLIC LIBRARY Several manuscripts. 2,000 volumes on history, description, and ethnology. Good collection on Brahmanism and Buddhism. All the good dictionaries. For texts and translations see M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries. 180 grammars, lexicons, etc. of Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. 250 works on modern dialects. Over 100 volumes on the Dravidian languages. Good working collection on the lesser-known tongues. Good collection on Tibet, including 130 volumes on Tibetan literature and 160 tractates from the Kanjur.

Instruction

WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY Introduction to the History of Religion. A major part of this course is devoted to the earlier religions of India and especially Buddhism. Ancient Civilizations of the Eastern Mediterranean. This delves into the Mohenjo-Daro culture and the early history of India as recorded since Alexander's time. In an advanced Seminar – Problems in the History of Religion – source materials in the early history and religion of India are studied.

COLUMBUS Museum resources

COLUMBUS GALLERY OF FlNE ARTS Probably has material. No report received. [424] Ohio 89

Library resources OHIO STATE LIBRARY About 80 general reference and descriptive works. No texts. About 50 translations, including 29 volumes of the Sacred Books of the East. About 85 volumes on Greater India.

Instruction OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY Occasional courses in Sanskrit.

DAYTON Museum resources DAYTON ART INSTITUTE 2 Indic miniatures; 8 Tibetan, 17tb century miniatures; Buddhistic scroll paintings.

DELAWARE Library resources OHIO WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY 275 general reference and descriptive works. Great number of books on philosophy and religion of India, mostly in English. Many interesting travel books. 42 texts and translations. 3 volumes for Hindi and other modern dialects. 35 works on Greater India, mostly history, travel, and religions. 1 book on the Javanese language.

Instruction OHIO WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY Religions of the World. The major emphasis falls on Hindu• ism, Buddhism, Islam, and Parsee belief, only secondarily [425 ] 90 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Sikhism, Jainism, and Lamaism. India, its History and its Culture.

OBERLIN Library resources

OBERLIN COLLEGE About 1,262 general reference and descriptive works on India. About 15 volumes on Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. About 7 volumes on Hindi and other modern dialects. About 95 volumes on the languages and cultures of Greater India.

Instruction

OBERLIN COLLEGE India under Mughal and British Rule. Christian Doctrine through Non-Christian Religions. The field covered is the Indo-Iranian and Semitic religions. An outline of the History of the Near and Middle East and India. The Mughal Empire in India.

OXFORD Library resources

WESTERN COLLEGE A few manuscripts.

Instruction

MIAMI UNIVERSITY History of the Far East. The development of India, China, Japan, and adjacent regions. Comparative Religion. 1426] Ohio – Oregon 91

TOLEDO Museum resources TOLEDO MUSEUM OF ART 7 Indian paintings, 17-19tb centuries. Alabaster model reproducing the Taj Mabal. 3 sculptural pieces – Śiva (19th century), a Jain figure (19th century), a wood Buddha (early 19th century). Metalwork, textiles, swords. From Cambodia a limestone terminal of a balustrade – Garuda astride a Nāga. See Bulletin, Commission Archéologique de VIndoChine, January 9, 1913, p. 98; Parnassus, Febru­ ary, 1933; J. A. MacLean, A Stone Terminal from Cambo­ dia; Museum News, The Toledo Museum of Art, December, 1936. From Siam seals, pottery, porcelain, 2 pieces of sculp­ ture (bronze head of Buddha of the 17th century and wood figure of seated dancer of the 19th century).

Library resources TOLEDO MUSEUM OF ART A few manuscripts. Excellent library on art, architecture, history, civilization, general culture, and description. OREGON EUGENE Museum resources UNIVERSITY OF OREGON, MUSEUM OF ART 4 plaster casts of sections of Angkor-Vat, Cambodia. 12 stone heads, hands, torso, and one elephant. 2 small architectural fragments. Library resources UNIVERSITY OF OREGON 112 general reference and descriptive works. [427] 92 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

88 texts and translations. 9 Sanskrit linguistic works. 21 volumes for Greater Indic languages and cultures. 48 uncatalogued Siamese volumes.

PENNSYLVANIA

BETHLEHEM Library resources

LEHIQH UNIVERSITY I manuscript. 123 general reference and descriptive works. 36 texts and translations. II linguistic works. 10 titles for Greater India.

BRYN MAWR Library resources BRYN MAWR COLLEGE A good small reference library in the various disciplines of India and Greater India.

Instruction BRYN MAWR COLLEGE Course in Sanskrit – sounds and forms of Sanskrit are studied on a comparative basis.

CHESTER Library resources

CROZER THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Good collection on Sanskrit language and literature, Indian art, oriental religions, ethics and folklore, peoples, manners, customs, etc, foreign missions, philosophies. [428] Pennsylvania 93

Instruction CROZER THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Outline of History of Religions. Includes a month's work on the various religions of India.

EASTON Instruction LAFAYETTE COLLEGE Religions of the Near East. Devotes approximately 3 weeks to a study of Hinduism and the lesser religions of India; time is spent on the Vedic literature, the various schools of philoso­ phy, and the great epic poems of Hinduism. In addition, the present day problem of political, racial, and cultural adjustment is dealt with.

PHILADELPHIA Museum resources FREE LIBRARY OF PHILADELPHIA A very large collection of miniatures. LUTHERAN THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, KRAUTH MEMORIAL LIBRARY Temple lights and lamps, images of deities, jugs, trays, shells, baskets, cups, bells, weights, inlaid marble, shoes, charms, weapons, ivory, etc. PHILADELPHIA MUSEUM OF ART Sculpture from 1st century A. D. to modern times, illustrating art of Mathurā and Gandhāra in Kuṣāna times, late Gupta art in Bihar, and medieval stone and bronze from various parts. The most important part of the collection is the ensemble of pillars, capitals, corbels, and frieze slabs from a 16th century temple maṇḍapam of Madura. A few pieces from Greater India illustrate the art of Siam, Cambodia, and Central Asia. (See Pennsylvania Museum Bulletins 5:68, O '07; 27:123 – 5, Mr '32; 17:3­4, O '21; 18:5­7, N '22; 16:20­24, Ap '18; 2:4, Ap '04; 23:15­17, N '27; 18:3­7, Ja '23; 18:9­11, Mr '23; 16:22, Ap '18. [429 ] 94 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA MUSEUM The collections consist of sculpture from the first century B. C. (Mathurā) to medieval times. There are a number of Buddhist Gandhāran and Mathurā pieces of Kuṣāṇa time, and some medieval Hindu pieces from northern and eastern India. There are also bronzes from northern India.

Library resources AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY 100 general reference and descriptive works. 60 Sanskrit books. 14 titles for Pali. 20 titles for Hindi and modern dialects. 15 titles for Telugu and Tamil. 40 works on Tibet, 16 on Siam. 60 works on Indic archaeology; 50 on botany and forestry; 25 on the archaeology, botany, and forestry of Ceylon, Burma, Siam, etc. COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS Sinhalese medical manuscript. DROPSIE COLLEGE A few manuscripts. A few books in Sanskrit. FREE LIBRARY OF PHILADELPHIA Several manuscripts. 350 general reference and descriptive works. A few linguistic works and histories on Sanskrit, Hindi, and Dravidian. 2 titles for Indo-China, 33 for Tibet, 17 for Ceylon, 22 for Burma, 20 for Siam. LUTHERAN THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Several manuscripts. PHILADELPHIA MUSEUM OF ART 300 titles under India; 24 under Indo-China, Indonesia, etc.; 40 under Tibet; 12 under Ceylon; 16 under Siam; 12 under Burma. [430 ] Pennsylvania 95

A few unusual catalogues, reprints, etc. An excellent collection of auction sale catalogues of art objects. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA Almost 3,000 manuscripts. One of the best collections of general works and serial publica• tions for India and Greater India. For texts and translations see M. B. Emeneau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries. Instruction TEMPLE UNIVERSITY Oriental History. Offers a general survey of the literature, art, and philosophy of India. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA Elementary and advanced courses in Sanskrit, Pali, Prakrit, and Hindi. Courses on the cultures and history of India and Greater India. Oriental Seminar in which a careful comparison and synthesis of the various disciplines of Oriental Studies – Near Eastern, Middle Eastern, and Far Eastern – are made.

PITTSBURGH Museum resources

CARNEGIE MUSEUM 3 Tibetan paintings, 3 – 4 hundred years old. UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH Tibetan religious art. Library resources

CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH Usual popular collections of general reference and descriptive works. Strong in works on art and architecture. Several serials. [431] 96 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Usual popular collections on languages and cultures of Greater India. CARNEGIE MUSEUM A few serial publications. Many books containing information on Greater India. WESTERN THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY A very good basic library, including some texts and trans­ lations.

Instruction WESTERN THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Hinduism and Indian Buddhism are covered in the course on Comparative Religion.

RHODE ISLAND

PROVIDENCE Museum resources RHODE ISLAND SCHOOL OF DESIGN, MUSEUM OF ART 7 miniatures from manuscripts executed for Akbar, late 16th century Indo-Persian hunting and battle scenes. 22 miniatures, 17-18th century portraits, domestic scenes, birds. 2 miniatures, early 19th century, of ladies at their toilet. 12th century bronze Natarāja, South Indian. See Bulletin of the Rhode Island School of Design, vol. XXI, No. 3. 9th century black basalt relief of deity with flaming torch and attendant. See Bulletin of the Rhode Island School of Design, vol. VI, No. 3. 3 small bronzes, 19th century, of Vishnu, Krishna, Śakti. Stone head from Angkor-Vat, 12th century. See Bulletin of the Rhode Island School of Design, vol. XX, No. 3. Bronze Siamese Buddha head, 15th century. Bronze head of female deity, 15th century Siamese. [432 ] Rhode Island – South Carolina 97

Silver, jewelry, pottery, leather, textiles, costumes, Siamese ceramics, fans, rings.

Library resources

BROWN UNIVERSITY Over 50 manuscripts. 413 general reference and descriptive works. 20 titles for Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. 7 titles for Dravidian. 6 titles for languages and cultures of Greater India. Some additional material in other fields. PROVIDENCE ATHENAEUM 353 general reference and descriptive works. A few translations and linguistic works. Several histories and books of travel for Greater India.

Instruction

BROWN UNIVERSITY Special instruction will be provided for students interested in Sanskrit and Pali. History of Religions. Includes Buddhism and Hinduism.

SOUTH CAROLINA

CHARLESTON Museum resources

CHARLESTON MUSEUM 37 paleolithic implements. Plain and carved elephant tusks from Burma and Siam. Siamese swords. 16 small ivory articles, mainly Siamese. Several small bronzes. [433 ] 98 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

SOUTH DAKOTA

YANKTON Library resources YANKTON COLLEGE General reference books and index guides.

TENNESSEE

NASHVILLE Library resources VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY The usual grammars, texts, dictionaries, etc

Instruction F1SK UNIVERSITY TWO weeks is devoted to the religion and culture of India in a sophomore humanistic course. VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY Indo-Iranian Philology, including a study of elementary Sanskrit. TEXAS AUSTIN Library resources UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS 500 volumes on Indic languages and literatures. A few of the standard Sanskrit dictionaries. Histories of Indian literature and translations in English, French, German of Vedic and Sanskrit texts. Several journals. Supplementary material on religion and philosophy includes a fair group of works on Hinduism and Buddhism. For the student of the history and institutions of modern India there are collections strong in history, government, commerce, industries, customs, etc. – approximately 2500 [434 ] Texas 99

volumes, including 400 volumes of British government publi• cations relating to India and 150 volumes of Indian law reports. 200 volumes for Greater India.

DALLAS Museum resources DALLAS MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS 1 red sandstone head.

Instruction SOUTHERN METHODIST UNIVERSITY Certain courses in Comparative Philology, Comparative Literature, and Comparative Religion touch incidentally on the language, literature, and religion of India.

FORT WORTH Library resources and Instruction TEXAS CHRISTIAN UNIVERSITY Material of a general nature that satisfies the courses in philosophy, art, religions, sociology, etc. as they touch the Indic culture.

HOUSTON Museum resources

MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS Material not reported in detail. Library resources

HOUSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY 150 general reference works. 9 titles for Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. 3 titles for Hindi and other modern dialects. 2 titles for Dravidian. 74 works on the languages and cultures of Greater India. [435 ] 100 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

UTAH PROVO Library resources

BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY A few volumes on Sanskrit language and literature, and Indic culture. Fairly complete file of the JAOS.

SALT LAKE CITY Library resources UNIVERSITY OF UTAH Books on the religions of India and Greater India.

Instruction UNIVERSITY OF UTAH A general course in anthropology ṭouches upon Indic art and agriculture.

VIRGINIA LEXINGTON Library resources

WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY A few books and specimens for art. General reference collection.

NORFOLK Museum resources

NORFOLK MUSEUM OF ARTS AND SCIENCES About 20 Buddhas from India, Siam, and Tibet. [436 ] Virginia – Washington 101

Library resources NORFOLK MUSEUM OF ARTS AND SCIENCES Several art bulletins and serial publications.

RICHMOND Museum resources VALENTINE MUSEUM Minor handicrafts.

WlLLIAMSBURG Library resources COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY 91 titles for India.

WASHINGTON COLLEGE PLACE Library resources

WALLA WALLA COLLEGE An excellent collection of books on the religions.

Instruction WALLA WALLA COLLEGE Oriental Religions. Includes India.

PULLMAN Instruction STATE COLLEGE OF WASHINGTON The Far East. The origin, growth, and expansion of Chinese, Indian, and Japanese civilizations from their prehistoric beginnings until 1500. Far Eastern Thought and Culture. A study of the religions, philosophies, and literatures of China, India, and Japan. [437 ] 102 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

SEATTLE Museum resources

SEATTLE ART MUSEUM 4 miniatures: Rajastbani, Moghul and Rajput of the 18th century. 1 Gandhāra Buddha, 2nd century A. D. Shawls, hangings, and silver handicraft, 18-19th century.

Library resources

SEATTLE ART MUSEUM Good reference library on history, archaeology, mythology, general art, painting, and sculpture. SEATTLE PUBLIC LIBRARY 382 general reference and descriptive works, including 65 translations. 1 Sanskrit lexicon. UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON Approximately 110 volumes on Indic history and civilization, 20 on social life and customs, 30 on religion, 9 on antiqui­ ties (including 4 on art). 28 on the Vedas, 3 on the Vedic lan­ guage, and 28 reference volumes. 17 translations of texts, 6 from Pali. 5 Sanskrit linguistic works. 18 volumes for the language and culture of Tibet; 7 for Ceylon; 7 for Burma; 10 for Siam.

Instruction

UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON Culture of Asia. History of Religion. Literature of India. Sanskrit – 1st and 2nd year. [ 438] West Virginia – Wisconsin 103

WEST VIRGINIA

MORGANTOWN Library resources

WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 78 general reference and descriptive works. 2 texts and translations. 3 works on Greater India.

Instruction WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY Course on the history of the Indic world.

WISCONSIN

BELOIT Museum resources

BELOIT COLLEGE, LOGAN MUSEUM 2 Siamese sabers and sheath.

Library resources

BELOIT COLLEGE A few anthropological volumes in the Logan Museum. 15 volumes on Indic art. Some material on description and travel, social life and cus• toms for Tibet, Ceylon, Burma, and India.

Instruction

BELOIT COLLEGE Fine Arts: The History of Art. About one month spent on the art of India, China, and Japan. [439] 104 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

MADISON Library resources STATE HISTORICAL SOCIETY OF WISCONSIN 268 general reference and descriptive works. 11 titles for Sanskrit, Pali, and Prakrit. 15 titles for East Indian languages.

Instruction UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN Comparative Philology: Elementary Sanskrit. History department has a course in which three or four lec• tures are devoted to the difference between the art of the Middle East and the art of the West. A limited amount of work in anthropology touches the field. (Note: The Librarian reports they have nothing specific in the Indic field)

MILWAUKEE Library resources MILWAUKEE PUBLIC MUSEUM A few ethnographical books and serials.

CANADA EDMONTON Library resources

UNIVERSITY OF ALBERTA 1 Sinhalese medical manuscript.

LONDON Library resources

UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN ONTARIO 2 Sinhalese medical manuscripts. [440] Canada 105

A few general descriptive works on India and Greater India. 30 texts and translations. 50 linguistic works on Sanskrit, Hindi, etc.

MONTREAL Museum resources McGlLL UNIVERSITY Between 1 and 2 hundred Hindu paintings. Handicraft. Library resources McGlLL UNIVERSITY Several hundred manuscripts. For texts and translations see M. B. Emenau's A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries. UNIVERSITY OF MONTREAL A few Sinhalese medical manuscripts.

HALIFAX, NOVA SCOTIA Library resources DALHOUSIE UNIVERSITY 1 manuscript. Various linguistic works for India and Greater India. 46 volumes of the Tripiṭaka in Siamese. KINGSTON Library resources

QUEEN'S UNIVERSITY A few Sinhalese medical manuscripts. Basic material for Sanskrit language – lexical and linguistic.

OTTAWA Library resources

NATIONAL MUSEUM OF CANADA A good collection of ethnographical books on India and [441 ] 106 Facilities for Indic Studies in America

Greater India. Dictionaries and grammars on the dialects of Greater India. Also a few descriptive works. A representative set of serial publications.

SASKATOON Library resources UNIVERSITY OF SASKATCHEWAN 2 Sinhalese medical manuscripts.

TORONTO Museum resources ROYAL ONTARIO MUSEUM OF ARCHAEOLOGY 27 miniatures, 17-19th century. A good collection of sculpture, including Buddhas of various periods and schools; 4 bronzes (see Bulletin of the Royal On• tario Museum of Archaeology, May, 1925); marble slabs; 41 carved wood panels of the 19th century; stone stele of the 10th century; stone torso of apsaras from Rajputana, about 1000 A. D.; carved stone rosette from Madras, 19th cen• tury; carved teak doorway; several small bronzes including lamps and utensils for the ritual, 18-19th century; several small black stone carvings, 17-18th century; garments and cloth materials; many pieces of military equipment.

Library resources

ACADEMY OF MEDICINE 2 Sinhalese medical manuscripts. ART GALLERY OF TORONTO A few books on art. ROYAL ONTARIO MUSEUM OF ARCHAEOLOGY 12 manuscripts. UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO A few Sinhalese medical manuscripts. Reports a large number of works relating to India and Greater India – too large to describe and classify. [442 ] Canada 107

Instruction UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO Department of Classics, University College, offers a course in Sanskrit in the School of Graduate Studies. Department of Oriental languages has a course in the Reli­ gions of India. A similar course is offered by the Department of Religious Knowledge in Victoria College. The philosophy of India is touched on by the Department of Philosophy.

VANCOUVER Library resources UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA One Sinhalese manuscript. 50 volumes of the Tripiṭaka in Siamese. WINNIPEG Library resources UNIVERSITY OF MANITOBA 1 Sinhalese medical manuscript. 161 titles for general works, including archaeology and an­ tiquities, government, history, economics, law, social condi­ tions, philosophy, religion, etc. A few works on Sanskrit language and literature. 3 works on modern dialects. 1 title for Kanarese. 23 historical and descriptive works on provinces and dis­ tricts; a few of same nature for India and Greater India.

[443]

A BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR INDIC STUDIES By ELMER H. Currs University of Washington

CLASSIFICATION I. Bibliography 1-10 II. Prehistory 11-15 III. General History 16-25 IV. Early History and Society (Hindu Period).... 26-41 V. Archaeology, Epigraphy, and Numismatics. . . 42-61 VI. Early Foreign Contacts (Hindu Period) 62-81 VII. Literature (General Works) 82-89 VIIL Vedic Literature 90-115 IX. Buddhist Literature 116-148 X. Sanskrit Literature (excepting Drama) 149-184 XI. Drama 185-192 XII. Philosophy 193-221 XIII. Art (General Works) 222-236 XIV. Painting 237-248 XV. Sculpture 249-260 XVI. Architecture 261-266 XVII. Music 267-272 XVIII. Religion 273-312 XIX. Lexicography, Grammar, Philology 313-340 XX. Anthropology, Sociology, Law 341-363 XXI. Science and Mathematics 364-370 XXII. Medieval India 371-390 XXIII. Miscellaneous – Special Topics 391-407 XXIV. Portuguese and French in India 408-413 XXV. British India 414-436 XXVI. General Reference 437-450 XXVII. Periodicals 451-474

[445] llo Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

ABBREVIATIONS USED

COOPERATING DEPOSITARIES

MH Harvard University NN New York Public Library OCI-W Cleveland Public Library, White Collection CtY Yale University (Including Library of the American Oriental Society) NNC Columbia University ICU University of Chicago DLC Library of Congress PU University of Pennsylvania MB Boston Public Library NjP Princeton University MiU University of Michigan MBMu Boston Museum of Fine Arts NiC Cornell University MdBJ Johns Hopkins University WaU University of Washington IU University of Illinois ICN Newberry Library IEN Northwestern University CS San Francisco Public Library CL Los Angeles Public Library MiD Detroit Public Library MoS St. Louis Public Library CaM McGill University WU University of Wisconsin MnM Minneapolis Public Library NcD Duke University OrU University of Oregon IC Chicago Public Library OU Ohio State University WaS Seattle Public Library PPiC Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh WM Milwaukee Public Library [446 ] A bbreviations 111

NNCo College of the City of New York CoU University of Colorado ICR Art Institute of Chicago ICB Art Institute of Chicago CLSU University of Southern California CoD Denver Public Library PPAps American Philosophical Society CaB University of British Columbia MSE Essex Institute

PERIODICALS AND SERIES

ABayA Abhandlungen der Bayerischen Akademie der Wis­ senschaften, Phil. KL AKM Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, herausgegeben von der Deutschen Morgenländ­ ischen Gesellschaft ĀnSS Ānandāśrama Sanskrit Series AOS American Oriental Series BEFEO Bulletin de l'École Française de l'Extrême Orient BenSS Benares Sanskrit Series Bibl. Ind. Bibliotheca Indica Bibl. Sansk. Government Oriental Library Séries, Bibliotheca Sanskrita (University of Mysore, Oriental Li• brary Publications, Sanskrit Series) BSOS Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies BSS Bombay Sanskrit Series (Bombay Sanskrit and Prakrit Series) GGA Göttische Gelehrte Anzeigen GOS Gaewad's Oriental Series Grundriss Grundriss der Indo-Arische Philologie und Alter• tumskunde HOS Harvard Oriental Series IHQ Indian Historical Quarterly Ind. Ant. Indian Antiquary ITS Indian Text Series [447 1 112 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

JA Journal Asiatique JAOS Journal of the American Oriental Society JASB Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal JBBRAS Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society JBORS Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society JIH Journal of Indian History JOR Journal of Oriental Research JPTS Journal of the Pali Text Society JRAS Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society Ostas. Zeit. Ostasiatische Zeitschrift PSS Panjab Sanskrit Series PTS Pali Text Society RSO Rivista degli Studi Orientali SBB Sacred Books of the Buddhists SBE Sacred Books of the East SBH Sacred Books of the Hindus Ser. – Sér. Series – Série TSS Trivandrum Sanskrit Series WZKM Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes ZDMG Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesell• schaft

I. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. EMENEAU, Murray Barnson. A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries. (AOS 7) New Haven: American Oriental Society, 1935. Pp. xv, 540. 2. DASGUPTA, H. C. "Bibliography of Prehistoric Indian An• tiquities.’' (Journal of Asiatic Society of Bengal, N. S., 27, (pp. 5-96)) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1931. 3. RENOU, Louis. Bibliographie Védique. Paris: Adrien- Maisonneuve, 1931. Pp. v, 339. [448] Bibliography 113

4. Annual Bibliography of Indian Archaeology. To date cover• ing the years 1926-36. 8 vols. Leyden: Kern Institute, 1928-38. 5. HELD, Hans Ludwig. Deutsche Bibliographie des Buddhismus. Eine Übersicht über die deutschsprachliche buddhologische Litteratur. Munich und Leipzig: Hans Sachs-Verlag, 1916. Pp. viii, 190. MH NN NNC ICU MB MiU NiC MdBJ IU 6. MARCH, Arthur C. A Buddhist Bibliography. London: The Buddhist Lodge, 1935. Pp. xi, 257. MH NN OCI-w CtY NNC ICU DLC MiU 7. Bibliographie Bouddhique. Published annually. 8 vols. Paris: Adrien–Maisonneuve, 1928-37. MH NN OCI-w CtY NNC ICU DLC PU (l, 2) NiC (1‚ 3, 5-6) 8. GuÉRiNOT, Armand Albert. Essai de bibliographie Jaina; répertoire analytique et méthodique des travaux relatifs du Jainisme. (Annales du Musée Guimet, 22) Paris: E. Leroux, 1906. Pp. 37, 568. See also Guérinot, “Notes de Bibliographie Jaina,” JA, 10e série, 14, 1909, pp. 46-148. 9. CooMARASwAMY, Ananda K. Bibliographies of Indian Art. Boston: Museum of Fine Arts, 1925. Pp. v, 54. MH OCI-w CtY NNC MB NjP MBMu NiC MdBJ OrU 10. ScHUYLER, Montgomery. A Bibliography of the Sanskrit Drama, with an Introductory Sketch of the Dramatic Litera• ture of India. (Columbia University Indo-Iranian Series, 3) New York: Columbia University Press, 1906. Pp. xi, 105. (Editor's note: Up to the present time the best synthetic catalogue of Sanskrit manuscripts has been T. Aufrecht's Catalogus Cata¬ logorum. This is being revised and augmented at the University of Madras and will be published as the New Catalogus Catalogorum. A complete catalogue of all Indic manuscripts in the United States [449 ] 114 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

and Canada, A Census of Indic Manuscripts in the United States and Canada, by Horace I. Poleman, has recently been published as Vol• ume 12 of the American Oriental Series.

II. PREHISTORY 11. FOOTE, Robert Bruce. The Foote Collection of Indian Pre• historic and Protohistoric Antiquities, Notes on their Ages and Distribution. Madras: Government Press, 1916. Pp. XV, 246;64pl„ 1map. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC PU MiU MBMu IU WU PPAps 12. MARSHALL, Sir John. Mohenjo-daro and the Indus Civiliza• tion, being an official account of Archaeological Excavations at Mohenjo-daro carried out by the Government of India be• tween the years 1922 and 1927. 3 vols. London: Arthur Probsthain, 193L Pp. xxvii, 364; pl. I-XIV; xiii, 365-716; Vol. Ill, pl. XV-CLXIV. 13. MiTRA, Panchanan. Prehistoric India, its Place in the World's Cultures. 2d ed. Calcutta: University of Cal• cutta Press, 1927. Pp. xxviii, 512; 53 pi. MH NN OCI-W CtY ICU PU (1923) WaU WU 14. MACKAY, Ernest. Further Excavations at Mohenjo-daro, being an official account of Archaeological Excavations carried out by the Government of India between the years 1927 and 1931. 2 vols. Delhi: Published by the Manager of Publications, 1938. Pp. xvi, 718; pl. I-CXLVI. 15. MACKAY, Ernest. The Indus Civilization. London: Lovat Dickson and Thompson Ltd., 1935. Pp. viii, 210; 16 pi.

III. GENERAL HISTORY 16. SMITH, Vincent Arthur. The Oxford History of India, from the earliest times to the end of 1911. Revised and continued to 1921 by S. M. EDWARDES. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1923. Pp. xxiv, 814; 12 pl„ 122 illus„ 22 maps. 17. THE CAMBRIDGE HISTORY OF INDIA. 6 vols. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; New York: The Macmillan Company. [450] General History 115

Vol. I. E. J. RAPSON (ed). History of Ancient India from the earliest times to about the middle of the first century A .D. 1922. Pp. xii, 736; 26 p√ 6 maps. Vol. II. E. J. RAPSON (ed.). Medieval India to the eleventh century A.D. (Not yet published.) Vol. HI. Sir Wolseley HAIG (ed). Turks and Afghans. 1928. Pp. xxvii, 752; 41 p√ 8 maps. Vol. IV. Sir Richard BURN (ed.). The Moghul Period. 1937. Pp. xxviii, 670; 58 plates, 6 maps. Vol. V. H. H. DoDWELL (ed.). British India. 1929. Pp. xxii, 683. Vol. VI. H. H. DoDWELL (ed). The Indian Empire, 1858­1918, with chapters on the development of Adminis­ tration, 1818­1858. 1932. Pp. xxiv, 660. 18. DoDWELL, Henry Herbert (ed). The Cambridge Shorter History of India. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1934. Pp. xix, 970; 21 maps. 19. HAVELL, Ernest Binfield. The History of Aryan Rule in India, from the Earliest Times to the Death of Akbar. New York: Frederick A. Stokes Company, 1918. Pp. xxxi, 583; 33 pl., 2 maps. 20. DuNBAR, Sir George. A History of India from the Earliest Times to the Present Day. London: I. Nicholson and Watson, limited, 1936. Pp. xxi, 632; 1 map. MH NN OCI­w CtY DLC MiU waU ICN CS CaM NcD CoU 21. GROUSSET, René. Histoire de VExtrême­Orient. 2 vols. (Annales du Musée Guimet, 39­40) Paris: P. Geuthner, 1929. 22. RAwLiNsoN, Hugh George. India, a Short Cultural History. London: The Cresset Press, 1917. Pp. xv, 452; 46 pl., 13 maps. 23. MoRELAND, William Harrison, and Atul Chandra CHATTER­ JEE. A Short History of India. London: Longmans, Green and Co., 1936. Pp. ix, 496; 8 maps. 24. SEwELL, Robert. Indian Chronography. London: George Allen and Co., Ltd., 1912. Pp. xii, 187; with tables. [451 ] 116 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

25. CODRINGTON, Kenneth de Burgh. Ancient India from the earliest times to the Guptas with notes on the architecture and sculpture of the mediaeval period; with a prefatory essay on Indian sculpture by William Rothenstein. London: E. Benn, ltd., 1926. Pp. vii-xv, 65.

IV. EARLY HISTORY AND SOCIETY (Hindu period) 26. SMITH, Vincent Arthur. The Early History of India, from 600 B.C. to the Muhammadan conquest, including the invasion of Alexander the Great. 4th ed„ revised and enlarged by S. M. EDWARDES. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1924. Pp. xi, 535; 12 pl., 4 maps. 27. RAPSON, Edward James. Ancient India from the Earliest Times to the First Century A.D. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1914. Pp. viii, 199; 6 pl„ 2 maps. 28. LA VALLÉE-POUSSIN, Louis de. Indo-Européens et Indo- Iraniens. L'Inde jusque vers 300 av. J.C. (M. E. Cavaignac, Histoire du Monde, 3) Paris: E. de Boccard, 1924. Pp. 345. 29. LA VALLÉE-PoussiN, Louis de. L'Inde aux Temps des Mauryas et des Barbares, Grecs, Scythes, Parthes, et Yue-tchi. (M. E. Cavaignac, Histoire du Monde, 61) Paris: E. de Boccard, 1935. Pp. 376. 30. LA VALLÉE-PoussiN, Louis de. Dynasties et Histoire de VInde depuis Kanishka jusqu'aux Invasions Musulmanes. (M. E. Cavaignac, Histoire du Monde. 62) Paris: E. de Boccard, 1935. Pp. xx, 396. MH OCI-W CtY MB MBMu WaU 31. RHYS-DAVIDS, Thomas William. Buddhist India. London: T. F. Unwin, 1903. Pp. xv, 332; 56 pl., 1 map. 32. FiCK, Richard. Die soziale Gliederung im nordöstlichen Indien zu Buddha's Zeit, mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Kastenfrage, vornehmlich auf Grund der Jätaka dargestellt. Kiel: Haeseler, 1897. Pp. xii, 233. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU DLC (Eng.) PU NiC MBMu MdBJ IU (Eng.) [452 ] Early History and Society 117

33. ZIMMER, Heinrich. Altindisches Leben. Die Cultur der vedischen Arier nach dem Samhitā dargestellt. Berlin: Weidmann, 1879. Pp. xvi, 460.

34. JoLLY, Julius. Recht und Sitte, einschließlich der einheim­ ischen Litteratur. (Grundriss. II. 8) Strassburg: Trūb¬ ner, 1896. Pp. 166. Authorised English translation by Batakrishna GHOSH, Indian Law and Custom. Calcutta, 1928. 35. AiYER, V. G. Chronology of Ancient India. 1st ser. Mad­ ras: G. A. Nateson and Co., 1901. 36. CUNNINGHAM, Sir Alexander. Book of Indian Eras, with tables for calculating Indian dates. Calcutta: Thacker, 1883. Pp. 227. 37. CUNNINGHAM, Sir Alexander. The Ancient Geography of India. 1. The Buddhist period, including the campaigns of Alexander, and the travels of Hwen-Thsang. London: Trübner and Co1871. Pp. xx‚ 589; 13 maps. . . . Edited with introduction and notes by Surendranath MAJUMDAR. Calcutta: Chuckervertty, Chatterjee and Co., ltd., 1924. Pp. lxxii, 770. 38. MACDONELL, Arthur A. India's Past, a survey of her litera­ tures, religions, languages, and antiquities. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1927. Pp. xii, 293; pl., maps. 39. PRASAD, Beni. Theory of Government in Ancient India (post- Vedic) . . . with a fore ward by Arthur Berriedale KEITH. Allahabad: The Indian Press, ltd., 1927. Pp. vii, 399. 40. SMITH, V. A. Asoka, the Buddhist Emperor of India. 3d ed. rev. and enl. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1920. Pp. 278, 1 illus., map. 41. RICKMER8, Mabel Duff (Mrs. W. R. Rickmers). The chronology of India from the earliest times to the beginning of the sixteenth century. Westminster: A. Constable and Co., 1899. Pp. xi, 409. [453] 118 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

V. ARCHAEOLOGY, EPIGRAPHY, NUMISMATICS

42. ARCHAEOLOGICAL SuRvEY OF INDIA. First series, 23 vols; Simla and Calcutta, 1871-84. Index of vols. I-XXIII by Vincent A. SMITH; Calcutta, 1887. List of Antiquarian Remains in the Presidency of Madras, by Robert SEWELL, 2 vols.; Madras, 1882. South Indian Inscriptions, Tamil and Sanskrit, by Eugene HULTZSCH, 7 vols.; 1890-33. New Series, 26 vols.; 1889-1926. Annual Reports, 19 vols.; 1902-30. Index to Annual Reports by G. R. KAYE; 1902-16. Explorations in Sind, being a report of the explorât in g survey carried out during the years 1927-8, 1929-30 and 1930-1. No. 48 of Memoirs of the Archaeological Survey of India. Delhi : Manager of Publications, 1934. Pp. iii, 172;XLVI plates. 43. JOUVEAU-DUBREUIL, G. Archéologie du sud de l'Inde. 2 vols, (in one). I. Architecture; II. Iconography. (An• nales du Musée Guimet, 26-27) Paris: P. Geuthner, 1914. Pp. 192, 64 pl., 71 illus., 1 map; pp. 152, 44 pl., 40 illus. English translation of Vol. II by A. C. MARTIN, Iconography of Southern India. Paris: P. Geuthner, 1937. 44. STEIN, Sir Marc Aurel. Ancient Khotan; detailed report of archaeological explorations in Chinese Turkestan. 2 vols. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1907. Pp. xxiv, 621, 38 pl.; vu, 119 pl. 45. STEIN, Sir Marc Aurel. Innermost Asia; detailed report of explorations in Central Asia, Kan-su, and Eastern Iran. 3 vols. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1928. 46. STEIN, Sir Marc Aurel. On Alexander's Track to the Indus; personal narrative of explorations on the northwest frontier of India. London: Macmillan and Co., limited, 1929. Pp. xvi, 182; 98 illus„ 2 maps. [454 ] Archaeology, Epigraphy, Numismatics 119

47. STEIN, Sir Marc Aurel. On Ancient Central-Asian Tracks; brief narrative of three expeditions in innermost Asia and northwestern China. London : Macmillan and Co., limited, 1933. Pp. xxiv, 324; 143 illus., 1 map. 48. STEIN, Sir Marc Aurel. Serindia; detailed report of explora• tions in Central Asia and westernmost China. 4 vols. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1921. 49. GODARD, André and Y., and HACKIN, J. Les antiquités bouddhiques de Bamiyan. (Mémoires de la Délégation Archéologique Française en Afghanistan, 2.) Paris and Brussels: Van Oest, 1928. Pp. 113, 48 pl. MH NN OCI-W CtY ICU PU NjP MBMu IU 50. CORPUS INSCRIPTIONUM INDICARUM. 3 vols. I. (New ed) Inscriptions of Aéoka, by E. HuLTzscH. Oxford: Tbe Clarendon Press, 1925. Pp. cxxxi, 260; 55 pl. II. (part 1) Kharoshthî Inscriptions with the exception of those of Aśoka, by Sten KONOW. Calcutta: Government of India, Central Publication Branch, 1929. Pp. cxxvii, 192; 52 pi. III. Inscriptions of the Early Gupta Kings and their Suc­ cessors, by John F. FLEET. Calcutta, 1888. Pp. vii, 350; 45 pi. 51. SEN ART, Emile. Les Inscriptions de Piyadasi. 2 vols. Paris : Imprimerie Nationale, 1881 – 86. Pp. 326 ; 614 ; 2 ill. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU PU NjP ICN 52. Epigraphia Indica. 24 vols. Calcutta: Government Print­ ing Office, 1888 – 1935. MH NN OCI-W CtY (a few missing) NNC ICU (broken) PU (1–20) MB (1 – 19) PPAps 53. GUÉRINOT, Armand Albert. Répertoire d'épigraphie Jaina, précédé d'une esquisse de Vhistoire du jainisme d'après les inscriptions. Paris: E. Leroux, 1908. Pp. vii, 313. MH NN OCI-W NNC ICU PU MdBJ 54. RAPSON, Edward James. Indian Coins. (Grundriss, IL 3. B) Strassburg: Trübner, 1898. Pp. 56, 5 pl. [455 ] 120

55. BROWN, C. J. The Coins of India. London: Oxford Uni• versity Press, 1922. Pp. 117, 12 pi. MH NN OCI-w CtY NNC MB MBMu MdBJ waU ICN CS MiD NNCo CoD MSE 56. BHANDARKAR, Devadatta Ramakrishna. Lectures on An• cient Indian Numismatics. Calcutta: University of Cal• cutta Press, 1921. Pp. xii, 229. MH NN OCI-W CtY ICU PU MBMu 57. CUNNINGHAM, Sir Alexander. Coins of Ancient India from the Earliest Times to the Seventh Century A.D. London: B. Quaritch, 1891. Pp. ix, 118; 14 pl„ 1 map. MH NN OCI-W NC MBMu ICN MSE 58. CUNNINGHAM, Sir Alexander. Coins of Mediaeval India from the Seventh Century down to the Muhammadan Conquests. London: B. Quaritch, 1894. Pp. 108, 11 pl„ 1 map. MH OCI-W NNC MSE 59. BuRNELL, A. C. Elements of South-Indian Palaeography from the 4th to 17th Century A.D., being an introduction to the Study of South-Indian inscriptions and manuscripts. 2d ed. London: Trübner and Co„ 1878. Pp. xii, 147; 34 pl„ map. 60. HUNTER, J. R. The Script of Harappa and Mohenjodaro and its Connection with other Scripts. With an introduction by S. LANGDON. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co., Ltd., 1934. Pp. xii, 210; 37 pi. 61. STEIN, Sir Marc Aurel. Archaeological Reconnaissances in North-Western India and South-Eastern Iran. London: Macmillan and Co., limited, 1937. Pp. xix, 267; 18 plans, 34 pl„ 88 illus.

VI. EARLY FOREIGN CONTACTS (Hindu Period)

62. RAWLINSON, Hugh George. Intercourse between India and the Western World, from the earliest times to the fall of Rome. 2d ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1926. Pp. vi, 165; 4 pl., 1 map. [456 ] Early Foreign Contacts 121

63. RAWLINsoN, Hugh George. Bactria, the History of a For- gotten Empire. London: Arthur Probsthain, 1912. Pp. xxiii, 175; 3 pl„ 2 maps. 64. REESE, Wilhelm. Die griechischen Nachrichten über Indien bis zum Feldzuge Alexanders des Grossen; eine Sammlung der Berichte und ihre Untersuchung. Leipzig: Teubner, 1914. Pp. 106. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU PU NjP MdBJ IU CaM WU CoU 65. SCHOFF, Wilfred Harvey. The Periplus of the Erythraean Sea; travel and trade in the Indian Ocean by a merchant of the first century, translated from the Greek. New York: Long¬ mans, 1912. Pp. 323, 18 illus., 7 maps. 66. McGRiNDLE, John Watson. Ancient India as described by Ktésias the Knidian, being a translation of the abridgement of his "Indika'' by Photios, and of the fragments of that work preserved in other writers. London, 1882. Pp. viii, 95. MH NN Od-W CtY NNC ICU MB IU ICN MiD 67. MCCRINDLE, John Watson. Ancient India as described by Megasthenês and Arrian, being a translation of the frag• ments of the Indika of Megasthenes by Dr. SCHWANBECK, and of the first of the Indika of Arrian. London: Trübner and Co., 1877. Pp. xi, 223; 1 map. 68. McCRiNDLE, John Watson. Ancient India as described by Ptolemy, being a translation of the chapters which describe India and Central and Eastern Asia, with introduction and commentary. London: G. Routledge and Sons, Ltd., 1885. Pp. xii, 370, 4; 1 map. New ed. by S. M. MAJUM– DAR. Calcutta: Chuckervertty, Chatterjee and Co., Ltd., 1927. MH NN (1885) OCI-W CtY (1885) NNC (1885) ICU (1885) MBMu (1885) 69. McCRiNDLE, John Watson (trans). The Invasion of India by Alexander the Great as described by Arrian, Quintus Curtius, Diodorus, Plutarch, and Justin. 2d ed. West¬ minister: A. Constable and Co„ ltd., 1896. Pp. xv, 432; 25 illus„ 2 maps. [457 ] 122 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC DLC MB NjP MiU (1896) ICN MiD WU NNCo 70. McCRiNDLE, John Watson (trans). Ancient India as described in Classical Literature, etc. Westminister: A. Constable and Co„ ltd., 1901. Pp. xxi, 226. MH OCI-W CtY NNC ICU DLC MB MiU MBMu MdBJ WaU CL NcD 71. GARBE, Richard. Indien und das Christentum. Eine Unter• suchung der religionsgeschichtlichen Zusammenhänge. Tubingen: Mohr, 1914. Pp. viii, 301. MH NN CtY NNC ICU DLC PU NjP MiU NiC MdBJ WaU IU WU 72. EDMUNDS, Albert Joseph. Buddhist and Christian Gospels, now first compared from the originals: being "Gospel parallels from Pali texts." 2 vols. 4th ed. Philadelphia: Innes and Sons; Paris: P. Geuthner, 1908-09. Pp. 310; 313. 73. GROUSSET, René. Sur les traces du Bouddha. Paris: Pion, 1909. Pp. iv, 329; 8 pl. Translated into English by Mariette LEON, In the Footsteps of the Buddha. London: G. Routledge and Sons, Ltd., 1932. Pp. xi, 352. MH NN OCI-W CtY (Eng.) NNC ICU DLC NjP (Eng.) MBMu (Eng.) NiC WaU (Eng.) CS MoS (Eng.) CaM NcD 74. LECLERE, Adhémard. Histoire du Cambodge, depuis le í61* siècle de notre ère d'après les inscriptions lapidaires, les annales chinoises et annamites et les documents européens des six dernière sciècles. Paris: P. Geuthner, 1914. Pp. xii, 547. MH NN OCI-W ICU DLC MB IU 75. KROM, Nicolaas Johannes. Hindoe-Javaansche Geschiedenis. The Hague: M. Nijhoff, 1926. Pp. 494; 2 maps. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC MiU MBMu 76. WARMiNGToN, Eric Herbert. The Commerce between the Roman Empire and India. Cambridge: Cambridge Uni• versity Press, 1928. Pp. x, 417; 2 pl„ 1 map. 77. TARN, William Woodthorpe. The Greeks in Bactria and India. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1938. [458 ] Literature (General Works) 123

78. LEGGE, James. A Record of Buddhistic Kingdoms, being an account by the Chinese Monk Fa­Hien of his Travels in India and Ceylon, A.D. 399­414. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1886. Pp. xv‚ 123; 8 p√ 1 map. 79. BEAL, Samuel. Si­Yn­Ki; Buddhist Records of the Western World, translated from the Chinese of Hiuen Tsiang, A.D. 629. 2 vols. London : Trübner and Co„ 1884. Pp. cviii, 242; 1 map; vii, 369. 80. WAITERS, Thomas. On Yuan Chwang's Travels in India, 629­6^5 A.D. 2 vols. (Oriental Translation Fund, N.S. 14­15) London: Royal Asiatic Society, 1904. Pp. xiii, 401; 357; 2 maps. 81. TAKAKUSU, J. (trans). A Record of the Buddhist Religion as practised in India and the Malay Archipelago (A.D. 671– 695), by I Tsinq. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1896. Pp. lxiv, 240; 1 map.

VII. LITERATURE (General Works)

82. WiNTERNITz, Moriz. Geschichte der indischen Litteratur. 3 vols. Leipzig: Amelang, 1908­1922. Pp. 483; x, 405; xii, 697. Vols. I and II translated into English by Mrs. S. KETKAR. Calcutta: University of Calcutta Press, 1927­ 33. Pp. xix, 634; xx, 673. 83. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. A History of Sanskrit Literature. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1928. Pp. xxxvi, 575. 84. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. Classical Sanskrit Literature. (Heritage of India Series) Calcutta: Association Press, 1923. Pp. ii, 153. 85. FARQUHAR, John Nicol, and Hervey DeWitt GRISWOLD. An Outline of the Religious Literature of India. London, New York: Oxford University Press, 1920. Pp. xxviii, 451. 86. SCHROEDER, Leopold von. Indiens Literatur und Cultur im historischer Entwicklung. Leipzig: H. Haessel, 1887. Pp. vii, 785. [459 ] 124 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC ICU MB NjP NiC MdBJ IU IEN WU 87. HOPKINS, E. W. The Great Epic of India, its character and origin. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 19OL Pp. xvi, 485. 88. NARIMAN, G. K. Literary History of Sanskrit Buddhism. Bombay: D. B. Taraporevala Sons and Co., 1920. Pp. xii, 382. 89. MÚLLER, Max. (ed.). Sacred Books of the East. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

VIII. VEDIC LITERATURE

90. GRASSMANN, Hermann. Rig­Veda übersetzt, und mit kritis­ chen und erläuternden Anmerkungen versehen. 2 vols. I, Die Familien–Būcher des Rig­Veda, zweites bis achtes Buch; II, Sammelbücber des Rig­Veda, erstes, neuntes, zehntes Buch. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1876­77. Pp. viii, 589; 523. 91. LUDWIG, Alfred. Der Rigveda, oder die heiligen Hymnen der Brâhmana . . . ins Deutsche übersetzt mit Commentar und Einleitung. 6 vols. Prague: F. Tempsky, 1876­88. Pp. viii, 688; xxxvi, 554; xxxviii, 645; xv, 265. 92. RENOU, Louis. Hymnes et Prières du Veda. Textes traduits du Sanskrit. Librairie d'Amérique et d'Orient. Paris: Adrien­Maisonneuve, 1938. Pp. viii, 164. 93. GRIFFITH, Ralph Thomas Hotchkiss. The Hymns of the Rigveda, translated with a popular commentary. 2d ed. 2 vols. Benares: E. J. Lazarus and Co„ 1896 – 97. Pp. xvi, 707; 672. 94. GELDNER, Karl F. Der Rigveda in Auswahl. 2 vols. Stutt­ gart: Druck und Verlag von W. Kohlhammer, 1907, 1909. Pp. vi, 242; 242. 95. GELDNER, Karl Friedrich, Adolf KAEGI, and Rudolph ROTH. Siebenzig Lieder des Rigveda übersetzt. Tübingen: H. Laupp'schen Buchhandlung, 1875. Pp. xiv, 176.

[460] Vedic Literature 125

96. MACDONELL, Arthur A. A Vedic Reader for Students, con­ taining thirty hymns of the Rigveda in the original Samhita and Pada texts, with transliteration, translation, explanatory notes, introduction, and vocabulary. Oxford: The Claren­ don Press, 1917. Pp. x, ii, 508. 97. KAEGi, Adolf. (R. ARROWSMITH, trans) The Rigveda: the Oldest Literature of the Indians. Boston: Ginn and Co., 1898. Pp. vi, 198. 98. OLDENBERG, Hermann. Rgveda. Textkritische und exegetische Noten. 2 vols. Berlin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1909, 1912. Pp. vii‚ 438; iii, 392. 99. GELDNER, Karl F. Der Rigveda, überzetzt und erläutert- Göttingen: Vandenhoeck and Ruprecht; Leipzig, J. C« Hinrichs, 1923. 100. HILLEBRANDT, Alfred. Lieder des Rgveda, übersetzt. Göt­ tingen, Vandenhoeck and Ruprecht; Leipzig, J. C. Hin­ richs, 1913. Pp. xii, 152. 101. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale (trans). The Veda of the Black Kajus School, entitled Taittirīya Sanhitā. 2 vols. (HOS 18-19) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1914. Pp. clxxv, 288; 289-658. 102. WHITNEY, William Dwight and Charles Rockwell LANMAN. Atharva-Veda Samhitā, translated with a critical and exegetical commentary. 2 vols. (HOS 7-8) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1905. Pp. clxi, 470; 471-1054; 2 pi. 103. BLOOMFIELD, Maurice (trans). Hymns of the Atharva-Veda. (SBE 42) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1897. Pp. lxxiv, 716. 104. BLOOMFIELD, Maurice. The Atharvaveda. (Grundriss, II.LB.)Strassburg: Trübner, 1899. Pp.136. 105. MACDoNELL, Arthur Anthony. Vedic Mythology. (Grund­ riss, ULLA) Strassburg: Trübner, 1897. Pp. 198. 106. HlLLEBRANDT, Alfred. Ritual Litteratur. Vedische Opfer und Zauber. (Grundriss, III.2.) Strassburg: Trübner, 1897. Pp. 186. [461] 126 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

107. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale and Albert J, CARNOY. Indian and Iranian Mythology. (Mythology of All Races Series, 6) Boston: Marshall Jones, 1917. Pp. 404, 49 illus. 108. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. Rigveda Brâhmanas, the Aitareya and Kau§ītaki Brâhmanas of the Rigveda, translated from the original Sanskrit. (HOS 25) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1920. Pp. xii, 555. 109. CALAND, Willem, (trans). Pancavirnèa­brahmana, the bräh­ mana of twenty­five chapters. (Bibl. Ind. work 255, no. 1514) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1931. Pp. xxxvi, 661. 110. EGGELiNG, Julius (trans). The Śatapatha-Brahmana, accord­ ing to the text of the Mâdhyandina School. 5 vols. (SBE 12, 26, 51, 53, 54) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1882- 1900. Pp. lxviii, 452; xxxii, 475; xxvii, 419; xxvii, 406; li, 590. 111. DEUSSEN, Paul. Sechsig Upanishads des Veda, aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt, und mit Einleitungen und Anmerkungen versehen. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1897. Pp. xxv, 920. 112. HUME, Robert Ernest. The Thirteen Principal Upanishads, translated from the Sanskrit with an outline of the philosophy of the Upanishads, and an annotated bibliography. 2d. ed. London, New York: Humphrey Milford, Oxford Uni• versity Press, 1931. Pp. xvi, 588. 113. CALAND, Willem. Das Śrautasūtra des Āpastamba, aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt. 3 vols. (Quellen der Religionsge­ schichte, 1-7) Leipzig and Göttingen, 1921. (Ver­ handelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschap¬ pen te Amsterdam, 8-16, 16-24. and 31) Amsterdam, 1924, 1928. 114. OLDENBERG, Hermann (trans). The Grihya-Sûtras, Rules of Vedic Domestic Ceremonies. 2 vols. (SBE 29-30) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1886, 1892. Pp. 435; xxxix, 371. [462 ] Buddhist Literature 127

115. GRIFFITH, Ralph Thomas Hotchkiss. The Texts of the White Yajur-veda, translated with a popular commentary. Benares: E. J. Lazarus and Co„ 1899. Pp. xx, 344. IX. BUDDHIST LITERATURE

116. ARNOLD, Sir Edwin (trans). The Light of Asia, or the Great Renunciation, being the life and teaching of Gautama, prince of India and founder of Buddhism. London: Trübner and Co„ 1879. Pp. xxiii, 196. 117. WARREN, Henry Clarke. Buddhism in Translations. 2d. ed. (HOS 3.) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1900. Pp. xx, 520. 118. BuRLiNGAME, Eugene Watson. Buddhist Legends, trans­ lated from the original Pali text of the Dhammapada com­ mentary. 3 vols. (HOS 28-30.) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1921. Pp. xxxviii, 328; 366; 391. 119. NOBLE, Margaret Elizabeth (Sister Nivedita), and Ananda K. COOMARASW'AMY. Myths of Hindus and Buddhists. New York: Henry Holt and Co„ 1914. Pp. xii, 399; 32 pl. 120. RHYS-DAVIDS, Thomas William, and Hermann OLDENBERG. Vinaya Texts, translated from the Pali. 3 vols. (SBE 13, 17, 20.) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1881-85. Pp. xxxvii, 360; 444; 440. 121. RHYS-DAVIDS, Thomas William, and (Mrs) C. A. F. Dia­ logues of the Buddha, translated from the Pali. 3 vols. (SBB 2-4) London: Henry Frowde, 1899-1921. Pp. xxvii, 334; viii, 382; xii, 274. 122. CHALMERS, Lord Robert. Further Dialogues of the Buddha, translated from the Pali of the Majjhima Nikāya. 2 vols. (SBB 5-6.) London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford Uni­ versity Press, 1926. Pp. xxiv, 371 ; x, 35L 123. RHYS-DAVIDS, (Mrs) C. A. F„ and F. L. Woodward. The Book of the Kindred Sayings, the Sanyutta-Nikāya. 5 vols. [463 ] 128 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

(PTS) London, New York: Oxford University Press, 1918-30. Pp. xvi, 321 ; xvi, 205; xvi, 221 ; xv, 298; xix‚ 412. 124. RHYS-DAVIDS, T. W. (trans). Buddhist Suttas. I. The Mahâparinibhâna Suttanta. 2. The Dhamma-kakka¬ ppavattanta Sutta. 3. The Tevigga Suttanta. 4. The Akaṅkheyya Sutta. 5. The Ketokhila Sutta. 6. The Mahâ­sudassana Suttanta. 7. The Sabbâsava Sutta. (SBE 11) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1881. Pp. xlviii, 316. 125. WOODWARD, Frank Lee, and E. M. HARE. The Book of the Gradual Sayings (Anguttara Nikāya), or more­numbered suttas. 5 vols. (PTS) London: Oxford University Press, 1932­36. Pp. xxii, 285; xx, 269; xviii, 334; xxii, 320; xvi, 240.

126. RHYS­DAVIDS, (Mrs) C. A. F. Psalms of the Early Bud­ hists. Pt. I, Psalms of the Sisters; Pt. II, Psalms of the Brethren. 2 vols. (PTS) London: Henry Frowde, 1909, 1913. Pp. xlii, 200; In, 446. 127. RHYS­DAVIDS, (Mrs) C. A. F. The Minor Anthologies of the Pali Canon. Pt. I, reedited and translated. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1931. Pp xxxix, 159. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC ICU MBMu 128. MÜLLER, F. Max, and V. FAUSBÖLL. The Dhammapada, a Collection of Verses; being one of the canonical books of the Buddhists, translated from Pali; and the Sutta­Nipāta, a Collection of Discourses, . . . translated from Pali. (SBE 10) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1881. Revised, London, 1924. Pp. lv, 99; xvi, 219. 129. CHALMERS, Lord Robert. Buddha's Teachings; being the Sutta­Nipāta or Discourse­Collection. Edited in the orig­ inal Pali text with an English version facing it. (HOS 37) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1932. Pp. xxii, 300. [464 ] Buddhist Literature 129

130. CowELL, Edward Byles (ed). The Jätaka, or Stories of the Buddha's former Births. Translated from the Pali by various hands. 7 vols. I. Trans, by Robert CHALMERS. Pp. xxvi, 324. II. Trans, by W. H. D. ROUSE. Pp. xx, 316. III. Trans, by H. T. FRANCIS and R. S. NIEL. Pp. xx, 328. IV. Trans, by W. H. D. ROUSE. Pp. xiii, 320. V. Trans, by H. T. FRANCIS. Pp. xiv, 288. VI. Trans, by E. B. COWELL and W. H. D. ROUSE. Pp. viii, 314. VII. Index. Pp.63. Cambridge: Cambridge Uni­ versity Press, 1895, 1895,1897, 1901, 1905, 1912.

13L AUNG, Shwe Zan, and C. A. F. RHYS-DAVIDS. Points of Controversy or Subjects of Discourse, being a translation of the Kathāvatthu from the Abhidhamma-pHaka. (PTS) London: Humphrey Milford, 1915. Pp. lvi, 416; 1 illus. 132. RHYS-DAVIDS, (Mrs.) C. A. F. A Buddhist Manual of Psychological Ethics of the fourth century B.C., being a translation, now made for the first time, from the original Pali of the first book in the Abhidhamma Pi(aka entitled Dhamma-Sangani. 2d. ed. (Oriental Translation Fund, N.S. V, XII)' London: Royal Asiatic Society, 1923. Pp. lev, 393. 133. PE MAUNG TIN. The Path of Purity, being a translation of Buddhaghosa's Visuddhimagga. 3 vols. (PTS) London: Oxford University Press, 1923, 1929, 1931. Pp. vii, 95; vii, 96-504; viii, 505-907. 134. RHYS-DAVIDS, Thomas William. The Questions of King Milinda, translated from the Pali. 2 vols. (SBE 35-36) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1890, 1894. Pp. xlix, 315; xxvii, 383. 135. GEIGER, Wilhelm, and Mabel Hayes BODE. The Mahā- vamsa, or the Great Chronicle of Ceylon. (PTS) London: Henry Frowde, 1912. Pp. lxiv, 300, 4; 1 map. 136. OLDENBERG, Hermann (ed. and trans). Dlpavamsa, An Ancient Buddhist Historical Record. London and Edin­ burgh: Williams and N, 1879. Pp. 227. [465 ] 130 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

137. COWELL, Edward Byles (trans). Buddhist Mahāyāna Texts. (SBE 49.) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1894. Pp. xiii, 204.

138. FoucAUX, Phillipe Edouard (trans). Le Lalita Vistara, Développement des jeux­contenant l'Histoire du Bouddha Çakya­Mouni depuis sa Naissance jusqu'à sa Prédication. 2 vols. (Annales du Musée Guimet, 6, 19) Paris: E. Leroux, 1884­92. Pp. xxxii, 406; vi, 240.

139. SUZUKI, Daisetz Teitaro. Studies in the Lañkāvatāra­sūtra, one of the most important texts of Mahāyāna Buddhism. London: G. RoutIedge and Sons, ltd., 1932. Pp. xlix, 300; 1 pi.

140. LA VALLÉE­POUSSIN, Louis de (trans). UAbhidharmako'sa de Vasubandhu. 6 vols, (in nine parts). Paris: P. Geuthner, 1923­31. Pp. ii, 331; ii, 217; 255; xii, 303; ii, 302; lxviii, 156.

141. BEAL, Samuel. The Fo­Sho­Hing­Tsan­King, a Life of Buddha by Aśvaghosha Bodhisattva, translated from Sanskrit into Chinese by Dharmaraksha, A.D. 420. (SBE 19.) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1883. Pp. xxxvii, 390.

142. BURNOUF, Eugène. Le Lotus de la Bonne Loi; traduit du sanskrit, accompagné d'un commentaire et de vingt­et­un mémoires relatifs au Buddhisme. Paris, 1852. Pp. iv, 897.

143. KERN, Hendrik (trans). Saddharma Pundarīka, or the Lotus of the True Law. (SBE 21) Oxford: The Claren­ don Press, 1884. 2d. 1909. Pp. xlii, 450.

144. BENDALL, Cecil, and W. H. D. ROUSE (trans). Śikshā- samuccaya, a compendium of Buddhist doctrine, compiled by Śāntideva, chiefly from earlier Mahāyāna Sūtras. (ITS.) London: John Murray, 1922. Pp. vii, 328.

MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU DLC PU MiU MBMu MdBJ ICN WU NcD [466 ] Sanskrit Literature 131

145. LA VALLÉE­POUSSIN, Louis de (trans.). Bodhicharyāvatāra. Introduction à la pratique des futurs Bouddhas, poème de Cāntideva. (From the Revue d'histoire et de littérature ie religieuses, 10­12.) Paris: Libraire Blond et C , 1907, Pp. xii, 144. MH NN OCI-W CtY ICU IU 146. FiNoT, Louis (trans). La Marche à la Lumière, Bodhi­ charyāvatāra, Poème Sanskrit de Cāntideva. (Les Clas¬ siques de l'Orient, 2) Paris; 1920. Pp. 167. 147. BARNETT, Lionel David. The Path of Light, rendered for the first time into English from the Bodhicharyāvatāra of Sānti¬ deva. A Manual of Mahāyāna Buddhism. London: Constable, 1909. Pp. 107. 148. BREWSTER, E. ll. 7"he Life of Gotama the Buddha. With an introductory note by C. A. F. RHYS­DAVIDS. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co., Ltd.; New York: E. P. Dutton and Co., 1926. Pp. x, 243.

X. SANSKRIT LITERATURE (Excepting Drama) 149. THE Mahâbhârata of Krishna­Dwaipayana Vyasa. Trans­ lated into English prose [chiefly by Kesari Mohan GAN¬ GULi]. Published and distributed chiefly gratis by Protap Chundra Roy [last 6 parts by Sundarī Bālā Roy]. Calcutta: Bhārata Press, 1883­96. Pp. 647; 216; 935; 185 ; 562 ; 459 ; 696 ; 387 ; 254 ; 59, 61 ; 567 ; 887 ; 780 ; 245 ; 90 ; 24; 10, 28; published in 100 parts. 150. DuTT, Manmatlia Nath. A Prose English Translation of the Mahâbhârata. 18 vols. Calcutta: ll. C. Dass, 1895­ 1905. Pp. iv, 316; ii, 108; iv, 453; ii, 79; 268; ii, 215; ii, 375; iii, 194; ii, 124; 29; 30; 594; iv, 351; n, 115; 1, 44; i, 12; 5; i, 12. 151. LAMoTTE, Etienne. Notes sur la Bhagavadgītā, with a preface by Louis de LA VALLÉE­POUSSIN. Paris: P. Geuthner, 1929. Pp. xiii, 153. MH NN CtY NNC DLC MiU [467] 132 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

152. ARNOLD, Sir Edwin (trans). The Song Celestial, or Bha­ gavadgītā. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co., Ltd., 1906. Pp. xiv, 173. 153. TELANG, Kāshināth Trimbak (trans). The Bhagavadgītā, with the Sanatsugātlya and the Anugītā. (SBE 8.) Ox­ ford: The Clarendon Press, 1882. Pp. 446. 154. GRIFFITH, Ralph Thomas Hotehkiss. The Rāmāyan of Vālmīki translated into English Verse. Benares: E. J. Lazurus and Co.; London: Luzac and Co., 1895. Pp. ix, 576. 155. BÖHTLINGK, Otto. Indische Sprüche. 3 vols. St. Peters­ burg: Imperial Academy of Sciences, 1870­73. Pp. xvi, 436; vi, 511; viii, 650. 156. MEYER, Johann Jakob. Das Altindische Buch vom Welt­ und Staatsleben; das Arthaçastra des Kauftlya. AUS dem Sanskrit übersetzt und mit Einleitung und Anmerkungen versehen. 6 pts. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz, 1926. Pp. lxxx, 983. 157. SHAMA SASTRI, R. (trans.). Kauftlya's Arthaśāstra. 2d ed. Mysore: Printed at the Wesleyan Mission Press, 1923. Pp. xxxiv, 524. 158. BURNOUF, Eugène (trans). Le Bhāgavata Purāna, ou Histoire poétique de Krichna. 5 vols. Paris: Imprimerie Royale, 1840­47. Pp. clxxvii, 286, 331; xv‚ 342, 383; cviii, 287, 309; vii, 232, 248; v, 651. 159. DuTT, Manmatha Nath. A Prose English Translation of Agni Puranam. 2 vols. Calcutta: H. C. Das, Elysium Press, 1903­04. Pp. xii, i­vii, 1­658; xiii­xviii, 659­1346. 160. WILSON, Horace Hayman (trans). The Vishnu Purár'ia, a system of Hindu mythology and tradition. 5 vols. 3d ed. London: Trübner and Co., 1864­77. Pp. cxl, 200; 343; 343; 347; 394, 268. 161. HERTEL, Johannes. Das Pañchatantra, seine Geschichte und seine Verbreitung. Leipzig and Berlin: Teubner, 1914. Pp. xviii, 459. [468 ] Sanskrit Literature 133

162. RYDER, Arthur William. The Panchatantra translated from the Sanskrit. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1925. Pp. vii, 470. 163. EDGERTON, Franklin. The Panchatantra Reconstructed. An attempt to establish the lost original Sanskrit text of the most famous of Indian story­collections on the basis of the principal extant versions. 2 vols. (AOS 2­3.) New Haven: American Oriental Society, 1924. Pp. xix, 408; x, 405. 164. EDGERTON, Franklin (trans). Vikrama’s Adventures, or the Thirty­two Tales of the Throne. 2 vols. HOS 26­27) Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press, 1926. Pp. cvi, 266; 369. 165. CowELL, Edward Byles, and F. W. THOMAS. The Har§a­ Carita of Bāna. (Oriental Translation Fund N.S. II) London: Royal Asiatic Society, 1897. Pp. xiv, 284. 166. RIDDING, C. M. The Kādambari of Bāna. (Oriental Translation Fund N.S. VII) London: Royal Asiatic Society, 1896. Pp. xxiv, 231. 167. KENNEDY, Jobn McFarland. The Satakas, or Wise Sayings of Bhartrihari, translated from the Sanskrit with notes and an introductory preface on Indian philosophy. Boston: J. W. Luce, 1913. Pp. 166. 168. TAWNEY, Charles Henry, and N. M. PENZER. The Ocean of Story, being a translation of Somadeva's Kathāsaritsāgara. 10 vols. London: C. J. Sawyer, ltd., 1924­28. Pp. xli, 335; xxii, 375; xxiv, 365; xvii, 315; xlvii, 324; xxii, 332; xxxvii, 302; xxxvii, 361; xxiii, 335; 368. 169. RYDER, Arthur William. Dandin's Dasha­kumara­charita or the Ten Princes, translated from the Sanskrit. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1927. Pp. xv, 240. 170. ARNOLD, Edwin. The Indian Song of Songs. From the Sanskrit of the Gîta Govinda of Jayadeva. London: Trübner and Co., 1875. Pp. xvi, 144. (Frequently reprinted) [469 ] 134 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

171. SuBANDHU. Vāsavadattā, a Sanskrit romance. Translated by Louis H. GRAY. (Columbia University Indo-iranian Series, 8) New York: Columbia University Press, 1913. Pp. xiii, 214. 172. A prose English translation of Markandeya Pur ana . . . Edited ... by Manmatha Nath DUTT. (Wealth of India Series) Calcutta: H. C. Dass, 1896. Pp. iv‚ vi, 502. 173. The Cloud-messenger, an Indian love lyric. Translated from the original Sanskrit of Kalidasa by Charles KING. (Wis­ dom of the East Series) London: John Murray, 1930. Pp. 61. 174. The Gita-govinda, or songs of Jayadeva. Translated from Sanskrit by Sir William JONES. Calcutta: Sarat Chandra Haldar, 1894. Pp. 36, 46. 175. Hitopadesa, the book of wholesome counsel. A translation . . . by Francis JOHNSON, revised and in part re-written ... by Lionel D. BARNETT. London: Chapman and Hall Ltd., 1928. Pp. xix, 202. 176. NĪLAKAṆTHA. The Vyavahára Mayúkha in original with an English translation ... ; also the Yájnavalkya Smriti . . . in original with an English translation . . . by . . . Vishvanáth Náráyan MANDLIK. Bombay: Educatiom Society's Press, 1880. Pp. 16, 177, vi, lxxxvii, 532. 177. The institutes of Paráéara. Translated into English by Kṛishṇakamal BHAṬTACHARYYA. (Bibl. Ind. work 111, no. 611) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1887. Pp. x, 82. 178. JAiMiNi. The Mîmâmsâ Sûtras . . . Translated by Pandit Mohan Lai SANDAL. (SBH vol. 27, nos. 163­6, 169, 175­ 86, 192) Allahabad: Panini Office, 1923­5. Pp. iv, ii, 1, 1022. 179. Die Lehrsprüche der Vaiçeshika­Philosophie von Kanada; aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt und erläutert von E. ROER. ZDMG 21 (1867), 309­420; 22 (1868), 383­442. [470] Sanskrit Drama 135

180. Die Kārikāvalī des Visvanātha. Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt von E. HULTZSCH. ZDMG 74 (1920), 145­69. 181. COLEBROOKE's translation Of the Lílávatî, With notes by Haran Chandra BANERJI . . . [and text]. Calcutta: Thacker, Spink and Co„ 1893. Pp. vi, 173, 120. 182. Charaka­samhita. Translated into English and published by Kaviraj Avinash Chandra KAVIRATNA. 68 parts totalling 2174 pages. Calcutta, 1890­1925. 183. The Suçruta­samhitâ . . . Translated ... by Udoy Chānd DUTT and Aughorechunder CHATTOPADHYAYA. 3 fascs. (Eibl. Ind. work 95, nos. 490, 500, 802) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1883­91. Pp. 288. 184. An English translation of the Sushruta Samhita . . . Edited and published by Kaviraj Kunja Lai BHISHAGRATNA ... 3 vols. Calcutta: Bharat Mihir Press, 1907, 1911, 1916. Pp. iv, lxvii, 4 pl„ xii, 571; 5, xvii, 2 pl„ xx, 762; iv, xiv, 416, 81.

XI. DRAMA

185. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. The Sanskrit Drama in its Origin, Development, Theory and Practice. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1924. Pp. 405. 186. KONOW, Sten. Das indische Drama. (Grundriss, II. 2. D) Berlin and Leipzig: Vereinigung wissenschaftlicher Ver­ leger, 1920. Pp. 138. 187. YAJNIK, R. K. The Indian Theatre; origins and developments, with special reference to Western India. New York: E. P. Dutton and Co., 1934. Pp. 284. 188. LÉvi, Sylvain. Le Théâtre Indien. (Bibliothèque de l'École des Hautes Études.) Paris: Ê. Bouillon, 1890. Pp. xv, 122. 189. WILSON, Horace Hayman. Selected Specimens of the Theatre of the Hindus, translated from the original Sanskrit. 2 vols. 3d ed. London: Trübner and Co., 1871. Pp. lxxi, 384; iv, 415. f47ll 136 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

190. HAAS, George C. O. (trans). The Daśarūpa of Dhanamjaya, a Treatise on Hindu Dramaturgy. (Columbia University Indo-Iranian Series, 7) New York: Columbia University Press, 1912. Pp. xlv, 169. 191. RYDER, Arthur W. The Little Clay Cart (Mṛcchaka(ikā), a Hindu drama attributed to King Shūdraka, translated from the original Sanskrit and Prakrits into English prose and verse. (HOS9). Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press, 1905. Pp. xxix, 176. 192. KALIDASA. Translations of Shakuntala and other works. By Arthur W. RYDER . . . (Everyman's Library, 629.) London: J. M. Dent and Sons, Ltd.; New York: E. P. Dutton and Co„ 1912 (reprinted 1920, 1928). Pp. xxv, 216. XII. PHILOSOPHY

193. DEUSSEN, Paul. Allgemeine Geschichte der Philosophie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Religionen. Band I‚ Abt. 1 – 3. Leipzig: F. A. Brockbaus, 1894­1908. Pp. xvi, 336; xii, 368; xvi, 728. 2d ed„ 1919­20. 194. RĀDHĀ­KRISHṆAN, Sarvepalli. Indian Philosophy. 2 vols. New York: Macmillan, 1923­27. Pp. 684; 797. 195. DASGUPTA, Snrendra Natb. A History of Indian Philosophy. 2 vols. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1922, 1932. Pp. xvi, 528; xi, 620. 196. MASSON­OuRSEL, Paul. Esquisse d'une histoire de la philosophie indienne. Paris: P. Geuthner, 1923. Pp. 314. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC ICU PU NjP MdBJ IU IEN OU CoU 197. STRAUSS, Otto. Indische Philosophie. Munich: E. Rein­ hardt, 1925. Pp. 286, 1 pl. MH NN CtY NNC ICU DLC NjP IEN WU NcD 198. OLDENBERG, Hermann. Vorwissenschaftliche Wissenschaft, die Weltanschauung der Brähmana­Texte. Göttingen: Bandenhoeck and Ruprecht, 1919. Pp. 249. MH NN OCI­W CtY ICU PU NjP MiU WaU [472 ] 137

199. OLTRAMARE, Paul. L'histoire des idées théosophique dans l'Inde. 2 vols. (Annales du Musée Guimet, 23, 31) Paris: E. Leroux, 1906-23. Pp. xii, 382; xv, 542.

200. RANADE, R. D. A Constructive Survey of Upanishadic Philosophy, being a systematic introduction to Indian meta• physics. Poona: Oriental Book Agency, 1926. Pp. 439. MH NN OCI-W CtY ICU PU NjP CaM

201. GouGH, Archibald Edward. The Philosophy of the Upani• shads, and Ancient Indian Metaphysics. 3d ed. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner and Co., Ltd., 1903. Pp. xxiii, 268.

202. DEUSSEN, Paul. The Philosophy of the Upanishads, trans• lated into English by A. S. GEDEN. Edinburgh: T. and T. Clark, 1906. Pp. xiv, 429.

203. OLDENBERG, Hermann. Die Lehre der Upanishaden und die Anfänge des Buddhismus. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck and Ruprecht, 1915. Pp. viii, 366.

204. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. Buddhist Philosophy in India and Ceylon. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1923. Pp. 339.

205. LA VALLÉE-POUSSIN, Louis de. Le Dogme et la philosophie du Bouddhisme. Paris: Gabriel Beauebesne, 1930. Pp. 213.

MH NN CtY DLC MBMu NiC

206. THOMAS, Edward Joseph. The History of Buddhist Thought. London: Alfred A. Knopf, 1933. Pp. xvi, 314; 4 pl.

207. SHCHERBATSKOI (Stcllerbatsky), Fedor Ippolitovicb. Bud• dhist Logic. (Bibliotheca Buddhica, 26) 2 vols. Lenin• grad; 1930-32. Pp. xii, 500; vi, 468. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC (vol. 2 only) ICU DLC PU MBMu WaU

208. GROUSSET, René. Les philosophies indiennes, les systèmes. 2 vols. Paris: Desclée, de Brouwer et cie, 193L Pp. xviii, 344; 416. MH NN CtY ICU DLC NjP MiU NiC MdBJ WaU [473] 138 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

209. KRISHNAMOHANA Vandyopādhyāya (Banerjea). Dialogues on Hindu Philosophy, comprising the Nyaya, the Sankhya, the Vedant; to which is added a discussion of the authority of the Vedas by K. M. BANERJEA. London: Williams and Norgate, 186L Pp. xxiii, 538. MH NN CtY (AOS) ICU (2d. 1903) DLC PU MB NjP ICN MiD IU 210. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. The Karma-Mīmārisā. Cal­ cutta: Association Press; London: Oxford University Press, 1921. Pp. iv, 112. 211. EDGERTON, Franklin (trans). The Mīmānsā Nyāya Pra- kāśa; or Āpadevī: a treatise on the Mīmānsā system by Āpadeva. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1929. Pp. ix, 308; 1 pi. 212. THIBAUT, George (trans.). The Vedānta Sūtras with the Commentary by Sankarākārya. 2 vols. (SBE 34, 38.) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1890-96. Pp. cxxviii, 443; 502. With the Commentary of Rāmānuja.

214. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. The Sāmkhya System, History of the Sāmkhya Philosophy. (The Heritage of India Series) Calcutta: Association Press; London: Oxford University Press, 1918. Pp. 109. 215. GARBE, Richard. Sāmkhya und Yoga. (Grundriss, III. 4) Strassburg: K. J. Trübner, 1896. Pp. 51. 216. WOODS, James Haughton. The Yoga­System of Patañjali, or the ancient Hindu doctrine of concentration of the mind, embracing the mnemonic rules called Yoga­sütras, of Patañ­ [474] Art 139

jali . . . (HOS 17) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard Uni­ versity Press, 1914. Pp. xli, 384. 217. DASGUPTA, Surendra Nath. The Study of Patañjali. Cal­ cutta: University of Calcutta Press, 1920. Pp. ii, 207. MH NN OCI­W CtY ICU DLC PU IU IEN 218. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. Indian Logic and Atomism, an exposition of the Nyāya and Vaice§ika Systems. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1921. Pp. 291. 219. GOUGH, Archibald Edward. The Vaiéeshika aphorisms of Kanada with comments from the Upaskāra of Śankara-miśra and the Vivritti of Jaya-nārāyana-Tarkapanchānana. Benares: E, J. Lazurus, 1873. Pp. iii, 310. MH NN (1869-72) OCI-W CtY ICU PU MB 220. ViDYĀBHŪsANA, Satîsaehandra. A History of Indian Logic: ancient, mediaeval, and modern schools. Calcutta: Cal• cutta University, 1921. Pp. xlii, 648. MH OCI-W CtY NNC ICU PU NjP MiU MdBJ WaU 221. MÜLLER, F. Max. The Six Systems of Indian Philosophy. London: Longmans, Green and Co„ 1903. Pp. xxvii, 478.

XIII. ART (General Works) 222. SMITH, Vincent Arthur. A History of Fine Art in India and Ceylon from the Earliest Times to the Present Day. 2d ed. revised by K. de B. CoDRiNGToN. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1930. Pp. xix‚ 516; 133 pi. 223. CooMARASWAMY, Ananda K. History of Indian and Indo• nesian Art. New York: E. Weyhe, 1927. Pp. 295; 128 pi. 22-i. HAVELL, Ernest Binfield. A Handbook of Indian Art. Lon• don: J. Murray, 1920. Pp. xvi, 222; 79 pl. 225. HAVELL, Ernest Binfield. The Ideals of Indian Art. London : J. Murray, 1911. 2d ed.. New York, 1920. Pp. xx, 188; 33 pi. 226. FoucHER, Alfred. The Beginnings of Buddhist Art, and other essays in Indian and Central-Asian Archaeology, Revised [475] 140

by the author and translated into English by L. A. THOMAS and F. W. THOMAS. Paris: P. Geuthner, 1917. Pp. xvi, 316; 31 pi.

227. GROUSSET, René. India. (Civilizations of the East, 2) Translated into English by C. A. PHILLIPS. New York: Albert A. Knopf, 1932. Pp. 404; 249 illus. 228. GoETz, Hermann. Epochen der Indischen Kultur. Leipzig: K. W. Hiersemann, 1929. Pp. xii, 602.

MH NN CtY ICU DLC PU MBMu MdBJ

229. KRAMRISCH, Stella. Grundzüge der Indische Kunst. Dres• den: Avalun-Verlag, 1924. Pp. 149, 48 pl. 230. CooMARAswAMY, Ananda K. Portfolio of Indian Art, from the collections of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, with a descriptive text. . . containing 108 plates in portfolio. New York: E.W.Weyhe, 1923.

231. ROWLAND, Benjamin, Jr. Early Indian and Indonesian Art. Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press, 1937.

232. VOGEL, J. Ph. Buddhist Art in India, Ceylon, and Java. Translated from the Dutch by A. J. BARNOUW. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1936. Pp. viii, 115; 39 pi. 233. COOMARASWAMY, A. K. Catalogue of the Indian Collections in the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. Parts 1-6. Boston: Museum of Fine Arts, 1923-30. 234. Early Indian and Indonesian Art. Section 1. Series 0 of Oriental Art. Issued February, 1938 by The University Prints, Newton, Mass.

235. ROWLAND, Benjamin, Jr. Outline and Bibliographies of Oriental Art. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1938. Pp. 41.

236. BiRDwooD, Sir George Christopher Molesworth. The in• dustrial arts of India. With maps and woodcuts. 2 vols. London: Chapman and Hall, ltd„ 1880. Pp. 344; 76 pi. [476] Painting 141

XIV. PAINTING

237. CooMARASWAMY, Ananda K. Rajput Painting, being an account of the Hindu paintings of Rajasthan and the Panjab Himalayas from the sixteenth to the nineteenth century de­ scribed in their relation to contemporary thought with texts and translations. 2 vols. London, New York: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1916. 238. STEIN, Sir Marc Aurel, and Fred H. ANDREWS. Catalogue of Wall­Paintings from Ancient Shrines in Central Asia and Sīstān. Delhi 1933. Pp. xiii, 201; 6 pl., 1 map. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC MiU MBMu IU ICR 239. BiNYON, Sir Laurence Robert. The Court Painters of the Grand Moghuls, with historical introduction and notes by T. W. ARNOLD. London, New York: H. Milford, Oxford University Press, 1921. Pp. 86; 40 pi. 240. GoETz, Hermann. Bilderatlas zur Kulturgeschichte Indiens in der Grossmoghulzeit. . . auf Grund der indischen Minio tur­Malerei und anderer Quellen dargestellt. Berlin: Dir trieb Reimer, Ernst Vohsen, 1930. Pp. viii, 79; 48 pl. MH NN OCI­W NNC ICU DLC MBMu CS CaM PPAps 241. BR0WTN, Percy. Indian Painting under the Mughals, A.D. 1550­1750. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1924. Pp. 204; 73 pi. 242. STCHOUKiNE (Stchukln), Ivan. La Peinture indienne à Vépoque des Grands Mogols au Musée du Louvre. Paris: E. Leroux, 1929. Pp. 214; 130 pl. MH NN CCI (Art Mus.) CtY NNC ICU DLC PU MBMu CS 243. KRAMRISCH, Stella. A Survey of Painting in the Deccan. London: The India Society, 1937. Pp. viii, 234; 14 pi. 244. BROWN, W. Norman. A Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of Miniature Paintings of the Jaina Kalpasūtra, as executed in the early Western Indian style. Washington: Smith­ sonian Institution, Freer Gallery of Art, 1934. Pp. iv, 66; 45 pi. [477] 142 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

245. COOMARASWAMY, Ananda K. Notes on Jaina Art. The Eight Nayikas. Ceiling­painting at Kelaviya, Vihara, Ceylon . . . Peckham, S. E.: W. Griggs and Sons, 1914. Peprinted from the Journal of Indian Art, 127 – 28, July and October, 1914. 246. GHOSE, Ajit. Schools of Rajput Painting. Pp. 14, plates. Reprinted from Roopa­Lekha, No. 2,1929. 247. MEHTA, N. C. Studies in Indian Painting; a survey of some new material ranging from the commencement of the 11th century to circa 1870 A.D. Bombay: D. B. Taraporevala Sons and Co., 1926. Pp. xi, 127; 61 pi. 248. ROWLAND, Benjamin Jr. The Wall­Paintings of India, Cen­ tral Asia, and Ceylon. A comparative study. With an introductory essay on the Nature of Buddhist Art by Ananda K. COOMARASWAMY, a foreword by A. Townshend JOHNSON, and color plates by F. Bailey VANDERHOEF, Jr. Boston: The Merrymount Press, 1938. Pp. xiv, 94; 30 pi.

XV. SCULPTURE

249. HAVELL, Ernest Binfield. Indian Sculpture and Painting, illustrated by typical masterpieces with an explanation of their motives and ideals. 2 ed. London: J. Murray, 1928. Pp. xxiv, 288; 78 pl., 3 insets. 250. FoucHER, Alfred Charles Auguste. L'Art gréco­bouddhique de Gandhāra, étude sur les origines de Vinfluence classique dans Vart bouddhique de VInde et le VExtrême­Orient. 2 vols, (in three). Paris: E. Leroux, 1905­22. Pp. xii, 639; 301 pl., 1 map. 251. BACHHOFER, Ludwig. Early Indian Sculpture. 2 vols. Paris: Pegasus Press, New York: Harcourt, Brace and Co., 1929. Pp. xlvi, 137, 161 pl. 252. GANGOLY, O. C. South Indian Bronzes, a historical survey of South Indian sculpture with iconographical notes based on original sources. Calcutta: Indian Society of Oriental Art; London: Luzac and Co., 1915. Pp. xiii, 80; 94 pl. [478] Sculpture – A rchitecture 143

MH NN OCI-W CtY (AOSoc) DLC PU MBMu IEN MnM 253. ARAVAMUTHAN, T. G. Portrait Sculpture in South India. London: India Society, 1931. Pp. xvi, 100; 34 pi. MH NN OCI (Art Mus.) NNC ICU DLC MBMu CaM ICR 254. ARAVAMUTHAN, T. G. South Indian Portraits in Stone and Metal. London: Luzac and Co., 1930. Pp. xv, 96; 42 illus. MH NN OCI-W MBMu ICR 255. CoDRiNGTON, Kenneth de Burgh. An Introduction to the Study of Mediaeval Indian Sculpture. London: E. Gold¬ ston, 1929. Pp. 31; 24 pi. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC DLC PU NjP MBMu OrU ICR 256. KRAMRISCH, Stella. Indian Sculpture. (Heritage of India Series.) London: Oxford University Press, 1933. Pp. xvi, 240; 116 pl„ 1 map. 257. CooMARASWAMY, Ananda K. Elements of Buddhist Iconog• raphy. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1935. Pp. 95, 15 pi. 258. CooMARASWAMY, Ananda K. The Origin of the Buddha Image. New York: The College Art Association of America, New York University, 1927. Pp. 42, 73 pi. 259. HACKIN, J. La sculpture indienne et tibétaine au Musée Guimet. 260. VOGEL, J. Ph. La sculpture de Mathura. Paris: Adrien Maisonneuve, 1930. Pp. 80, 60 pl.

XVI. ARCHITECTURE 261. FERGUSSON, J. History of Indian and Eastern Architecture. Revised and edited with additions by James BURGESS and R. Phené SPIERS. 2 vols. London: Dodd, Mead and Co„ 1910. Pp. xxiii, 450; xvi, 521; 394 pi. 262. HAVELL, Ernest Binfield. The Ancient and Medieval Archi• tecture of India; a study of Indo-Aryan civilization. Lon• don: J. Murray, 1915. Pp. xxxv, 230; 83 pL‚ 63 illus. [479 ] 144 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

MH NN OCI-W NNC ICU DLC PU MB MBMu IU ICN CS MoS MnM OU WaS PPiC 263. HAVELL, Ernest Binfield. Indian Architecture: its psy­ chology, structure, and history from the first Muhammadan invasion to the present day. 2d ed. London: J. Murray, 1927. Pp. xxii, 282; 129 pl., 49 illus. 264. BATLEY, Claude. The Design Development of Indian Archi­ tecture. London: J. Tiranti and Co„ 1934. Pp. vi, vii; plates and plans, 52 drawings. NN OCI-W CtY NNC DLC MBMu WaS ICB 265. LA ROCHE, Emanueh Indische Baukunst. 6 vols. Munich: F. Bruckmann A.-G, 1921 – 22. I. Pp. xx, 65; 33 pl. II. 1 map, 10 pl. III. pp. x, 67-137; 37 pl. IV 15 pl. V pp. x, 138-224; 42 pl. VI. 15 pl. MH NN NNC ICU DLC PU MiU MBMu IU (I. II) CS CL MiD MoS OrU (III) PPiC ICB 266. Āc HARY A, Prasanna-Kumāra. A Dictionary of Hindu Archi­ tecture, treating of Sanskrit architectural terms, with illus­ trative quotations from Silpaśāstras, general literature, and archaeological records. London, New York: Oxford Uni­ versity Press, 1927. Pp. xxi, 86.

XVII. MUSIC 267. CLEMENTS, Ernest. Introduction to the Study of Indian Music, an attempt to reconcile modern Hindustani music with ancient musical theory and to propound an accurate and comprehensive method of treatment of the subject of Indian musical intonation. London, New York: Long­ mans, Green and Co„ 1913. Pp. xv, 104. 268. PoPLEY, Herbert Arthur. The Music of India. London; New York: Oxford University Press, 1921. Pp. x, 173; 12 illus. 269. Fox-STRANGWAYS, Arthur Henry. The Music of Hindostan. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1914. Pp. xi, 364; 14 pi. 270. FELBER, E. Die indische Musik der vedischen und der klas- sichen Zeit. Studie zur Geschichte der Rezitation nach [480] 145

den Platten des Phonogramm­Archives der Kais. Akad­ emie. Mit Texten und Übersetzungen von Bernhard GEIGER. Vienna: A. Holder, 1912. Pp. 189. 27L STRICKLAND, Lily. The Mythological Background of Hindu Music. 272. STRUNK, W. Oliver. State and Resources of Musicology in The United States. American Council of Learned Societies, Bulletin No. 19, December, 1932. See p. 71 under Field Museum of Natural History, and p. 57 under 5 – Special Collections in general libraries.

XVIH. RELIGION

T 273. HOPKINS, Edward W ashburn. The Religions of India. Boston and London: Ginn and Co., 1895. Pp. xiii, 612. 274. HOPKINS, Edward Washburn. Ethics of India. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1924. Pp. xiv, 265. 275. BARTH, Auguste. The Religions of India. 3rd ed. Trans­ lated into English by the Rev. J. WOOD. London: Trūbner and Co., 1891. Pp. xxiv, 309. 276. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. The Religion and Philosophy of the Veda and the Upanishads. 2 vols. (HOS 31–32) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1925. Pp. xviii, 312; vii, 313­683. 277. OLDENBERG, Hermann. Die Religion des Veda. 2d ed. Berlin: W. Hertz, 1917. Pp. ix, 620. 278. GniswoLD, Hervey DeWitt. The Religion of the Rig Veda. (Religious Quest of India Series) London, New York: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1923. Pp. xxiv, 392. 279. BLooMFiELD, Maurice. The Religion of the Veda. London, New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1908. Pp. xv, 300. 280. CALAND, Willem, et V. HENRY. L'Agni§thoma, description complète de la forme normale du sacrifice de soma dans le culte védique. 2 vols. Paris, 1906­07. NN OCI­W CtY NNC ICU PU NiC MdBJ [ 481 ] 146 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

281. DuMONT, Paul Emile. VAêvamedha. Description du sacri­ fice solonnel du cheval dans le culte védique d'après les textes du Yajurveda blanc . . . (Société Belge d'Études Orientales) Paris: P. Geuthner, 1927. Pp. xxxvi, 413, ii. NN OCI­W CtY PU MdBJ WaU 282. ELIOT, Sir Charles Norton Edgecumbe. Hinduism and Buddhism, an historical sketch. 3 vols. London: E. Arnold and Co., 1921. Pp. civ, 345; 322; 513. 283. OLDENBERG, Hermann. Buddha, sein Leben, seine Lehre, seine Gemeinde. Stuttgart and Berlin: Cotta, 1921. Pp. viii, 445. Translated into English by William HOEY, Buddha: His Life, his Doctrine, his Order. London, Edinburgh: Williams and Norgate, 1882. Pp. vii, 454; 2 pl.

284. KERN, Hendrik. Der Buddhismus und seine Geschichte in Indien. 2 vols. (Annales du Musée Guimet, 10­11.) Leipzig: O. Schulze, 1882­84. Pp. xii, 574; vi, 594; 1 map. 285. HACKMANN, Heinrich. Buddhism as a Religion; its historical development and its present conditions. (Probsthain's Oriental Series, 2) London: Probsthain and Co., 1910. Pp. xiii, 315. 286. HARDY, Robert Spense. Eastern Monachism. An account of the origin, laws, discipline, sacred writings, mysterious rites, religious ceremonies, and present circumstances of the Order of Mendicants, founded by Gotama Buddha . . . London and Edinburgh: Williams and Norgate, 1860. Pp. xi, 443. 287. DUTT, Nalinaksha. Aspects of Mahāyāna Buddhism and its Relation to Hīnayāna. (Calcutta Oriental Series, 23) London: Luzac and Co., 1930. Pp. xiii, 359. MH OCI­W NNC PU MdBJ WaU NcD [482] Religion 147

288. LA VALLÉE­PoussIN, Louis de. Nirvana. (Études sur l'Histoire des Religions, 5.) Paris: Gabriel Beaucbesne, 1925. Pp. xxiii, 194. MH NN CtY PU NjP WaU 289. CARPENTER, Josepll Estlin. Theism in Mediaeval India. London : Williams and Norgate, 192L Pp. xii, 552. MH NN OCl­W CtY ICU DLC PU MB NiU (1926) NiC MdBJ IU IEN CS NcD 290. GLASENAPP, Hehnuth von. Der Hinduismus; Religion und Gesellschaft im heutigen Indien. Munich: K. Wolff, 1922. Pp. xvi, 503; 43 pl. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC ICU DLC PU NjP MBMu MdBJ WU 291. BHANDARKAR, Sir Ramkrishna GopaI. Vai§navism, Saivism, and Minor Religious Systems. (Grundriss, HI. 6.) Strass¬ burg: K. J. Trūbner, 1913. Pp. 169. 292. WooDRoFFE, John George (Sir Arthur Avalon). Principles of Tantra. 2 vols. London, 1914­16. Pp. xxvi, lxxxi, 393; xxxii, clxix, 406. MH NN OCI­W NNC ICU PU MB NjP (II) WaU (II) ICN IEN (II) CL IC OU 293. GuÉRiNOT, Armand Albert. La Religion Djaïna; histoire, doctrine, culte, coutumes, institutions. Paris: P. Genthner, 1926. Pp. 351; 25 pl. MH NN OCI­W CTY NNC ICU PU MBMu 294. ScHUBRiNG, Walther. Die Lehre der Jainas nach den alten Quellen dargestellt. (Grundriss, HL 7) Berlin and Leip­ zig: W. de Gruyter and Co., 1935. Pp. 25L MH NN OCI­W NNC ICU DLC PU MiU MBMu IU CaM PPAps 295. STEVENSON, (Mrs) Margaret Sinclair. The Heart of Jain­ ism. (Religious Quest of India Series) London, New York: Oxford University Press, 1915. Pp. xxiv, 336. 296. GLASENAPP, Helmuth von. Der Jainismus; eine indische Erlösungsreligion. (Kultur und Weltanschauung, 1er. Band) Berlin, 1925. Pp. 15, 505; 31 pl. MH NN OCI­W CtY ICU PU NjP MBMu CaM [483 ] 148 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

297. MENANT, D. Les Parsis, Histoire des Communautés Zoro- astriennes de VInde. (Annales du Musée Guimet, 7) Paris: E. Leroux, 1898. Pp. xxiv, 480; 21 pl. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC PU MB NjP MiU NiC IU ICN PPAps 298. TiTus, Murray T. Indian Islam, a Religious History of Islam in India. (Religious Quest of India Series.) Lon• don, New York: Oxford University Press, 1930. Pp. xvi, 290. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU DLC MB WaU IEN CS CL MiD WU NcD PPiC 299. MACAULIFFE, Max Arthur (trans). The Sikh Religion, its Gurus, Sacred Writings and Authors. 6 vols. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1909. Pp. lxxx, viii, 383 ; 351; 444; 351; 453; 22 pi. 300. FARQUHAR, John NÍCOL Modern Religious Movements in India. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1915. Pp. xvi, 471; 12 pi. 301. CROOKE, William. Religion and Folklore of Northern India. New York: Oxford University Press, 1926. Pp. 47L 302. WHITEHEAD, Henry. The Village Gods of South India. 2d ed. (Religious Life of India Series) London : Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1921. Pp. 175; 18 pi. 303. SCHOMERUS, Hilko Wiardo. Indien und das Christentum. 3 vols. Halle-Saale: Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses, 1931-33. Pp. viii, 198; vii, 265; viii, 231. MH NN CtY NNC DLC PU 304. GLASENAPP, Helmuth von. Der Buddhismus in Indien und im fernen Osten; Schicksale und Lebensformen einer Er¬ lösungsreligion . . . Berlin, Zürich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1936. Pp. 402, 16 pl., 1 illus. 305. O'MALLEY, Lewis Sidney Steward. Popular Hinduism, the Religion of the Masses. New York: The Macmillan Company; Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1935. Pp. viii, 246. [484] Lexicography, Grammar, Philosophy 149

306. CoLEBROOKE, H. T. Essays on the Religion and Philosophy of the Hindus. New ed. London and Edinburgh: Williams and Norgate, 1858. Pp. 325. 307. DAS GUPTA, Surendranath. Yoga as Philosophy and Re• ligion. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co„ ltd.; New York: E. P. Dutton and Co„ 1924. Pp. x, 200. 308. FARQUHAR, J. N. A Primer of Hinduism. 2d ed. London: Oxford University Press, 1912. Pp. 222. 309. GETTY, Alice. The Gods of Northern Buddhism, their history, iconography and progressive evolution through the northern Buddhist countries, with a general introduction on Buddhism. Translated from the French of J. Deniker. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1914. Pp. Iii, 196; 64 pl. 310. RHYS-DAVIS, T. W. Buddhism, its History and Literature. 3d ed. rev. New York, London: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1918. Pp. xiii, 230. 311. SHCHERBATSKOI, F. I. The Conception of Buddhist Nirvana. Leningrad: Publishing Office of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR, 1927. Pp. vi, 246. 312. STEVENSON, Margaret (Mrs. Sinclair). Rites of the Twice- Born, with foreword by A. A. MACDONELL. (Religious Quest of India Series.) London, New York: H. Milford, Oxford University Press, 1920. Pp. xxiv, 474.

XIX. LEXICOGRAPHY, GRAMMAR, PHILOLOGY

313. BöHTLiNGK, Otto, and Rudolph ROTH. Sanskrit-Wörter• buch, herausgegeben von der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. 7 vols. St. Petersburg: Imperial Acad• emy of Sciences, 1855-75. Pp. xii, 1142; iii; 1099, ii; 1015; 1214, iii; 1678; 1506; 1822. 314. BöHTLiNGK, Otto, and Rudolph ROTH. Sanskrit-Wörter• buch, herausgegeben von der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaft, in Kürzerer Fassung. 3 vols. St. Peters• burg: Imperial Academy of Sciences; Leipzig: Leopold [485] 150

Voss, 1879-89. Reprinted in 1925. Pp. vi, 299; 301; 265; 302; 264 ; 306; 390. MH CtY NNC ICU DLC MB NjP MiU NiC IU 315. SCHMIDT, Richard. Nachträge zum Sanskrit-Wörterbuch in kürzerer Fassung von Otto BöHTLiNGK. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz, 1928. Pp. viii, 398. 316. GRASSMANN, Hermann Gunther. Wörterbuch zum Rig- Veda. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1873. Pp. viii, 1775. Facsimile reprint, F. A. Brockhaus, 1936. 317. MoNiER-WiLLiAMS, Sir M. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary etymologically and phüologically arranged with special reference to cognate Indo-European languages. 2d ed„ enlarged by E. LEUMAN and C. CAPPELLER, etc. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1899. Pp. xxxvi, 1334. 318. BLOOMFIELD, Maurice, and Franklin EDGERTON. Vedic Variants. A study of the variant readings in the repeated Mantras of the Veda. Vol. I. The Verb. Vol. II. Phonetics. Vol. III. (by same with Murray B. EMENEAU) Noun and Pronoun Inflection. Philadelphia: Linguistic Society of America, 1930, 1932, 1934. Pp. 340; 570; 513. 319. MoNiER-WiLLiAMS, Sir M. A Practical Grammar of the Sanskrit Language, arranged with reference to the classical languages of Europe, for the use of English students. 4th ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1878. Pp. viii, 417. 320. MACDONELL, Arthur Anthony. Vedic Grammar. (Grun- driss, I. 4) Strassburg: K. J. Trübner, 1910. Pp. 456. 321. MACDONELL, Arthur Anthony. Vedic Grammar for Students. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1916. Pp. x, 508. 322. WHITNEY, William Dwight. A Sanskrit Grammar, including both the classical language and the older dialects of Veda and Brāhmana. 3d ed. Boston: Ginn and Co., 1896. Pp. xxvi, 551. 323. WHITNEY, William Dwight. The Roots, Verb-Forms, and Primary Derivatives of the Sanskrit Language. Leipzig: [486] 151

Breitkopf and Härtel; London: Trübner and Co„ 1885. Pp. xiii, 250. 324. SPEYER (Speijer), Jacob Samuel. Vedische und Sanskrit- Syntax. (Grundriss, I. 6.) Strassburg: K. J. Trübner, 1896. Pp. 1OL 325. BöHTLiNGK, Otto. Pāninīs Grammatik, herausgegeben, uebersetzen, erläutert und mit verschiedenen Indices versehen. Leipzig, 1887. Pp. xx, 480, 357. 326. PiscHEL, Richard. Grammatik der Prakrit-Sprachen. (Grundriss, I. 8.) Strassburg: K. J. Trübner, 1900. Pp. 429. 327. SPEYER (Speijer), Jakob Samuel. Sanskrit Syntax. Ley- den: E. J. Brill, 1886. Pp. x, 402. 328. GRiERSoN, Sir George Abraham. Linguistic Survey of India. 11 vols„ 23 pts. Calcutta: Superintendent of Government Printing, India, 1899-1928. 329. BÜHLER, Georg. On the Origin of the Indian Brahma Alpha­ bet; together with two appendices on the origin of the Kharosthī alphabet and of the so-called letter-numerals of the Brāhmī. 2d ed. Strassburg: K. J. Trübner, 1898. Pp. xii, 124; 3 pi. MH 0CI-W NNC (1895) ICU PU MB NjP ICN 330. BüHLER, Georg. Indische Palaeographie, von circa 350 a. Chr. – circa 1300 p.Chr. (Grundriss, I. 11) Strassburg: K. J. Trübner, 1896. Pp. 96. 331. WiNDiscH, Ernst. Geschichte der Sanskrit-Philologie und indischen Altertumskunde. 2 vols. (Grundriss, I. 1.) Strassburg: K. J. Trübner, 1917, 1920. Pp. vii, 208; 225. 332. FLEET, John F. Indian Paleography. An appendix to the Indian Antiquary, XXXIII, 1904. Bombay: Bombay Education Society's Press, 1904. Pp. 102. 333. GniERSON, G. A. Index of Language Names. Calcutta; 1920. Pp. 218. 334. LEUMANN, Ernst, and Julius. Etymologisches Wörterbuch [487 ] 152 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

der Sanskrit-Sprache. Lfg. 1: Einleitung und A bis jū, Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz, 1907. 335. PERRY, E. D. A Sanskrit Primer; based on the Leitfaden für den Elementar-Cursus des Sanskrit of Professor Georg BÜHLER. Oxford, 1936. Pp. xii, 230. 336. SooTHiLL, W. A., and Lewis HODOUS. A Dictionary of Chinese-Buddhist Terms, with Sanskrit and English equiva­ lents and a Sanskrit-Pali index. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co., ltd., 1937. Pp. xix, 510. 337. THUMB, Albert. Handbuch des Sanskrit, mit Texten und Glosser, Eine Einführung in das sprachwissenschaftliche Studium des Altindischen. 2 vols. Heidelberg: Carl Winter's Universitatsbuchhandlung, 1930. Pp. xx, 538. 338. UHLENBECK, C. C. Kurzgefasstes etymologisches Wörterbuch der altindischen Sprache. Amsterdam: Müller, 1899. Pp. xii, 367. 339. WACKERNAGEL, Jakob. Altindische grammatik. I, Laut­ lehre, 1896; pp. lxxix, 343. II, Einleitung zur Wortlehre, Nominal-komposition, 1905; pp. xii, 329. III, Nominal¬ flexion. Zahlwort. Pronomen. Von Albert DEBRUNNER und Jakob WACKERNAGEL; 1930; pp. xvi, 602. Güttingen; Vandenhoeck und Rupricht, 1896-1930. 340. WEBER, Albrecht Friedrich. Ueber die Metrik der Inder. 2 vols. (Indische Studien, 8) Berlin: F. Dümmler, 1863. Pp. xii, 484.

XX. ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, LAW

341. RiSLEY, Sir Herbert Hope. The People of India. 2d ed. London: W. Thacker and Co„ 1915. Pp. xvi, 289, clxxxix; 24 pl., 1 map. 342. BAINES, Sir Jervoise Athelstane. Ethnography, Castes and Tribes. (Grundriss, II. 5) Strassburg: K. J. Trübner, 1912. Pp. 211. 343. BADEN-PowELL, Baden Henry. The Indian Village Com­ munity; examined with reference to the physical, ethnographic, [488] Anthropology, Sociology, Law 153

and historical conditions of the provinces; chiefly on the basis of the revenue­settlement records and district manuals. London, New York: Longmans, Green, and Co„ 1896. Pp. xvi, 456; 1 map. 344. WEBER, Max. Gesammelte Aufsätze zur Religionssozio­ logie. Vol. II. Tübingen: Mohr, 192L Pp. xi, 378. 345. SENART, Emile Charles Marie. Les castes dans VInde, les faits et le système. 2d ed. Paris: E. Leroux, 1927. Translated into English by Sir E. Denison Ross, Caste in India, the Facts and the System. London: 1930. Pp. 7, 244. 346. O’ M ALLEY, Lewis Sidney Steward. Indian Caste Customs, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1932. Pp. ix. 190. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC DLC MB WaU IU CS CL MoS MnM NcD WM NNCo 347. O'MALLEY, Lewis Sidney Steward. India's Social Heritage. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1934. Pp. 195. MH NN OCI­W NNC DLC PU WaU CS NcD PPiC NNCo 348. BLUNT, E. A. ll. The Caste System of Northern India, with special reference to the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh. London, New York: Humphrey Milford, Oxford Uni­ versity Press, 1931. Pp. vii, 374. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC DLC MoS NcD 349. KETKAR, Shridhar Venkatesh. The History of Caste in India; evidence of the laws of M anu on the social conditions in India during the third century A.D. interpreted and examined, with an appendix on radical defects of ethnology. 2 vols. Ithaca, N. Y.: Taylor and Carpenter, 1909­11. Pp. xv, 190; xxvii, 177. 350. BUHLER, Georg. The Sacred Laws of the Āryas, as taught in the schools of Äpastamba, Gautama, Vâsistha, and Baud¬ hâyana. 2 vols. (SBE 2, 14) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1879­82. Pp. lx, 312; xlviii, 356. 351. BüHLER, Georg. The Laws of Manu. (SBE 25) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1886. Pp. exxxvin, 620. [489] 154

352. JoLLY, Julius (trans.) The Minor Law-Books. (SBE 33.) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1889. Pp. xxiv, 396. 353. DuBois, Abbe J. A. Hindu Manners, Customs and Cere­ monies. Translated . . . and edited with notes, correc­ tions, and biography by Henry K. BEAUCHAMP. 3d ed. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1906. Pp. xxxiii, 741. 354. GRIERSON, G. A. Bihar Peasant Life, being a discursive catalogue of the surroundings of the people of that province, prepared under orders of the government of Bengal. Cal­ cutta: Bengal Secretariat Press, 1885. Pp. ii, 431, xvii, clv; pi., map. 355. RUSSELL, Robert V. Tribes and Castes of the Central Prov­ inces of India. 4 vols. London: Macmillan and Co., limited, 1916. 356. SARKAR, B. K. The Positive Background of Hindu Sociology. (Sacred Books of the Hindus, 16) Allahabad: A. K. Bose, 1914. 357. SCHMIDT, Richard. Liebe und Ehe im alten und modernen Indien. Berlin: H. Barsdorf, 1904. Pp. vii, 57L 358. GHURYE, Govind S. Caste and Race in India. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trūbner and Co„ ltd., 1932. Pp. vii, 209. 359. KANE, P. V. History of Dharmaśāstra. Vol. I. Poona: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1930. (Bhan¬ darkar Oriental Research Institute. Government Oriental Series, class B, vol. 7) 360. DuTT, Nripendra Kumar. Origin and Growth of caste in India. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co., ltd„ 1931. Pp. xi, 310. 36L RIVERS, W. H. R. The Todas. London, New York: Macmillan and Co„ limited, 1906. Pp. xviii, 755. 362. RisLEY, H. H. Tribes and Castes of Bengal. 2 vols. Cal­ cutta: Bengal Secretariat Press, 1891. [490 1 Science and Mathematics 155

363. THURSToN, E. Castes and Tribes of Southern India . . . assisted by K. RANGAcHARL 7 vols. Madras: Govern­ ment Press, 1909.

XXL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 364. THIBAUT, George. Astronomie, Astrologie und Mathematik- (Grundriss, III. 9) Strassburg: K. J. Trūbner, 1899. Pp. 80.

365. BURGESS, Ebénezer (trans). The Surya-siddhanta, a Text­ book of Hindu Astronomy ; with notes and an appendix, con­ taining additional notes and tables, calculations of eclipses . . . (JAOS VI, I860.) New Haven, 1860. Pp. iv, 354. MH NN OCl-W CtY NNC ICU MB IU MiD (in JAOS.) 366. HoERNLE, August Frederick Rudolf. Studies in the Medicine of Ancient India. Ft. 1, Osteology or the Bones of the Human Body. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1907. Pp. xii, 252.

367. JoLLY, Julius. Medizin. (Grundriss, III. 10.) Strass­ burg: K. J. Trūbner, 1901. Pp. 140. 368. CLARK, Walter Eugene (trans.). The Āryabhatīya of Āryabhaia, an Ancient Indian Work on Mathematics and Astronomy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1930. Pp. 90. 369. CoLEBROOKE, Henry Thomas (trans.). Algebra, with Arith­ metic and Mensuration, from the Sanskrit of Bhramegupta and Bhāscara. London: J. Murray, 1817. Pp. lxxxiv, 378. MH NNC CtY NNC MB MiU NiC WaU IU PPAps

370. SMITH, David Eugene, and Louis Charles KARPINSKY. The Hindu-Arabic Numerals. Boston: Ginn and Co„ 1911. Pp. vi, 160. [491 ] 156 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

XXII. MEDIEVAL INDIA 371. Ton, James. Annals and Antiquities of Rajasthan, or the Central and Western Rajpoot States of India. 1829. Popular edition by Douglas SLADEN. 2 vols. London – Smith, Elder and Co„ 1914. Pp. xxx‚ 631, xxxii, 637. New edition by William CROOKE, London, 1920. 372. STEIN, Sir Marc Aurel. Kalhana's Rajataranginl, a chronicle of the kings of Kasmir. 2 vols. Westminster, 1900. Pp. xxxi, 402; vi, 553; 3 maps. 373. VAiDYA, Chintāmana Vināyaka. History of Mediaeval Hindu India, being a history of India from 600 to 1200 A.D. 3 vols. Poona: The Oriental Book­supplying Agency, 1921 – 26. Pp. x, 400, xiii; viii, 354, xxii; iv, 503; 2 maps. MH OCI­w NNC ICU (I. 1921) DLC PU MBMu (I) CaM OrU 374. PRASAD, Ishwari. History of Mediaeval India, from 647 A.D. to the Mughal Conquest. Allahabad: The Indian Press, Ltd., 1925. Pp. xxxix, 602; 21 pl., 5 maps. MH NN OCI­w CtY NNC NjP 375. LANE­PooLE, Stanley. Mediaeval India under Mohammedan Rule (A.D. 712­1764). 2d ed. London: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1906. Pp. xviii, 449; 59 illus. 376. SACHAU, Eduard Karl (trans). Albirunïs India. An ac­ count of the religion, philosophy, literature, geography, chronology, astronomy, customs, laws, and astrology of India about A.D. 1030. 2 vols. London, 1888. Pp. 1, 408; 431. 377. ELLIOT, Henry Miers, and John DowsoN. The History of India, as told by its own historians, translations of Arabic, Persian Muhammadan sources. 8 vols. London: Trüb­ ner and Co., 1867­77. Pp. xxxii, 541; 1 map; x‚ 579; 1 pl.; x, 627; x, 563; viii, 575; vii, 574; vi, 573; xxxi, 444, lxxix. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC ICU DLC MB MiU NiC IU ICN IEN CL MiD IC WM NNCo 378. BRIGGS, John. History of the Rise of the Mahomedan Power in India till the year A.D. 1612. Translated from the [492 ] Medieval India 157

original Persian of Mahomed Kasim FERISHTA. 3 vols. London, 1829. Pp. xxxi, 607; xi, 586; xvi, 532. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC (1908­10, 4 vols.), ICU (1908­10) MB CS MnM IC 379. GnIBBLE, James Dunning Baker. A History of the Dekkan. 2 vols. London: Luzac and Co„ 1896, 1924. Pp. iv, 406; 14 p√ 5 maps; vii, 271 ; 11 pi. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC ICU DLC PU MB (I) Wu (I) IC (I) 380. IVRIsHNASVĀMI AIYANGĀR, CakoṭṭaL South India and her Muhammadan Invaders. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, I92L Pp. xiv, 257; 16 pl„ 1 map. MH NN OCI–W CtY NNC ICU DLC IEN CS 381. SEWELL, Robert. A Forgotten Empire (Vijayanagar), a Contribution to the History of India. London: S. Sonnen¬ schein and Co., ltd., 1900. Reprinted 1924. Pp. xxii, 427; 15 pl„ 3 maps. MH NN OCI­W ICU DLC MB (1900) NjP (1900) MBMu MdBJ IEN CS Mi D (1900) MoS CaM WU (1900) MnM IC 382. KEENE, Henry George. The Turks in India; critical chapters on the administration of that country by the Chughtai Bābar, and his descendants. London: W. H. Allen and Co„ 1879. Pp. vi, 255. MH NN OCI­w CtY DLC PU MB MiU ICN WU 383. EDWARDES, Stephen Meredyth, and H. L. 0. GARRET. Mughal Ride in India. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1930. Pp. vi, 374; 16 pl., 1 map. MH NN OCI­w CtY NNC ICU waU ICN CS IC PPiC WM 384. MoRELAND, William Harrison. India at the Death of Akbar, an economic study. London, 1920. Pp. xi, 328; 2 maps. 385. MORELAND, William Harrison. From Akbar to Aurungzeb; a Study in Indian Economic History. London: Macmillan and Co., limited, 1923. Pp. xiii, 364; 2 maps. 386. MoRELAND, William Harrison. The Agrarian System of Moslem India, a historical essay with Appendices. Cam¬ bridge: W. Heffer and Sons, limited, 1929. Pp. xvii, 296. MH NN OCI­w CtY NNC ICU DLC PU waU IEN CL MoS [493 ] 158 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

387. SARKAR, Sir Jadunath. Mughal Administration. 2d ed Calcutta: M. C. Sarkar and Sons, 1924. Pp. viii, 264. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU DLC (1920) WaU (1920) IU CaM WU CaB (1920) 388. BLocHMANN, Hermann. The Āīn-i–Akbarī of Abul Fazl-r 'Allāmī, translated from the original Persian. 3 vols. (Bibliotheca Indica) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Ben­ gal, 1873-94. Pp. vii, xi, ii, 678; 17 pl.; xvii, 458, 101, 101; viii, 515. 389. BURGESS, James. The Chronology of Modern India. For four hundred years from the close of the fifteenth century, A.D. 1494-1894. Edinburgh: John Grant, 1913. Pp. vi, 483. 390. SMITH, V. A. Akbar, the Great Mogul, 1542-1605. 2d ed. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1919. Pp. xv, 504.

XXIII. MISCELLANEOUS SPECIAL TOPICS

391. HOLDICH, Sir Thomas Hungerford. India. London: H- Frowde, 1905. Pp. xii, 355; 106 illus., 8 maps. 392. WATT, Sir George. The Commercial Products of India, being an abridgment of The Dictionary of the Economic Products of India. New York: E. P. Dutton and Co., 1908. Pp. viii, 1189. MH NN CtY ICU DLC PU MiU IU CS CL MiD MoS WU OrU IC OU 393. KiRFEL, Willibald. Die Kosmographie der Inder nach den Quellen dargestellt. Bonn and Leipzig: K. Schroeder, 1920. Pp. viii, 401 ; 18 pl. 394. VoGEL‚ Jean Philippe. Indian Serpent Lore, or the Nāgas in Hindu legend and art. London: Arthur Probsthain, 1926. Pp. xiv, 318; 30 pi. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU DLC PU MiU MBMu IU CS NcD 395. BARNETT, Lionel David. Antiquities of India; an account of the history and culture of ancient Hindustan. New York : G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1913. Pp. xvi, 306; 19 pl„ 1 map. [494 ] 159

396. TAGORE, Sir Rabindranath (trans). Songs of Kaiñr. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1916. Pp. 145; 1 pi. 397. DUFF, James Cuninghame Grant. History of the Mahrattas. Revised by S. M. Edwardes. 2 vols. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1921. Pp. xcii, 585; xxi, 573; 1 pl., 1 map. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC DLC MB (1826) NiC (1826) WaU ICN IEN CS MnM OU PPiC 398. HoDivALA, Shahpurshah Hormasji. Studies in Parsi History. Bombay, 1920. Pp. 2, 348; 18 illus. MH NN OCI­W NNC PU IEN CS 399. LÉvI, Sylvain. Le Népal. Étude historique d'un royaume hindou. 3 vols. Paris, 1905 – 08. Pp. 394, 3 pl„ 1 map; 411, 25 illus.; 224, 22 pl. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC ICU(I. II), PU MB(I. III), NjP MBMu MdBJ (2 vols.), ICN 400. TRUMPP, Ernest. The Ādi Granth, or the Holy Scriptures of the Sikhs, translated from the original Gurmukhi, with introductory essays. London: W. H. Allen and Co., 1877. Pp. xi, cxxxviii, 715. MH NN OCI­W CtY NNC ICU DLC PU MiU MBMu WaU ICN IEN CLSU 401. GROWSE, Frederic Salmon (trans). The Rāmāyana of Tutsi Das. 2d ed. Allahabad, 1887. Pp. xxi, 572, 11. MH NN OCI­w CtY ICU PU (1883) MB (1878­80) MiU (1883) MB­Mu (1878­80) waU (1883) 402. HUNTER, Sir William Wilson. Atlas of India. Edinburgh and London, 1894. Pp. in, 38, 19; 16 maps. MH OCI­w ICU MiU IU ICN MiD 403. GARRATT, G. T. (ed.). Legacy of India. Introduction by the Marquess of Zetland. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1937. Pp. xviii, 428; 23 pl., 1 map. 404. Cultural Heritage of India; Sri Ramakrishna Centenary Memorial. 3 vols. Calcutta: Modern Art Press, 1937. Pp. xxx, 608; 35 pl.; ix, 617; 65 pl.; x, 692; 64 pl. [495 ] 160 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

405. EDGERTON, Franklin. The Elephant­lore of the Hindus. The Elephant­sport (Matanga­lila) of Nilakantha. Trans­ lated . . . with introduction, notes, and glossary. New Haven: Yale University Press, 193L Pp. xix, 129. 406. HouGHToN, H. P. On Presenting Sanskrit in a Small Col­ lege. Northfield, Minn„ 1927. 407. SEWTELL, Robert, and Sankara Balakrishna DÍKSHIT. The Indian Calendar, with tables for the conversion of Hindu Muhammadan into A .D. dates, and vice versa. With tables of eclipses visible in India. London: S. Sonnenschein and Co., ltd., 1896. Pp. xii, 106, cxxxvi, 110­69.

XXIV. PORTUGUESE AND FRENCH IN INDIA

408. OATEN, Edward Farley. European Travellers in India during the Fifteenth, Sixteenth, and Seventeenth Centuries; the evidence afforded by them with respect to Indian social Institutions, and the nature and influence of Indian govern­ ments. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trūbner and Company, limited, 1909. Pp. xiv, 274; 3 pi. MH OCI­w CtY NNC ICU DLC NjP waU ICN MiD MoS 409. DANVERS, Frederick Charles. The Portuguese in India, being a history of the rise and decline of their eastern empire. 2 vols. London: W. H. Allen and Co„ 1894. Pp. liii, 572; xv, 579; 16 pl„ 5 maps. 410. STANLEY, Henry Edward John. The Three Voyages of Vasco da Gama and his ViceroyaUy, from the Lendas of India of Caspar Correa accompanied by the original docu­ ments. (Hakluyt Society, 1st ser. 42) London: Printed for the Hakluyt Society, 1869. Pp. lxxx, 430, xxxv; 1 pl„ 1 map. 411. BiRCH, Walter de Gray. The Commentaries of the Great Afonso Dalboquerque, Second Viceroy of India; translated from the Portuguese edition of 1774. 4 vols. (Works Issued by the Hakluyt Society, 1st. Ser., 53, 55, 62, 69.) London: Printed for the Hakluyt Society, 1875 – 84. Pp. [496] Portuguese and French India 161

xi, 256, 1 pl., 2 maps; cxxxvi, 242, 2 pl., 2 maps; lvi, 308, 2 pl., 2 maps; xxxv, 324, 2 pl., 1 map. 412. MALLESON, George Bruce. History of the French in India, from the founding of Pondicherry in 1674 to the capture of that place in 1761. Rev. ed. London: W. H. Allen and Co„ 1895. Pp. xi, 583; 2 maps. 413. WEBER, Henry. La Compagnie Française des Indes (I6O4- 1876). Paris: A. Rousseau, 1904. Pp. xxxv, 715.

XXV. BRITISH INDIA

414. KEITH, Arthur Berriedale. A Constitutional History of India, 1600-1985. London: Metbuen and Co., ltd., 1936. Pp. xiv, 536. MH NN CtY NNC DLC NjP MiU NiC MdBJ waU ICN CL WU CoU 415. DoDwELL, Henry Herbert. A Sketch of the History of India from 1858 to 1918. London, New York: Longmans, Green and Co., 1925. Pp. xi, 326; 3 maps. MH NN CtY NNC DLC PU MB NjP waU ICN CS CL MiD MoS CaM MnM NcD OrU OU waS PPiC WM NNC CoD CaB 416. DoDwELL, Henry Herbert. Dupleix and Clive; the Beginning of Empire. London: Methuen and Co., ltd., 1920. Pp. xix, 277. MH NN OCI-w CtY NNC DLC MB NiC MdBJ waU ICN CS MiD MoS NcD CoU 417. RAwLiNsoN, Hugh George. British Beginnings in Western India, 1579-1657; an account of the early days of the British factory of Surat. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1920. Pp. 158, 10 pi, 4 maps. 418. GLEiG, George Robert. Memoirs of the Life of the Right Hon. Warren Hastings, first Governor-General of Bengal. 3 vols. London: R. Bentley, 1841. Pp. xvi, 544; 1 pl.; 589, 1 pi; iv, 546. 419. LovEDAY, Alexander. The History and Economics of Indian [497] 162 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

Famines. London: G. Bell and Sons, limited, 1914. Pp. ix, 163. MH NN CtY NNC ICU DLC IU WM 420. DuTT, Romesh Chunder. The Economic History of India under early British rule from the rise of British power in 1767 to the accession of Queen Victoria in 1837. 4th ed. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co., limited, 1916. Pp. xxiv, 436. 421. ANSTEY, (Mrs.) Vera. The Economic Development of India- 3d ed. London, New York: Longmans, Green and Co., 1936. Pp. x, 581 ; 9 maps. 422. LovETT, Sir Harrington Verney. A History of the Indian Nationalist Movement. London: J. Murray, 1920. Pp. xiv, 285. 423. AiTCHisoN, Charles Umpherston. A Collection of Treaties, Engagements, and Sunnuds relating to India and Neighbor• ing Countries. 7 vols, with maps. Calcutta: Savielle and Cranenburgh, 1876. MH NN CtY NNC (11 vols. 1892) MB (5 vols.) NjP NiC ICN 424. FORREST, George W. Selections from the Letters, Despatches, and other State Papers Preserved in the Foreign Department of the Government of India, 1772-1785. 3 vols. Cal• cutta: Government Printing Office, 1890. MH NN CtY NjP NiC ICN CaM WU 425. MUKHERJI, Panchanandas. Indian Constitutional Docu• ments (1600-1918). 2 vols. Calcutta and Simla: Spink and Co., 1918. Pp. lxxxv, 803; lxxxiv, 100. MH NN OCI-W NNC DLC MB MiU IU IEN CaM Wu CoU 426. Letters Received by the East India Company from its Servants in the East. 6 vols. London : Sampson Low, Marston and Co., 1896-1902. Pp. xli, 364; xxvi, 373; xlii, 360; xxxvi, 379; xl, 374;xliii, 340. 427. FOSTER, William (ed). The English Factories in India, a calendar of documents in the India Office, British Museum and Public Record Office. 1st ser„ 14 vols. Pp. xlvii, 379; [498 ] 163

1 map; xl, 389; 1 map; xlviii, 388; 1 map; xxxix, 354; 1 pl.; xl, 355; 1 pl.; xlvi, 339; 1 pl.; xxxvii, 339; 1 map; xxxii, 362; 1 pl.; xxxix, 324; 1 pl.; 7, 440; 1 map; v, 428; 1 pl.; vii, 354; 1 pl.; xi, 343; 1 pi. 2d ser. by Charles FAwCETT, 1 vol. Pp. xxviii, 389; 1 pl., 1 map. Oxford: The Claren• don Press, 1906-36.

428. SAINSBURY, Ethel Bruce (ed.). A Calendar of the Court Minutes of the East India Company, 1685-1689. 10 vols. Oxford: University Press, 1907-35. Pp. xxxvi, 396; xxix, 407; xxvii, 424; xxxii, 404; xl, 444; xxxiv, 387; xlvi, 401; xxix, 466; xx, 444; xxvii, 356.

429. CuRZoN, George Nathaniel. British Government in India; the story of the viceroys and government houses. 2 vols. London, New York: Cassell and Co., ltd., 1925.

430. JOSHI, G. N. Indian Administration. London: Macmillan and Co., limited, 1937. Pp. xii, 316.

431. JOSHI, G. N. The New Constitution of India.

432. O'MALLEY, L. S. S. History of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa under British Rule. Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Book Depot, 1925. Pp. ii, 779, xxii.

433. SMITH, William Roy. Nationalism and Reform in India. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1938. Pp. vi, 485.

434. THOMAS, P. J. The Evolution of Federal Finance in India, a study in the development of Indian financial policy, 1883- 1986. 435. ZETLAND, Lawrence John Lumley Dundas. India: retrospect and prospect. Nottingham: Nottingham Citizen Press, ltd., 1935. 436. ZETLAND, Lawrence John Lumley Dundas. Steps towards Indian home rule. London: Hutchinson and Co„ ltd., 1935. Pp. 7-128. [499 ] 164 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

XXVI. GENERAL REFERENCE

437. MACDONELL, Arthur Anthony, and Arthur Berriedale KEITH: Vedic Index of Names and Subjects. 2 vols. London John Murray, 1912. Pp. xvi, 544; 592, 1 map. 438. DowsoN, John. A Classical Dictionary of Hindu Mythology and Religion, Geography, History, and Literature. 6th ed. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co„ Ltd., 1928. Pp. xix, 411. 439. GARRETT, John. A Classical Dictionary of India, illustra- tive of the Mythology, Philosophy, Literature, Antiquities, Arts, Manners, Customs, etc., of the Hindus. Madras: Higginbotham, 1871. Pp. x, 79L MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU MB NiC WaU ICN IEN 440. WATT, Sir George. A Dictionary of the Economic Products of India. 7 vols, (in 10). Calcutta: Government Printing Office; London: W. H. Allen and Co„ 1889-96. MH NN ICU DLC MB (1896) MiU NiC IU CL (iv) CaM MnM WM 441. YULE, Sir Henry, and Arthur Coke BURNELL. Hobson, Jobson; being a glossary of Anglo-Indian colloquial words and phrases and of kindred terms, etymological, historical, geographical, and discursive. New ed. by William Crooke. London: J. Murray, 1903. Pp. xlvii, 102L 442. The Imperial Gazeteer of India. 26 vols. I-IV, general topics; V-XXV, topics arranged alphabetically according to geographic location; XXVI, Atlas. 2d ed. Published under the authority of His Majesty's Secretary of State for India in Council. Oxford, 1931. 443. India in the Years 1917-1936; a statement prepared annually for presentation to Parliament in accordance with require• ments of the 26th section of the Government of India Act. 18 vols. Calcutta: Annual Publication of the Govern• ment of India, Home Department. 444. Census of India. Census of 1881. The Indian Empire. 3 vols. London, Calcutta, 1883. [500 ] General Reference Works 165

Census of 1891. 28 vols. Shillong, Calcutta, etc., 1892­ 94. Census of 19OL General report. London, 1904. Census of 1911. General report, London, 1914. Vols. I­XXIII, local reports, published locally. Census of 1921. Vol. I, general report. Calcutta, 1924. Vols. II­XXV, local reports, published locally. Census of 1931. Vol. I, pt, 1, general report. Delhi, 1933. Vol. I, pts. 2, 3, 4, general tables, ethnographical reports and maps. MH NN OCl­w (1911 only) CtY NNC (19OI. vols. 1­4; 1921) ICU (1881, vol. I; 19OI. 1911, 1921) DLC MiU (1911) NiC (1901131) MdBJ (1901, 1921) waU (1911 II. pt. 2; 1921, I pts. 2, 6, 8,13; 1931, I) PPAps (1911, 1921, 1931) 445. JACOB, G. A. A Concordance to the Principal Upanishads and Bhagavadgītā. Bombay: Government Central Book Depot, 189L Pp. 8, 1083. 446. PRATT, I. A. Buddhism; a list of references in the New York Public Library. Compiled under the direction of R. GOTTHEIL. Reprinted . . . from the Bulletin of the New York Public Library, February, 1916. Pp. vii, 78. 447. Grundriss der Indo­Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde. Founded by G. BÜHLER, continued by F. KIELHORN, Bd. I, heft 1; A. B.;3 B; 4‚ 6­8, 10, 11; bd. II, heft 1 B, 2 D, 3 B, 5, 8; bd. III, heft 1 A, B; 2, 4, 6, 8­10. Edited by G. BÜHLER. Edited by H. LUDERS and J. WACKERNAGEL, 1910. Strassburg: K. J. Trūbner. 448. A handbook for travellers in India, Burma and Ceylon, includ­ ing all British India, the Portuguese and French possessions, and the Indian states. 15th ed. With numerous maps and plans. London: J. Murray, 1938. Pp. cxxviii, 792. 449. LANMAN, Charles Rockwell (ed). Harvard Oriental Series. Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press, 1914­19 – . 450. SöRENSEN, S. An Index to the Names in the Mahâbhârata. With short explanations and a concordance to the Bombay [501 ] 166 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

and Calcutta editions and P. C. RoY's translation. Lon• don: Williams and Norgate, 1904. Pp. xii, 807.

XXVII. PERIODICALS

45L JOURNAL OF THE AsiATic SociETY OF BENGAL; Calcutta Journal, 1st. series, vols. 1 75, 1832-1915 Index to Journal, vols. I-XXIII; Calcutta, 1856 Useful Tables forming an Appendix to the Journal; Cal• cutta, 1834 Proceedings, 1865-1904. 28 dated volumes Centenary Review of the Asiatic Society of Bengal from 1784~ 1883; Calcutta, 1885 Journal and Proceedings, new series, vols. 1 34, 1905 – 1938 Mémoires of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 10 vols., 1905-1936

c 452. JOURNAL ASIATIQUE, recueil trimestriel de mémoires et d notices relatifs aux études orientales, publiée par la Société Asiatique; Paris îTe série, 11 vols., 1822-1827 2e, 16 vols., 1828-1835; 3e, 14 vols., 1836-1842; 4MP, 160 vols., (20each), 1843-1922; vols. CCII-CCXL, 1923-1938 Index to série 2-3, 1842; 4-5, 1862, 6-11, 1872, -82, -92, 1902, -12, -22,-32

453. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND ; London Transactions, 3 vols., 1827-1831 Journal, 1st. series, 20 vols., 1843-1863 Journal, new series, 24 vols., 1864-1892 Journal, dated only, 49 vols., 1893-1938 Indexed tables of articles in Trans, and Journal, 1827-1922, classified by country, by F. E. Pargiter in Centenary vol., 1923. (Burma, pp. 18-20; Ceylon, pp. 23-26; East In• dies, p. 32; India, pp. 56-106; Tibet, pp. 53-55 454. ZEITSCHRIFT DER DEUTSCHEN MoRGENLÄNDiscHEN GESELL• SCHAFT; Leipzig Jahresbericht der Deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft für 1845-46 [502 ] Periodicals 167

Zeitschrift, 75 vols„ 1857-1921 Zeitschrift, Neue Folge, vols. 1-18, 1922-1938 Wissenschaftlicher Jahresbericht über die Morgenländischen Studien Jahre 1880, von Ernst Kuhn und August Müller; Leipzig, 1883 Index (Register) von Dr. Brockhaus, et al„ Vols. 1-60 (1847-1906); Leipzig, 1910 455. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN ORIENTAL SOCIETY ; New Haven Journal, 58 vols„ 1849-1938 Proceedings, 2 vols„ Oct. 1852-1878 and 1878-1886 Index to vols. I-XX, edited by George F. Moore; New Haven, 1902 Index to vols„ XXI-XL, compiled by Roydon Keitb Yerkes, (Contained in vol. 44), New Haven; 1924 456. THE INDIAN ANTIQUARY, A Journal of Oriental Research in Archaeology, History, Literature, Languages, Folklore, etc.; Bombay Journal, 62 vols. 1872-1933 Index to vols. I-L, 2 vols, (in three parts) by Lavinia Mary Anstey; Bombay, 1923 MH NN OC1-w CtY (AOS) NNC ICU DLC MB MiU (br.) MBMu (Index and vol. 52 only) MdBJ IU WU (1908-33) 457. LE MuséoN, Revue d'Études Orientales; Louvain 1» Sér. 18 vols. 1882-1889 2« Sér. 15 vols. 1900-1914 3e Sér. 1 vol. 1915-1916. (Also numbered vol. 33) Vols. 34-51, 1921-1938 458. WIENER ZEITSCHRIFT FÜR DIE KUNDE DES MORGENLANDESJ Vienna 43 vols„ 1887-1938. Vol. I. Ind. Ant. XVI (1887), 112. 459. GIORNALE DELLA SOCIETĀ ASIATICA ITALIANAJ Florence 1st Ser. 29 vols., Nuovo Serie, 2 vols. 1925-1934. 460. RIVISTA DEGLI STUDI ORIENTALI pubblicata a cura dei Pro- fessori della Scuola Orientale nella R. Universita di Roma; Rome. 11 vols„ 1907-1926. MH NN OCI-W CtY (AOS) (I only) NjP [503 ] 168 Basic Bibliography for Indic Studies

461. JOURNAL OF THE BIHAR AND ORISSA RESEARCH SOCIETY; Patna Journal, vols. 1-23. Sept. 1915-1938. MH NN OCI-W CtYr (AOS) ICU PU (13-19) MiU MBMu WaU (1937+) CaM (13-23) 462. BULLETIN OF THE SCHOOL OF ORIENTAL STUDIES, (University of London); London 10 vols„ 1917 – 1938. MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU NjP MiU MBMu NiC WaU IU (1-6) CaM (VII only) WU (I only) ICR 463. JOURNAL OF INDIAN HISTORY; London, New York, Bombay, etc. 16 vols. Nov. 1921-1938 Vol. I, pt‚ 1. R. C. Temple: Ind. Ant. LH (1923), 19 Vols. IH-IV. R. C. Temple: Ind. Ant. LVII (1928), 113-114 MH NN OCI-W CtY NNC ICU (1921+) DLC PU (1922+) MiU WaU (1937+) ICN IEN 464. ACTA OEIENTALIA ; ediderunt societates orientales: batava, danica, norwegica; Leyden. 15 vols., 1922-1938. MH OCI-W CtY NNC ICU DLC PU MiU NiC MdBJ 465. INDIAN HISTORICAL QUARTERLY; Calcutta, Vols. 1~14, 1925-1938 Vol. I, no. 1. L. D. Barnett: BSOS„ II (1925), 813-814 MH NN OCI-W CtY (AOS) NNC MBMu (5+) MdBJ WaU (13+) 466. THE JOURNAL OF ORIENTAL RESEARCH; Madras, 12 vols„ 1927-1938 Vol. I, pt. 1. R. C. Temple: Ind. Ant., LVI (1927), 236 MH NN OCI-W CtY (AOS) 467. THE JOURNAL OF INDIAN ART AND INDUSTRY, London, 17 vols., 1886-1916 MH CtY (v. 8) (AOS v. 9) NNC ICU MB (lack 14) NjP (I) MiU MBMu IU CL MoS (I-V) CaM (1886 only) MnM WaS (VII only) ICR 468. JOURNAL OF THE BOMBAY BRANCH OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY; Bombay 1st Series, 26 vols. 1841-1924 [504 ] Periodicals 169

Extra Numbers, 1884, 1887, 1900, 1905 New Series, 4 vols., (12 Nos), 1925-1936

469. JOURNAL OF THE CEYLON BRANCH OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY; Colombo. Journal, 33 vols. (Nos. 1-89), 1845-1936. Index to vols. I-XI comprising Nos. 1-41 (1845 – 1890) compiled by J. F. W. Gore MH NN CtY NNC ICU (Vol. I, pt. 1) MiU (br.) CL (1865-66) MiD (br.) CaM (Vol. 23, no. 66 only) WU (br.) 470. ANNALS OF THE BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTI• TUTE; Poona, Bombay. Poona City, 1919-28. Report; Poona, Bombay, 1924-7. 471. PANDIT, Monthly Publication of Benares College. Benares, 1866-82. 472. RUPAM; an illustrated quarterly journal of Oriental Art, chiefly Indian. No. 1- ; Jan. 1920- . Calcutta: O. O Gan¬ goly, 1920- . Edited for the Indian Society of Oriental Art, July 1920-Dec. 1924.

473. JOURNAL OF INDIAN SOCIETY OF ORIENTAL ART. Vol. 1- . Calcutta, 1933- . 474. NEW INDIAN ANTIQUARY. Bombay: Karnatak Publishing House, 1938- . (Note: For the more important serial publications of texts, see M. B. EMENEAU, A Union List of Printed Indic Texts and Translations in American Libraries.)

[505 ] 170 List of Indic and Greater India Texts

A SELECTED LIST OF TEXTS IN THE LANGUAGES OF INDIA AND GREATER INDIA

CONTENTS General 1 Veda 2­37 Epic 38­ 42 Purāṇa 43­47 Poetry 48 – 53 Story Literature 54­ 60 Drama 61­63 Poetics 64 Music 65 Grammar 66­ 68 Religious Law 69­ 71 Philosophy and Religion 72­ 79 Mathematics, Astronomy, and Astrology 80­ 82 Architecture and Iconography 83­ 84 Political and Social Science 85 Medicine 86­88 Buddhist 89­116 Jain 117­125 Vernacular Texts and Translations 126­135

GENERAL 1. LANMAN, Charles Rockwell. A Sanskrit Reader: with Vocab­ ulary and Notes. Boston: Ginn and Co„ 1903. Pp. xx, 405. VEDA 2. AUFRECHT, Theodor. Die Hymnen des RRigveda. 2 vols. Bonn: Adolph Marcus, 1877. Pp. 463; 688, xlviii. 3. Rig­veda­sanhita . . . with the commentary of Sayana. Edited by Max MÜLLER. 6 vols. London: Wm. H. Allen and Co., 1849, 1854, 1856, 1862, 1872, 1874. Pp. xxix, 990; [506 ] 171

lxi, 1005; lvii, 984; lxxxviii, 52, 926; lviii, 615, 1­400; lix, 32, 785, 401­76L 4. Atharva Veda Sanhitā, herausgegeben von R. ROTH . . . und W. D. WHITNEY . . . Erster Band. Text. Berlin: Fred. Dümmler's Verlagsbuchhandlung, 1855­56. Pp. 458. 5. Rigveda Brâhmanas: The Aüareya and Kanṣītaki Brâhmanas of the Rigveda. Translated by Arthur Berriedale KEITH. (Harvard Oriental Series, 25.) Cambridge, Mass.: Har­ vard University Press, 1920. Pp. xii, 555. 6. 7"he Srauta Sutra of Áéivaláyana, with the commentary of Gárgya Náráyana. Edited by Ramanáráyana. VIDY¬ ÁRATNA. (Bibl. Ind. work 49, N. S. 55, 61, 66, 69, 71, 80, 84, 86, 90, 93, 299) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1874. Pp. 148, 892. 7. Indische Hausregeln. Sanskrit und Deutsch herausgegeben von Adolf Friedrich STENzLER. L Âçvalâyna. Erstes Heft. Text. (AKM, 3­4.) Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1864. Pp. 53 . . . Zweites Heft. Uebersetzung. (AKM 4.L) Pp. iii, 163. 8. The Śānkhāyana Śrauta Sūtra together with the commentary of Varadattasuta Ānartīya. Edited by Alfred HILLE- BRANDT. 4 VOlS. (Bibl. Ind. WOrk 99, nOS. 532, 555, 585, 606, 638, 667, 716; 732, 754, 795, 817; 827, 835, 853, 892; 938) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1888, 1891, 1897, 1899. Pp. xxiii, 644, 2; 376; 2, 399; 71. 9. Das Çânkhâyanagrihyam. By Hermann OLDENBERG. In• dische Studien 15, 1878, pp. 1-166. 10. Srauta Sútra of Látyáyana with the commentary of Agniswámi. Edited by Ânandachandra VEDANTAVÁGÍSA. (Bibl. Ind. work 63, N.S. nos. 181, 184, 185, 187, 196, 198, 202, 213, 260) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1872. Pp. 4, 782, 120. 11. Bijdrage tot de kennis van het vedische ritueel. Jaimin%yasrau- tamtra. Proefschrift . . . Rijks-Universiteit te Utrecht . . . [ 507 ] 172 List of Indic and Greater India Texts

Dieuke GAASTRA. Leyden: E. J. Brill, 1906. Pp. xxxii, 88, 60. 12. The Jaiminigṛhyasūtra belonging to the Sāmaveda, with ex­ tracts from the commentary [of Srīnivāsa]. Edited and translated into English by W. CALAND. (PSS 2) Lahore; Punjab Sanskrit Book Depot, 1922. Pp. xi, 80, 62. 13. Das Gobhilagrhyasūtra herausgegeben und übersetzt von Friedrich KNAUER. 2 vols. Dorpat: C. Mattiesen; Leip­ zig: Simmel und Co„ 1884, 1886. Pp. xxvi, 32; 210. 14. Das Manava­crauta­sütra herausgegeben von Friedrich KNAUER. Buch I. St. Petersburg: Imperial Academy of Sciences, 1900. Pp. xvi, 1–72. 15. Das Mānava­gṛhya­sūtra nebst Commentar in kurzer Fassung. Herausgegeben von Friedrich KNAUER. St. Petersburg: Imperial Academy of Sciences, 1897. Pp. 8, liv, 19L 16. Varāha-śrāuta-sūtra . . . edited by W. CALAND and Raghu VIRA. (Mehar Chand Lachhman Das Sanskrit and Prakrit Series, 2) Lahore: Mehar Chand Lachhman Das, 1933. Pp. ii, 160. 17. Vârâhagrhyasûtra. Edited by R. Sama SASTRY. (GOS 18) Baroda: Central Library, 1921. Pp. v, 24. 18. The Srauta Sutra of Āpastamba belonging to the Taittiríya Samhitá with the commentary of Rudradatta. Edited by Richard GARBE. 3 vols. (Bibl. Ind. work 92, nos. 461, 469, 474, 479, 483; 496, 498, 507, 520, 531, 551, 560; 873, 901, 963, 999, 1030) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1882, 1885, 1902. Pp. 10, 470; 5, 699; xxxiv, 498. 19. The Âpastambîya Grihyasûtra with extracts from the commen­ taries of Haradatta and Sudaréanârya. Edited by M. WINTERNITZ. Vienna: Alfred Holder, 1887. Pp. xi, 124. 20. The Grihyasûtra of Hiranyakeéin with extracts from the com­ mentary of Mātridatta. Edited by J. KIRSTE. Vienna: Alfred Holder, 1889. Pp. x, 177, 42. [508 ] Veda 173

2L The Baudhāyana Srauta Sutra belonging to the Taittirlya Samhitā. Edited by W. CALAND, 3 vols. (BibI. Ind. work 163, nos. 1067, 1072, 1113; 1163, 1196, 1223, 1282, 1322; 1379, 1415, 1428, 1445, 1453, 1460) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1904­24. Pp. xiii, 298; vi, 435; xi, 468, 125. 22. The Bodhâyana­grihya­sûtra. Edited by L. ŚRīNIvASĀ- CHÂRYA. (BibL Sansk. 32) Mysore: Government Branch Press, 1904. Pp. 12, 432, 49, 4 Edited by R. Shama SASTRI ... 2d ed. (BibL Sansk. 32/55) Pp. xviii, 503. 23. Het hindoesche huisritueel volgens de school van Bhāradvāja. Proefsehrift . . . Utrecht . . . Henriette Johanna Wilhel¬ mina SALOMONS. Leyden: E. J. Brill, 1913. Pp. xxix, 129. The domestic ritual according to the school of Bhārad­ vāja. Edited . . . with an introduction and list of words by Henriette J. W. SALOMONS. (Same) 24. Vaikhānasasmārtasūtram, the domestic rules of the Vaikhānasa school belonging to the Black Yajurveda. Critically edited by W. CALAND. (BibL Ind. work 251, no. 1505) Cal­ cutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1929. Pp. xxi, 237. 25. The White Yajurveda, edited by Albrecht WEBER. 3 parts. Part 3. The Çrautasûtra of Kâtyâyana with extracts from the commentaries of Karka and Yâjnikadeva. Ber­ lin: Ferd. Dūmmler’s Verlagsbuchhandlung; London: Williams and Norgate, 1859. Pp. xvi, 1112. 26. Indische Hausregeln. Sanskrit und Deutsch herausgegeben von Adolf Friedrich STENzLER. II. Pâraskara. Erstes Heft. Text. (AKM 6.2) Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1876. Pp. 62. Zweites Heft. Übersetzung. (AKM 6A) Pp. xii, 111. 27. The Kāucika­sūtra of the Atharva­veda, with extracts from the commentaries of Darila and Keçava. Edited by Maurice BLOOMFIELD. JAOS 14, 1890. Pp. lxviii, 424. [509 ] 174

28. Vaitâna Sûtra, the ritual of the Atharvaveda. Edited with critical notes by Richard GARBE. London: Trūbner and Co„ 1878. Pp. viii, 119. 29. Āpastamba. Aphorisms on the sacred law of the Hindus. Edited, with a translation and notes, by Georg BÜHLER. 2 vols. Bombay: Education Society's Press, 1868, 187L Pp. 8, 118; 8, 154. 30. The Baudhâyanadharmaêâstra edited by E. HULTZSCH. (AKM 8.4) Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1884. Pp. x, 174. 31. Srīvāsi§ftadharinaśāstram. Aphorisms on the sacred law of the Āryas, as taught in the school of Vasish[ha. Edited by Rev. Alois Anton Führer. (BSS 23) Bombay: Govern­ ment Central Book Depot, 1883. Pp. 10, 90. 32. Dharma-sūtra of Sañkha­likhita. By P. V. KANE. (Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 7 (1926), 101 – 28; 8 (1927), 93­132.) Poona, 1926. Pp. 68. Reprint. 33. The institutes of Vishnu, together with extracts from the San­ skrit commentary of Nanda Pandita called Vaijayantí. Edited by Julius JOLLY. (Bibl. Ind. work 91, nos. 458, 463) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1881. Pp. 7, 213, 10, 3. 34. The institutes of Gautama. Edited by Adolf Friedrich STENZLER. (Sanskrit Text Society) London: Trübner and Co„ 1876. Pp. iv, 78. 35. The Nighantu and the Nirukta... by Lakshman SARUP. Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1920. Pp. 80. 36. The twelve principal Upani§ads . . . text. . . translation with notes in English from the commentaries of Sankarācārya and the gloss of Ānandagiri. Vol. I. Iśa, Kena, Kaṭha, Praśna, Muṇḍaka, Māṇḍūkya, Taittirīya, Aitareya and Śvetā§¬ vatara-Upanisads. By E. ROER. With a preface by Manual N. DVIVEDI. 2d ed. Adyar, Madras: Theo¬ sophical Pub. House, 1931. Pp. xi, 312. [510] 175

37. Khândogjopanishad. Kritisch herausgegeben und übersetzt von Otto BöHTLINGK. Leipzig: H. Haessel­Verlag, 1889. Pp. x, 108, 93. EPIC 38. The Mahābhārata. For the first time critically edited by Vishnu S. SuKTHANKAR . . . Ādipavan, Virāṭaparvan, and Udyogaparvan. (Other parvans in preparation.) Poona: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1927­37. 39. Nalopakhyánam. Story of Nala ... : the Sanskrit text . . • by Monier WILLIAMS. The metrical translation by . . . Henry Hart M ILM AN. Oxford: Oxford University Press, I860. Pp. xxviii, 98 + 98, 99­255. The Sanskrit text . . . and an improved version of Dean MILMAN's transla­ tion by Monier WILLIAMS. 2d ed. Oxford: The Claren­ don Press, 1879. Pp. xvi, 330.

40. Bhagavadgītā, texte sanscrit. St. Fr. MiCHALSKi­IwiENSKi. (Publications de la Société Asiatique de Varsovie, 1.) Paris: Paul Geuthner, 1922. Pp. xiii, 48.

4L Vālmīki. The Rāmāyana. Edited by Rasik Lai BHAT¬ TACHARYA. The Pandit, 28 (1906), nos. 1­7, pp. 1­40; 29 (1907), nos. 16, 10­12, pp. 41­88; 30 (1908), nos. 1­3, 11­12, pp. 89­150; 31 (1909), nos. 2, 6­12, pp. 151­214; 32 (1910), pp. 215­78; 33 (1911), nos. 1­3, 7­9, pp. 279­ 310; 34 (1912), nos. 4­6, pp. 311­26; 35 (1913), nos. 7­9, pp. 327­42; 36 (1914), nos. 1­3, pp. 343­58; 37 (1915), nos. 4­6, pp. 359­74; 38 (1916), nos. 4­12, pp. 375­98. [Not completed.] 42. The Râmâyana of Vâlmîki with the commentary (Tilaka) of Rama. Edited by Kâsînâth Pândurang PARAB. 2 vols. Bombay: Nirnayasâgara Press, 1888. Pp. 20, 731, 4; 24, 690. ... 2d ed. revised. 1902. ... 3d ed. Edited by Vâsudev Lakshmaṇ Shâstrî PAṆ¬ ŚĪKAR. 1909. [511] 176 List of Indic and Greater India Texts

PURAṆA

43. Agni Purána . . . Edited by Rájendralála MITRA. 3 vols. (BibL Ind. work 65, N.S. nos. 189, 197, 201, 291; 306, 312, 313, 316, 357; 373, 390, 399, 404, 42L Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1873, 1876, 1879. Pp. 3, 2, 384; 3, 481 ; 3, xxxix, 385. 44. Vishnupurana with the commentary of Sridharaswami. Edited by Pandit Jibananda VIDYASAGARA. Calcutta: Saraswati Press, 1882. Pp. 12, 873. 45. The Márcandeya Purána . . . Edited by K. M. BANERJEA. Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1862. (BibL Ind. work 29, O.S. nos. 114, 127, 140, 163, 169, 177, 183.) Pp. 32, 660. 46. The Bhāgavatapurāria. Edited by Balakṛṣṇa Sāstrī YOGI. 2d ed. Bombay. Nirṇayasāgara Press, 1898. Pp. 710. 47. Padmapurānam. Edited by Viśvanātba Nārāyaṇa MAṆḌA- LīKA. 4 vols. Poona: Ānandāśrama Press, 1883, 1894, 1894, 1894. AnSS extra 1. Pp. 1919 witb tables of contents, 4, 9, 7, 12. POETRY 48. Kalidasa's Meghaduta. Edited from manuscripts with the commentary of Vallabahadeva... by E. HULTZSCH. (Prize Publications Fund, 3) London: Royal Asiatic Society, 1911. Pp. xix, 113. 49. Dandin. The Dasakumâracharita. Edited with critical and explanatory notes by Georg BÜHLER. Part I. (BSS 10) Bombay: Indu­prakash Press, 1873. Pp. 92, 42. 2d ed. Bombay: Government Central Book Depot, 1887. Pp. 8, 79, 36. 50. hrlharsacaritamahākāvyam. Banabhat[a1 s biography of king Harshavardhana of SthânvUvara with Śankara's commen­ tary, Sanketa. Edited with critical notes by A. A. FÜHRER. (BSS 66) Bombay: Government Central Press, 1909. Pp. iv, 342. [512] Puräna – Story Literature 177

5L Bhartrhari. The Nītiśataka and Vairâgyaéataka. Edited with notes and an English translation by M. R. KÁLE and M. B. GuRjAR. Bombay: Gopâl Nârâyan and Co„ 1898. Pp. xii, 180, 4. . . . KALE. Bombay: Oriental Publishing Co., 1902. Pp. xii, 96, 124. The Níti and Vairâgya Satakas. Edited with notes, a short commentary in Sanskrit and an English translation by M. R. KALE. 3d ed. Bombay: Gopal Narayan and Co., 1910. Pp. xv, 96, 127. . . . 4th ed., 1913. Pp. xvi, 48, 64, 52, 96. 52. Sārñgadhara. The Paddhati, a Sanskrit anthology. Edited by Peter PETERSON. Vol. I. The text. (BSS 37) Bombay: Government Central Book Depot, 1888. Pp. 7, 759. 53. Subandhu. Vasavadatta with commentary by Pandit R. V. KRISHNAMACHARIAR. (Sri Vani Vilas Sanskrit Series, 2) Srirangam: Sri Vani Vilas Press, 1906. Pp. lxvi, 359.

STORY LITERATURE 54. Somadeva. Kalha Sarit Sagara. Erstes bis fünftes Buch. Sanskrit und Deutsch herausgegeben von Hermann BROCKHAUS. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus; Paris: Brock¬ haus et Avenarius, 1839. Pp. xiv, 471, 157. 55. Somadeva. Kathâ Sarit Ságara. Buch VI, VII, VIII. Herausgegeben von Hermann BROCKHAUS. (AKM 2.5.) Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1862. Pp. iv, 236. 56. Somadeva. Kathâ Sarit Sâgara. Buch IX­XVIII. Her­ ausgegeben von Hermann BROCKHAUS. (AKM 4.5.) Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1866. Pp. iv, 628. 57. The Panchatantra, a collection of ancient Hindu tales, in its oldest recension, the Kashmirian, entitled Tantrākhyāyika. The original Sanskrit text, editio minor, reprinted from the critical editio major ... by Johannes HERTEL. (HOS 14.) Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press, 1915. Pp. xvi, 143. [513] 178 List of Indic and Greater India Texts

58. The first book of the Hitopadeéa. Sanskrit text. Edited by Max MÜLLER. London: Longmans, Green and Co„ 1865. Pp. xii, 31. 59. The second, third, and fourth books of the Hitopadeśa. Sanskrit text. Edited by Mas MÜLLER. London: Longmans, Green, Longman, Roberts, and Green, 1865. Pp. vi, 76. 60. Jambhaladatta's version of the Vetālapañcavins'ati . . . text in transliteration. . . and English translation by M. B. EMENEAU. (American Oriental Series, 4) New Haven: American Oriental Society, 1934. Pp. xxiii, 155.

DRAMA 61. Kālidāsa's Sakuntalā . . . critically edited in . . . the Bengali recension by... Richard PISCHEL. 2d ed. (HOS 16) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1922. Pp. xx, 260. 62. The Mrichchhakaiika ... by King Sûdraka. (Vol. I) con­ taining two commentaries (1) the Suvarṇalarnkaraṇa of Lalla Dikshita, and (2) a vṛitti or vivṛiti by Pṛithvīdhara; and (3) various readings. Edited by Nârâyana Bâlakr¬ ishṇa GoṇABOLE. (BSS 52.) Bombay: Government Central Book Depot, 1896. Pp. 36, 542, 16. 63. Har§adeva. Priyadarśikā, a Sanskrit drama . . . translated into English by G. K NARIMAN, A. V. Williams JACKSON, and Charles J. OGDEN with the text in transliteration. Columbia University Indo-iranian Series, 10) New York : Columbia University Press, 1923. Pp. cxi, 131.

POETICS 64. Dandin. Kāvyādarśa. Sanskrit text and English translation by S. K BELVALKAR. Poona: Oriental Book-supplying Agency, 1924. Pp. viii, 47, 102. MUSIC 65. The musical compositions of Somanātha. Critically edited, with a table of notations by Richard SIMON. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz, 1904. Pp. iv, 33. [514] Grammar, Religious Law, Philosphy and Religion 179

GRAMMAR 66. Pânini's Grammatik. Herausgegeben, übersetzt, erläutert und mit verschiedenen Indices versehen von Otto BöHT¬ LINGK. Leipzig: H. Haessel, 1887. Pp. xx, 479, 357. 67. Hemacandra. The Dhātupātha, with the author's own com­ mentary. Edited by Joh. KIRSTE. (Quellenwerke der Altindischen Lexicographie, 4) Vienna; Alfred Holder; Bombay: Education Society's Press, 190L Pp. 10, 288, 122, 34. 68. Hemacandra's Lingânuçâsana mit Commentar und Ueber­ SetZUng herausgegeben von R. OttO FRANKE. Göttingen : Vandenboeck und Ruprecht, 1886. Pp. xvii, 23, 74.

RELIGIOUS LAW 69. an^irahprabhrtibaudhayan∆ntan∆m saptaviMatisamkhyāmi­ tānām smṛtīnām samuccayah. [Añgiraḥsmṛti, Atrismṛti, Atrisainhitā, Āpastambasmṛti, Auśanasa°, Gobhila°, Dak¬ sa°, Devala°, Prajāpati°, Yama° (and Bṛhadyama°), Bṛhaspati°, Laghuviṣṇu°, Śañkha° (and Laghuśañkha°), §āiātapa° (also Laghu° and Vṛddha°), Laghuhārita°, Vṛddhahārīta°, Laghvāśvalāyana°, Likhita°, Vasiṣṭha°, Vyāsa°, Śañkhalikhita°, Sanivarta°, Baudhāyana0. Edited by pandits of the Ānandāśrama.] (ĀnSS 48) Poona: Ānandāśrama Press, 1905. Pp. 8, 22, 484. 70. Mânava Dharma­êâstra, the code of Manu . . . text critically edited... by J. JoLLY. (Trübner's Oriental Series.) London: Trübner and Co., 1887. Pp. xix, 346. 71. Die Yājñavalkyasmrti. Ein Beitrag zur Quellenkunde des indischen Rechts, by Hans Losen. Leipzig: Otto Harras¬ sowitz, 1927. Pp. lx, 132.

PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION 72. Iśvarakr?na. The Sāmkhya Kārikā, with an introduction, translation, and notes by S. S. Suryanarayana SASTRI. Madras: University of Madras, 1930. Pp. xln, 130. [515] 180 List of Indic and Greater India Texts

73. The Yoga aphorisms of Patanjali with the commentary of, Bhoja RĀJĀ and an English translation by Rájendralála MITRA. (BibL Ind. work 93, nos. 462, 478, 482, 491, 492.) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1883. Pp. ccxxvi 227, 4, 118. 74. A primer of Indian logic according to Annambhat(a's Tarka­ samgraha by... S. Kuppuswami SASTRI. Madras: P. Varadachary and Co„ 1932. Pp. xix, liv, 37, 364. 75. The Tattva­chintámani by Gangeéa Upádhyáya. Edited by Paṇḍit Kámákhyánátha TARKAVĀGIŚA. (BibL Ind. work 98, "nos. 512, 530, 544, 573, 590, 612, 627, 639, 663; 682, 707, 735, 748, 758, 772, 783, 800, 808, 823; 830, 832; 844; 858, 866, 875, 883, 891; 900, 908, 915, 918, 921, 927, 935, 943, 955, 960, 975, 977. Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1888, 1892, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1901. Pp.: Part I. 845, 8; part II. vol. 1, 3, 3, 997; vol. 2, 196; part III. 101; part IV. vol. 1, 525; vol. 2, 3, 48, 1086. 76. vuvanāthxipañ^ānakftasiddhāntamuktāvalisa dah. Division of the categories of the Nyáya philosophy, with a commentary by Viswanátha Panchánana. Edited, and the text translated ... by E. ROER. (BibL Ind. work 8, O.S. nos. 32, 35) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1850. Pp. 147, 4, xxvii, 81, iii. 77. Selected works of Sri Sankaracharya. Sanskrit text and English translation. Translated by S. VENKATARAMANAN. Madras: G. A. Natesan and Co., 1911. Pp. iv, 266. 2d ed„ 1921. Pp. vii, 240. 78. Tantrik Texts edited by Arthur Avalon [Sir John WOODROFFE]. Vol. I. Tantrābhidhāna with Vijanighantu and Mu¬ drānighantn. Edited by Tārānātha VIDYĀRATNA. Cal­ cutta: Sanskrit Press Depository; London: Luzac and Co„ 1913. Pp. x, 57, 61, 2. 79. Tantrik Texts edited by Arthur Avalon [Sir John WOODROFFE]. Vol. II. Shatchakranirūpana and Pādukāpanchaka. Edited by Tārānātha VIDYĀRATNA. Calcutta: Sanskrit Press Depository; London: Luzac and Co., 1913. Pp. iii, 143,8. [516] Mathematics, Architecture, Political and Social Science 181

MATHEMATICS, ASTRONOMY, AND ASTROLOGY 80. Śrī Bháskaráchárya. Lílávatí, a treatise on mathematics. Edited with notes by . . . Sudhákara DvivEDE (BenSS work 39, no. 153) Benares: Braj Bhushan Das and Co., 1912. Pp. 2, 97. 81. Varāhamihira. The Brihajjatakam. Translated [with text] by Swami VIJNANANANDA . . . alias Hari PraSanna CHAT­ TERJEE. (SBH vol. 12, nos. 39­42.) Allahabad: Pânini Office, 1912. Pp. iii, 400, iii, vii. 82. Varāhamihira. The Bxhat Sanhitá. Edited by H. Kern. (BibL Ind. work 48, N.S. nos. 51, 54, 59, 63, 68, 72, 73) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1865. Pp. 64, 508, 4, 77.

ARCHITECTURE AND ICONOGRAPHY 83. Mānasāra on architecture and sculpture, Sanskrit text with critical notes. Edited by Prasanna Kumar ACHARYA. London: Oxford University Press, 1934. Pp. xxiv, 3, 8, 510. 84. The Vishnudharmottaram. (A treatise on Indian painting) [Introduction and translation of pertinent sections] by Stella KRAMRISCH. Journal of the Department of Letters, University of Calcutta, 11 (1924), no. 17. Pp. 56. ... [As separate volume]. Calcutta: Calcutta University Press, 1924. . . . 2ded„ 1928. Pp. 128, ii.

POLITICAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCE

85. Kaufilya. Arthaśāstra. A new edition by J. JOLLY . . . and R. SCHMIDT. Vol. I. [Intro, and text]; Vol. 2. Notes, with the commentary Naya Candrikā of MM. Mddhava YAJvA. (PSS4) Lahore: Punjab Sanskrit Book Depot, 1923. Pp. 47, vi, 272; 71, iv, 223. [517] 182 List of Indic and Greater India Texts

MEDICINE

86. Carakasamhitā . . . Edited by Jīvānanda VIDYĀSĀGARA. Cal­ cutta: Sarasvati Press, 1877. Pp. 8, 962. 87. Yogaratnâkarah. Edited by the pandits of the Ānandāśrama with a preface by Aṇṇāmoreśvara KuṆTE. (ĀnSS 4.) Poona: Ānandāśrama Press, 1888. Pp. 2, 35, 468, 2.

88. Siárutah . . . Edited by Jīvānanda VIDYASAGARA. 2 vols. Calcutta: Dvaipāyana Press, 1873. Pp. 10, 236, 56, 68; 230, 54, 240.

BUDDHIST

89. The Vinaya Pitakam . . . Edited by Hermann OLDENBERG. 5 vols. London: Williams and Norgate, 1879, 1880, 1881 1882, 1883. Pp. 370; 260.

90. A collection of Kammavācās. By Herbert BAYNES . . . JRAS 1892, 53­75. 91. The Dīqha Nikāya. Vols. 1 and 2, edited by T. W. Rhys DAVIDS and J. Estlin CARPENTER. Vol. 3, edited by J. Estlin CARPENTER. (PTS 22, 52, 67) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1889, 1903, 1911. Pp. 261; viii, 394; vii, 327.

92. The Majjhima­nikāya. Edited by V. TRENCKNER [vol. 1], Robert CHALMERS [vols. 2, 3], Mrs. Rhys DAVIDS [vol. 4, index of words]. 4 vols„ 2 in 2 parts, 3 in 3 parts. (PTS 17, 39, 43, 45, 47, 51, 99) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1888, 1896, 1898, 1899, 1900, 1902, 1925. Pp. 574; 1­144; 145­266; 1­124; 125­220; 221­327; vii, 183. 93. The Samyutta­nikáya of the Sutta­pitaka. Edited by M. Léon FEER. 6 vols. (PTS 8, 19, 25, 31, 42, 54) Lon­ don: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1884, 1888, 1890, 1894, 1898, 1904. Pp. xvi, 258; xv, 297; xiv, 291 ; xiii, 421 ; xii, 505. [518] Buddhist Texts 183

94. The Ariguttara­nikâya. Vols. 1 and 2, edited by Richard MORRIS . . . Vols. 3­5, edited by E. HARDY. VOL 6, indexes by Mabel HUNT, revised and edited by C. A. F. Rhys DAviDs. (PTS 10, 20, 35, 44, 46, 66) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1885, 1888, 1896, 1899, 1900, 1910. Pp. xiv, 336; 7, 296; x, 460; vi, 477; xiii, 422; ix, 194. 95. The minor anthologies of the Pali Cannon. Part I. Dbam­ mapada . . . and Khuddakapāṭba . . . Re­edited and trans­ lated by Mrs. Rhys DAVIDS. (SBB, 7 = PTS Transi. Ser. 23) London: Oxford University Press, 1931. Pp. i­xlii, 1­137, xliii­bdx, 138­166. 96. The Dhammapada. New edition by Sūriyagoḍa Sumaṅgala THERA. (PTS 76) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1914. Pp. vii, 95. 97. The Sutta­nipāta... Edited by V. FAUSB0LL. London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1885. Pp. xx, 209. 98. The Jātaka together with its commentary . . . Edited by V FAUSB0LL. 7 vols. London: Trūbner and Co., Kegan Paul Trench Trūbner and Co., 1877, 1879, 1883, 1887, 1891, 1896, 1897. Pp. 511; 451; 543; 499; 511; 596; xvii, 246. 99. The Puggala­panñatti. Part I.­Text. Edited by Richard MORRIS. London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1883. Pp. xv, 94. 100. The Dhātu Kathā Pakarana and its commentary. Edited by Edmund Rowland GOONERATNE. (PTS 29) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1892. Pp. 138. 101. The Dhammasangani. Edited by Edward MÜLLER. (PTS 11) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1885. Pp. xv, 284. 102. The Vibhanga, being the second book of the Abhidhamma Pitka. Edited by Mrs. Rhys DAVIDS. (PTS 55) [519] 184 List of Indic and Greater India Texts

London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1904. Pp. xxi, 464. 103. The Yamaka, being the sixth book of the Abhidhamma-pi(aka. Edited by Caroline RHYS DAVIDS . . . assisted by Mary C. FOLEY, Mabel HUNT, [and in vol. 2, Cecilia DIBBEN and May SMITH]. 2 vols. (PTS 69, 73) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1911, 1913. Pp. xxiv, 378; xi, 286. 104. Tissa Moggaliputta. Kathāvatthu. Edited by Arnold C. TAYLOR. 2 vols. (PTS 34, 36) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1894, 1897. Pp. xiii, 1-316; xiii, 317-637. 105. The Dípavamsa. . . Edited and translated by Hermann OLDENBERG. London: Williams and Norgate, 1879. Pp. 227. 106. Buddhaghosa. The Visuddhi-magga. Edited by C. A. F. RHYS DAVIDS. 2 vols. (PTS 88, 89) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1920, 1921. Pp. xii, 1-372; iii, 373-768.

107. Mahānāma. The Mahāvamsa. Edited by Wilhelm GEIGER. (PTS 63) London: for Pali Text Society by Oxford University Press, 1908. Pp. lvi, 367.

108. The Milindapanho . . . Pali text edited by V. TRENCKNER. London: Williams and Norgate, 1880. Pp. viii, 431. 109. Aśvagho§a. The Buddha-karita. Edited ... by E. B. COWELL. (Aneedota Oxoniensia, Aryan Series vol. 1, part 7) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1893. Pp. xv, 175. 110. The Divyâvadâna, a collection of early Buddhist legends now first edited from the Nepalese Sanskrit MSS. in Cambridge and Paris, by E. B. COWELL and R. A. NEIL. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1886. Pp. xii, 712. 111. Ashtasáhasriká, a collection of discourses on the metaphysics of the Maháyána school of the Buddhists, now first edited [520] Jain 185

from Nepalese Sanskrit MSS. by Rájendralála MITRA. (BibL Ind. work 110, nos. 603, 620, 629, 645, 671, 690) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1888. Pp. 26, 2, 530. 112. Le Mahâvastu, text sanscrit publié . . . par É. SENART. 3 vols. (Société Asiatique. Collection d'ouvrages orien¬ taux, seconde série) Paris: Imprimerie Nationale, 1882, 1897. Pp. lxii, 633; xliii, 578; xli, 585. 113. Laiita Vistara. Herausgegeben von S. LEFMANN. 2 vols. Halle­Saale: Verlag der Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses, 1902, 1908. Pp. 448; xxvi, 260. 114. Rgya tch'er rol pa, ou dévoloppement des jeux, contenant l'his­ toire du Bouddha Çakya­Mouni, traduit sur la version tibétaine du Bhah hgyour, et revu sur l'original sanscrit (Lalitavistâra) par Ph. Éd. FOUCAUX. Première partie, texte tibétain. Paris: Imprimerie Royale, 1847. Pp. 388. [Part two, translation.] Paris: Imprimerie Na­ tionale, 1848. Pp. lxv, 425. 115. Saddharmapuridarîka. Edited by H. KERN and Bunyiu NANJio. (Bibl. Buddh. 10) St. Petersburg: Imperial Academy of Sciences, 1912. Pp. xiii, 508. 116. Saddharmapundarīka­sūtram, romanized and revised text of the Bibl. Buddh. publication by consulting a Skt. MS. and Tibetan and Chinese translations by U. WOGIHARA and C. TSUCHIDA. 2 parts. Tokyo: Seigo–kenkyūkai, 1934. Pp. 286 (inc.).

JAIN 117. The Kalpasútra of Bhadrabâhu. Edited with an introduction, notes and . . . glossary by Hermann JACOBI. (AKM 7) Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1879. Pp. viii, 176. 118. Das Kalpa­sūtra, die alte Sammlung Jinistischer Mönchs­ Vorschriften, Einleitung, Text, Anmerkungen, Übersetzung, Glossar. Inaugural­Dissertation . . . Kaiser­Wilhelms­ Universität zu Strassburg . . . Walther SCHUBRING. Leip­ zig: G. Kreysing, 1905. Pp. 71. [521] 186 List of Indic and Greater India Texts

119. The Kalpa-sútra ... by Dr. Walther SCHRUBRING. (Trans• lated from the German by May S. BURGESS.) Indian Antiquary, 39 (1910), 257-67. 120. Ausgewählte Erzählungen in Mâhârâshfrî. Zur Einführung in das Studium des Prakrit. Grammatik, Text, Wörter• buch. Herausgegeben von Hermann JACOBI. Leipzig: S. Hirzel, 1886. Pp. lxxii, 160. 121. 7"he story of Kälaka. Texts . . .ofthe Svetämbara Jain hagio- graphical work, the Kälakäcäryakathä. By W. Norman BROWN. (Smithsonian Institution, Freer Gallery of Art, Oriental Studies, L) Washington, 1933. Pp. viii, 149; 15 plates. 122. Hemacandra. śrītri§a§tiśalākāpuru§acaritra. 6 vols. MS. form. Folios 2, 181 (parvan 1); 110 (2); 60, 227 (3-6); 140 (7); 219 (8, 9); 186 (10). Bhavnagar: Śrījainad¬ harmaprasāraka Sabhā, 1905, 1905, 1906, 1907, 1908, 1909. 123. Sthatriravait Charita or Parisish[aparvan, being an appendix of the Trishashiiéalâkâ Purusha Charita by Hemachandra. Edited by Hermann JACOBI. (Bibl. Ind. work 96, nos. 497, 513, 537, 591, 807) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1883­91. Pp. 87, 352, 44, 3. 124. Bhavisatta Kaha von Dhanavāla. Eine Jaina Legende in Apabhramśa herausgegeben von Hermann JACOBI. ABayA Bd. 29, Abh. 4 (1918). Pp. vii, 94, 216. 129. Sanatkumäracaritam, ein Abschnitt aus Haribhadras Nemi¬ näthacaritam. Eine Jaina Legende in Apabhrarnéa heraus­ gegeben von Hermann JACOBI. ABayA Bd. 31, Abh. 2 (1921). Pp. xxv, 164.

[522] Vernacular Texts and Translations 187

VERNACULAR TEXTS AND TRANSLATIONS

GUJARATI 130. Collected Sanskrit writings of the Parsis. Old translations of Avestâ and Pahlavi­Pâzend books as well as other original compositions . . . Edited by Ervad Sheriarji Dada¬ bhai BHARUCHA . . . Trustees of the Parsee Punchayet Funds and Properties, at the expense of Sir Jamsetjee Jejeebhoy Translation Fund. Khorda­avesta­arthaḥ. xxvi, 58, 18. Sanskrit. 1906. II. Ijisni (Yasna). v, 132, 36. Sanskrit and Old Gujarati. 1910. III. Main¬ yôi Khard. ii, 49, 5. Sanskrit. 1912. IV. Skanda¬ gumânî­gujâra. iv, 97. Sanskrit and two Old Gujarati versions. 1913. V. Arda­gvîrâ. iv, 79. Sanskrit and Old Gujarati. 1920. VI. Aogmadaêchâ, Shôdasa Shlo¬ kâs, Kustyâh Kâranam, Chândâ Prakâsha and a part of Yasna 65 (Ardvi Sûra Nyaesh). xiii, 71. Sanskrit and Old Gujarati. 1933. Bombay: Nirnaya­sâgara Press.

131. HERTEL, Johannes. Pantschâkhyâna­Wârttika. Eine Sammlung volkstümlicher Märchen und Schwanke. . . . Leipzig: H. Haessel­Verlag, 1923. Pp. xvi, 209.

HINDI 132. The Baitdl Pachisi ... a new edition of the Hindi text . . . with a . . . literal English interlinear translation accom­ panied by a free translation ... by W. Burckhardt BAR­ KER . . . Edited by E. B. EASTWICK. Hertford: Stephen Austin, 1855. Pp. xi, 369. 133. The Padumāwati of Malik Muhammad Jaisī. Edited, with a commentary, translation, and critical notes, by G. A. GRIERSON and MM. Sudhākara DVIVËDL (Bibl. Ind. work 135, nos. 877, 920, 951, 1024, 1172, 1273.) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1896­1911. Pp. 625, 54, 56.

[523 ] 188 List of Indic and Greater India Texts

KASHMIRI 134. The Kashmiri Râmâyana, comprising the Śrirāmavatāra- carita and the Lavakáuayuddhacarita of Divâkara Prakāśa Bhaṭṭa. Edited with an introduction and summary of the poem in English by Sir George A. GRIERSON. (Bibl. Ind. work 253, no. 1509.) Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1930. Pp. 1, 139. 135. An introduction to the Maithili language of North Bihar . . . Part II. Chrestomathy and vocabulary. (JASB 1882, part 1, extra no) Pp. 267.

NEPALI 136. Das Harigcandranrityam. Ein altnepalesisches Tanzspiel. Mit einer grammatischen Einleitung herausgegeben von Dr. August CONRADY. Leipzig: K. F. Koehlers Anti¬ quarium, 1891. Pp. 45.

TAMIL 137. Hymns of the Tamil Saivite saints. [Selection edited in Tamil characters and translated] by F. KINGSBURY . . . and G. E. PHILLIPS. (Heritage of India Series) London : Oxford University Press, 1921. Pp. 132. 138. The 'sacred' Kurral of Tiruvalluva­nâyanâr. With intro­ duction, grammar, translation ... by G. U. POPE. Lon­ don: Wm. H. Allen and Co„ 1886. Pp. xxviii, 328, 80.

URDU 139. Bág­o­bahár. The Hindustani text of Mír Amman, edited in Roman type... by Monier WILLIAMS. London: Longmans, Green, Longman and Roberts, 1859. Pp. xl, 240.

[524] Bibliography and Literature 189

A BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHY ON THE DIALECTS OF INDIA BIBLIOGRAPHY AND LITERATURE

1. BAILEY, T. G. A History of Urdu Literature. (Heritage of India Series) Calcutta: Association Press; London, New York: Oxford University Press, 1932. Pp. xii, 119.

2. BARNETT, L. D., and G. U. POPE. Catalogue of the Tamil Books in the Library of the British Museum. Printed by order of the Trustees of the British Museum, 1909. Pp. viii, 590.

3. BARNETT, L. D. (compiler). A catalogue of the Telugu books in the Library of the British Museum. London: British Museum, 1912. Pp. v, 444.

4. BLUMHARDT, J. F. Catalogue of Bengali printed books in the Library of the British Museum. London: Longmans and Co., 1886. Pp. lx, 150.

5. BLUMHARDT, J. F. (compiler). A supplementary catalogue of Bengali books in the Library of the British Museum, acquired 1886-1910. London: The trustees, 1910. Pp. 470.

6. BLUMHARDT, J. F. Catalogues of the Hindi, Panjabi, Sindhi, and Pushtu printed books in the Library of the British Museum. London: B. Quaritch, 1893. 4 parts in 1 vol.

7. BLUMHARDT, J. F. A supplementary catalogue of Hindi books in the Library of the British Museum acquired during the years 1898-1912. London: British Museum, 1913. Pp. 470.

8. BLUMHARDT, J. F. Catalogue of Marathi and Gujarati books in the Library of the British Museum. London: B. Quar¬ itch, 1892. Pp. 232, 196.

9. BLUMHARDT, J. F. Catalogue of Hindustani printed books in the Library of the British Museum. London: Longmans and Co., 1889. Pp. vi, 458. [525 ] 190 Basic Bibliography on Indic Dialects

10. BLUMHARDT, J. F. A supplementary catalogue of Hindustani books in the Library of the British Museum. London: Longmans and Co„ 1909. Pp. vi, 678. 1 1. DAS, Kumud Nath. History of Bengali Literature. Rajshahi, Bengal: Das Brothers, 1926. Pp. 229. 12. GRIERSON, Sir George A. The Languages of India: being a reprint of the chapter on languages in the report on the Census of India, 1901. Calcutta, 1903. Pp. x, 146; 3 maps. 13. GRIERSON, Sir George A. Modern Vernacular Literature of Hindustan. (Printed as a special number of the Jourual of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Part I, for 1888) Cal­ cutta: Asiatic Society, 1889. Pp. xxx, 170, xxxv. 14. KEAY, F. E. History of Hindi Literature. (Heritage of India Series) Calcutta: Association Press, 1920. Pp. 116. 15. MUDALiAR, Singaravelu. Abhidhāna Cintamani [Encyclo­ paedia of Tamil Literature). Madras, 1934. Pp. ix, 1639.

BENGALI

16. ANDERSON, James D. A Manual of the Bengali Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1926. Pp. xviii, 178. 17. CATTERJi, S. K. The Origin and Development of the Bengali Language. With a foreward by G. A. GRIERSON. 2 vols. Calcutta: Calcutta University Press, 1927. Pp. xci, 1179. 18. DAS, Jnanendra Mohan. Vangala Bhasar Abhidhan. (Dic­ tionary of the Bengali language, pronouncing, etymological, and explanatory with appendices) Allahabad, 1918. Pp. 20 1,577. 19. MITRA, Subal Candra. The student's Bengali-English Dic­ tionary. 2d ed. Calcutta: Sarat Chandra Mitra and Srish Chandra Mitra, The New Bengal Press, 1923. Pp. ii, 1393. 20. SEN, D. Ch. Vanga Sahitya Parichaya, or selections from the Bengali literature. From the earliest times to the middle [526 ] Gujarati, Hindi, Hindustani, and Urdu 191

of the 19th century. 2 vols. Calcutta: University of Calcutta, 1914.

2L WENGER, John. Bengali Grammar. Calcutta: Baptist Mis­ sion Press, 1920. Pp. vii, 194.

GUJARATI

22. BELSARE, M. B. An etymological Gujarati-English dictionary. 3d ed., revised and enlarged. Ahmedabad: R. M. Sbah, 1927. Pp. xi, 1207.

23. MEHTA, Bh. N., and Bh. Bh. MEHTA. The Modern Gujarati- English Dictionary (with etymology, idioms, proverbs, quota­ tions, botanical and other technical terms, etc.). 2 vols. Baroda: M. C. Kothari, 1925. Pp. 5, 3, 1609. 24. TAYLOR, George P. The Student's Gujarati Grammar, with exercises and vocabulary. Bombay: Thacker and Co., ltd., 1908. Pp. xx, 271. 25. TRiMBAKLAL, N. Dave. A Study of the Gujarati Language. London: The Royal Asiatic Society, 1935. Pp. x, 197.

HINDI, HINDUSTANI, AND URDU 26. Bāgh o Bahār . . . translated from the Hindustani of Mīr Amman of Dihli by Duncan FORBES . . . New edition. London: Sampson Low, Marston and Co., 1857. Pp. iv, 315. 27. BATE, J. D. A Dictionary of the Hindee Language. Benares: Medical Hall Press, 1875. Pp. 805.

28. CHAPMAN, F. R. ll. Urdu Reader, (graduated) for all stand­ ards, containing Urdu alphabet; lists of useful words . . . New ed. London: C. Loekwood and Son, 1929. Pp. 102, 76. 29. GnEAvES, Edwin. Hindi Grammar. Allahabad: The Indian Press, 1933. Pp. 527. 30. HoERNLE, A. F. R. A Comparative Grammar of the Gaudian Languages, with special reference to the Eastern Hindi, [527] 192 Basic Bibliography on Indic Dialects

accompanied by a language­map and a table of alphabets. London: Trübner and Co„ 1880. Pp. 15, xl, 416. 31. PLATTS, J. T. A Dictionary of Urdu, Classical Hindi, and English. London: C. Lockwood and Son, 1920. Pp. xv, 399. 32. SYAMSUNDARDAS, B. A. Hindi­sabda­sagar (Ocean of Hindi words). 6 vols. Benares: Published by the Nāgari¬ prachārini sabhā; 1912­29. Allahabad: The Indian Press, 1916 – 28. 4 vols. Pp. 3666.

PALI AND PRAKRIT

33. ALSDORF, L. Apabhramsa. Teile des Kumarapālaprati– bodha, herausgegeben und übersetzt . . . Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Apabhramsa und der Erzählungs­Litera­ tur der Jainas. Hamburg: Friederichsen, De Gruyter and Co., 1929. Pp. xii, 227. 34. ANDERSEN, D. A Pali Reader, with notes and glossary. 2 vols. London: Luzac and Co„ 1901­7. 35. BHADRABAHU. Gaina Sutras. Translated ... by Hermann JAcoBi. Part 1: The Âkârânga Sûtra, the Kalpa Sutra. (SBE 22) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1884. Pp. liii, 320. 36. FRANKFURTER, Oskar. Handbook of Pali, being an elementary grammar, a chrestomathy, and a glossary. London: Wil­ liams, 1883. Pp. xxi, 179. 37. GEIGER, Wilhelm. Pali Literatur und Sprache. (Grundriss, 1.7) Strassburg: Trübner, 1916. Pp. iv, 183. 38. JACOBI, Hermann (trans). Gaina Sûtras. Part 1: The Âkârâûga Sûtra, the Kalpa Sûtra. Part 2: The Uttarâd¬ hyayana Sûtra, the Sûtrakritânga Sûtra. (SBE 22, 45) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1884, 1895. Pp. liii, 320; xliv, 451. 39. Gaina Sûtras. Translated ... by Hermann JACOBI. Part 2: The Uttarâdhyayana Sûtra, the Sûtrakritânga Sûtra. (SBE 45) Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1895. Pp. xliv, 451. [528 ] Pali and Prakrit 193

40. M AL AL ASEKER A, G. P. Dictionary of Pali Proper Names. (Indian Text Series) 2 vols. London: J. Murray, 1937­8.

41. MEYER, John Jacob. Hindu Tales, an English translation of Jacobi1 s Ausgewählte Erzählungen in Māhārāshfrī. London : Luzac and Co„ 1909. Pp. x, 305.

42. PISCHEL, R. Materialien zur Kenntniss der Apabhramêa. Ein Nachtrag zur Grammatik der Prākrit­Sprachen. Ber­ lin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1902. Pp. 86.

43. RHYS­DAVIDS, T. W‚ and W. STEDE (ed). Pali­English Dictionary. Chipstead, Surrey: The Pali Text Society, 1921 – 25.

44. SHETH, Hargovind Das T. Paia­sadda­manhannavo. A com­ prehensive Prakrit­Hindi dictionary with Sanskrit equiva­ lents, quotations and complete references. Calcutta, 1928. 4 vols.

45. SRI RATNACHANDRA, Shatavadhani. An Illustrated Ardha­ Magadhi Dictionary. With Sanskrit, Gujarati, Hindi and English equivalents, references to the texts and copious quotation. With an introduction by A. C. Woolner. 4 vols. London: Probstbain and Co„ 1923­32.

46. TnENCKNER, V. A Critical Pali Dictionary. Revised, con­ tinued, and edited by D. ANDERSEN and H. SMITH, pub­ lished by the Royal Danish Academy. Vol. I, part 1­5. Kopenhagen: A. F. H0st and S0n‚ 1924­33.

47. WiCKREMAsiNGHE, Don Martino de Zilva. Index of all the Prakrit words occurring in PischeVs Grammatik der Prakrit¬ sprachen. Bombay: Bombay Education Society's Press; New York: Westermann and Co„ 1905­9. (Indian Anti­ quary, v. 34­8.) Pp. 204. (Note: See also XIX.12 in the Cutts Bibliography for Prakrit item) [529] 194 Basic Bibliography on Indic Dialects

PANJABI 48. HARES, W. P. An English-Punjabi Dictionary. Lahore: "Civil and Military Gazette’' Press, 1929. Pp. iii, 478. 49. SiNGH, Maya. The Panjābī Dictionary. Compiled and edited by Bhai Maya SINGH . . . and passed by H. M. CLARK. Lahore: Munshi Gulab Singh and sons, 1895. Pp. vi, 1221. 50. TiSDALL, W. St. Clair. A Simplified Grammar and Reading Book of the Panjābī Language. London: Trübner and Co., 1889. Pp. vi, 136. SANTALI 51. BoDDiNG, P. O. Materials for a Santali Grammar. Part I – II : Mostly phonetic, mostly morphological. Dumka: Pub­ lished by the Santal Mission of the Northern Churches, 1929 – 30. Pp. 160; iv, 336. 52. BoDDiNG, P. O. A Santal Dictionary. Vol. I-V. Oslo: J. Dybwad; 1929-36. 53. BoDDiNG, P. O. (ed. and trans). Santal Folk Tales. (Insti- tuttet for sammenlignende Kulturforskning, Serie B‚ 2, 7, 14) 3 vols. Oslo: H. Aschehoug and Co.; Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1925, 1927, 1929. Pp. xvi, 369; viii, 403; vi, 411. 54. BoDDiNG, P. O. A Santali Grammar for Beginners. Bena- garia: Santal Mission of the Northern Churches, 1929. Pp. 104. 55. CAMPBELL, A. A Santali-English Dictionary. 2d ed. Ed. by R. M. MCPHAIL. Pokhuria, 1933. Pp. iv, 694.

OTHER MODERN INDIC DIALECTS 56. BAILEY, T. G. Linguistic Studies from the Himalayas; being studies in the grammar of fifteen Himalayan dialects. Lon­ don: The Royal Asiatic Society, 1915. (Asiatic Society monographs, vol. xviii) Pp. xv‚ 277. [530 ] Modem Indic Dialects 195

57. BoRUA, Rai Sahib Golap Chandra. Ahom-Assamese-English Dictionary. Calcutta, 1920. Pp. xv, 327. 58. BRAY, D. de S. The Brahui Language. Calcutta: Superin• tendent Government Printing, 1909-34. 59. BURROW, T. The Language of the Kharo§thi. Documents from Chinese Turkestan. Cambridge: Cambridge Uni• versity Press, 1937. Pp. ix, 134. 60. BLOCH, Jules. La Formation de la Langue Marathe. Paris: Librarie Ancienne Honoré Champion, 1920. Pp. xv, 432. 6L GRIERSON, Sir George A. An Introduction to the Maithilí Language of North Bihar, containing a grammar, chresto¬ mathy, and vocabulary. 2 vols. Part I. Grammar. Extra number to Part I for 1880, Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Part II. Chrestomathy and vocabu• lary. Extra number to Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Part I for 1882. Calcutta: J. N. Banerjee and Son, 1881, 1882. Pp. viii, 114; 260.

62. GRIERSON, Sir George A. A Dictionary of the Kashmiri Language. Compiled from materials left by the late Pandita Isvara KAULA . . . assisted by Mabamabopadhyaya M. SASTRI. Hertford: Printed for the Asiatic Society of Bengal by S. Austin and Sons, 1916-34. Calcutta: Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1932. Pp. xxiii, 1252. 63. GRIERSON, Sir George A. A Manual of the Kashmiri Lan• guage, comprising grammar, phrase-book, and vocabularies. 2 vols. Oxford: Tbe Clarendon Press, 1911. Pp. 159; 211. 64. GRIERSON, G. A. Seven Grammars of the Dialects and Sub- dialects of the Bihdrí Language. 8 vols. Calcutta: Printed at the Bengal Secretariat Press, 1883-87. 65. GRiGNARD, A. A Grammar of the Oraon Language and Study in Oraon Idiom. Calcutta: Catholic Orphan Press, 1924. Pp. ii, iii, 317. 66. GnuNDY, R. J. Oriya-English Dictionary. [531 ] 196 Basic Bibliography on Indic Dialects

67. HoERNLE, A. F. R„ and G. A. GRIERSON. Comparative Dic­ tionary of the Bihārī Language. Parts I and II. Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press, 1885-9. 68. KiTTEL, Ferdinand. Grammar of the Kannada Language in English, comprising the three dialects of the language (ancient, mediaeval, and modern). Mangalore: Basal Mission Book and Tract Depository, 1903. Pp. vi, 485. 69. Marathi Lexicon. Edited by the Marathi Lexicon Office. 7 vols. Poona, 1932-37. 70. ROBERTS, Rev. H. A Grammar of the Khassi Language. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co„ Ltd., 1891. Pp. xx, 209. 71. STACK, George. A dictionary, Sindhi and English. 72. TRUMPP, E. Grammar of the Sindhi Language. Compared with the Sanskrit-Prakrit and the cognate Indian vernacu­ lars. Printed by order of Her Majesty's Government for India. London: Tri1bner and Co„ 1872. Pp. 540. 73. TURNBULL, Archibald. Nepali Grammar and Vocabulary. 3d ed. Edited by R. KILGOUR. London and Calcutta: W. Thacker and Co„ 1923. Pp. 183. 74. TURNER, R. L. A comparative and etymological dictionary of the Nepali Language. With indexes of all words quoted from other Indo-Aryan languages, compiled by (Mrs) Dorothy Rivers TURNER. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner and Co„ Ltd„ 193L Pp. xxiii, 935.

DRAVIDIAN DIALECTS

75. CALDWELL, Robert. A comparative grammar of the Dravidian or South-Indian family of languages. 3d ed„ rev. and ed. by J. L. WYATT and T. Ramakrishna PILLAI. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co„ ltd„ 1913. Pp. xl, 640. 76. MORRIS, Henry. A Simplified Grammar of the Telugu Lan­ guage. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner and Co„ Ltd„ 1890. Pp. x, 159. [532] Dravidian 197

77. SPENCER, Harold. A Kanarese Grammar, with graduated exercises. Mysore: Wesleyan Mission Press, 1914. Pp. vii, 330. 78. Tamil Lexicon. Published under the authority of the Uni• versity of Madras. 6 vols. Madras: Diocesan Press, Vepery, 1924-36. Pp. 3944. 79. ViNsoN, Julien. Manuel de la Langue Tamoule. (Gram• maire, textes, vocabulaire) (École des langues orientales vivantes. Bibliothèque 1) Paris: E. Leroux, 1903. Pp. xlvi, 240. 80. WiCKREMASiNGHE, M. de Z. Tamil Self-taught. 2d ed. rev. London: E. Marlborough and Co„ 1911. Pp. 96. (Note: Translations for the most part appear in the Cutts Bibliography, above)

[533 ] 198 Basic Bibliography on Greater India

A BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHY ON GREATER INDIA 1. Ancient Inscriptions in Ceylon. Collected and published for the government by Eduard MÜLLER. London: Trūbner and Co„ 1883. Pp. 219; atlas of pi.

2. AYMONIER, Ê. F„ and A. CABATON. Dictionnaire ëam­français. (École française d'Extrême­Orient. Publ. 7) Paris: E. Leroux, 1906. Pp. xlvi, 587.

3. AYMONIER, É. F. Le Cambodge. 3 vols. Paris: E. Leroux, 1900­04.

4. BARNETT, L. D. A catalogue of the Burmese books in the British Museum. London: British Museum, 1913. Pp. vii, 346.

5. BELL, Sir Charles. The People of Tibet. Oxford: The Clar­ endon Press, 1928. Pp. xix, 319.

6. BELL, Sir Charles. The Religion of Tibet. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1931. Pp. xv, 235.

7. BELL, Sir Charles. Tibet Past and Present. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1924. Pp. xiv, 326.

8. BoNET, J. Dictionnaire annamite­français. 2 vols. (École des langues orientales vivantes. Publ„ 5. sér„ 1­2) Paris: Imprimerie Nationale, E. Leroux, 1899­1900.

9. BRANDSTETTER, R. Introduction to Indonesian Linguistics. Tr. by C. O. BLAGDEN. (Royal Asiatic Society Mono­ graphs, 15) London: Royal Asiatic Society, 1916. Pp. ix, 351.

10. CABATON, A. Nouvelles Recherches sur les Chams. (École française d'Extrême­Orient. Publ„ 2) Paris: E. Leroux, 190L Pp. 215.

11. CARTER, C. A Sinhalese­English Dictionary. Colombo: Baptist Missionary Society; London: Probsthain and Co„ 1924. Pp. x, 806. [534] Greater India 199

12. CARTwRiGHT, B. O. A Siamese­English Dictionary. Bang­ kok: Printed at the American Presbyterian Mission Press; London: Luzac and Co., 1907. Pp. 5, 731. 13. CARTWRIGHT, B. O. Siamese Self­taught. The Students' Manual of the Siamese Language. Rev. ed. Bangkok: The Subh Pakya Press, 1930. Pp. vii, 355. 14. Ceylon­Archaeological Survey. Annual reports, etc. Co­ lombo, Government Printer. Includes Epigraphia Zey¬ lonica, being lithic inscriptions of Ceylon, edited and trans­ lated by Don Martino de Zilva WICKREMASINGHE; London: H. Frowde, 1904; and Ancient inscriptions in Ceylon, collected and published for the government by Edward MÜL­ LER; London: Trūbner and Co., 1883. 15. CoDRiNGToN, H. W. A short history of Ceylon. With a chapter on archaeology by A. M. Hocart. London: Macmillan and Co., ltd., 1929. Pp. xxi, 202. 16. CooMARASWAMY, Ananda K. Bronzes from Ceylon, Chiefly in the Colombo Museum. Ceylon: Colombo Museum: 1914. Pp. 31, 28 pi. 17. CooMARASWAMY, Ananda K. Medieval Sinhalese Art... being a monograph on medieval Sinhalese arts and crafts, mainly as surviving in the eighteenth century, with an account of the structure of society and the status of the craftsmen. Broad Campden: Essex House Press, 1908. Pp. xvi, 340; 55 pi. 18. Cow1E, Andson (ed). English­Sulu­Malay Vocabulary. London: Printed for the Editor by T. May, 1893. Pp. xlviii, 288. 19. CuAZ, M. J. Essai de Dictionnaire Française­Siamois. Bankok: Imprimerie de la Mission Catholique, 1903. Pp. 1012. 20. CusH1NG, J. N. Elementary Handbook of the Shan Language. Rangoon: American Baptist Mission Press, 1888. Pp. 272. 21. CusH1NG, J. N. Grammar of the Shan Language. Rangoon: I. D. Colburn, 1871. Pp. xii, 60. [535 1 200 Basic Bibliography on Greater India

22. CusHiNG, J. N. Shan and English Dictionary. Rangoon: American Mission Press, 188L Pp. 16, 600. 23. DAS, Sarat Chandra. An Introduction to the Grammar of the Tibetan Language, with the texts of Situhl Sum~rtags, Dag-je Sol-wai Me-hong and Situhi Shal-Lün. Darjeeling: Printed at the Darjeeling Branch Press, 1915. Pp. 2, xvii, 62, 50, vi, 2, 88, 5, 35. 24. DELAPORTE, Louis Marie Joseph. Les Monuments du Cam- bodge. 4 vols. Paris: E. Leroux, 1914-24. 25. DoEHRiNG, Karl. Art and Art-Industry in Siam. Black and Gold Lacquer Works. Edited under the Instructions of the Royal Siamese Government ... A volume of text and two volumes of plates. Bangkok: Asia Publishing House, 1925. 26. EvANS-WENTZ, W. Y. The Tibetan Book of the Dead. Lon­ don: Oxford University Press, Humphrey Milford, 1927. Pp. xliv, 248. 27. FRANCKE, A. H. Antiquities of Indian Tibet. (India Archaeological Survey Reports, New imperial ser„ 38) Calcutta: Superintendent of Government Printing, 1914. 28. FRANKFURTER, O. Elements of Siamese Grammar. Bangkok: Printed at the American Presbyterian Mission Press, 1900. Pp. x, 142, ii. 29. FREESE, J. H. A Malay Manual, with grammar, reading exercises, and vocabularies. London. 30. GEIGER, Wilhelm. A Grammar of the Sinhalese Language. Colombo: The Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon Branch, 1938. Pp. xxiv, 200. 31. GEIGER, W. Litteratur und Sprache der Singhalesen. (Grun­ driss, IĀ0) Strassburg: Trübner, 1900. Pp. 931. 32. GORDON, Antoinette K. The Iconography of Tibetan Lamaism. New York: Columbia University Press, 1939. Pp. xxxi, 129; 48 pi. 33. GRAHAM, W. A. Siam. 2 vols. 3d ed. London: Alex. Moring, ltd., 1924. [536 ] Greater India 201

34. GuEsDON, J. Dictionnaire Cambodgien-Français. Paris: Plon-Nourrit et cie, 1914-2L 35. HASWELL, J. M. Grammatical Notes and Vocabulary of the Peguan Language, to which are added a few pages of phrases, etc. 2d ed. Ed. by E. O. STEVENS. Rangoon: American Baptist Mission Press, 19OL Pp. xix, 357. 36. JASCHKE, Heinrich A. A Tibetan-English Dictionary, with special reference to the prevailing dialects, to which is added an English-Tibetan vocabulary. London: Trübner and Co., 1882. Pp. xxii, 671. Photographic reprint. London: K. Paul, Trench, Trübner and Co., ltd., 1934. 37. JÄSCHKE, Heinrich A. Tibetan Grammar, with addenda by A. FRANCKE, assisted by W. SiMON. 3d ed. Berlin: W. de Gruyter, 1929. Pp. vi, 16L 38. Java Gazette ... a monthly magazine devoted to travel and trade. Official organ of the British Chamber of Commerce for the Netherlands East Indies. Formed by the Union of Inter-ocean and Netherlands Indies Review. Batavia, 1932 – .

39. JAYAT1LAKA, Sir D. B„ A. M. GUNDSEKARA, W. F. GUNA¬ WARDHANA, and J. de LANEROLLE. A Dictionary of the Sinhalese Language. Compiled under the direction of Professor W. GEIGER. Vol. I, parts I – II having appeared. Columbo: Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon Branch, 1936. 40. Journal of the Burma Research Society. Issued in 2 parts annually, 1911-3, in 3 parts annually, 1914- . Vols. 1-10 printed at the American Baptist Mission Press, 1911-20; Vol. 11- printed at the British Burma Press, 1921- . Rangoon, The Society, 1911- . The volumes include various articles on the Burmese and allied languages, among which may be mentioned "Talaing nissayas,'' by C. Dur¬ oiselle (with vocabulary of about 400 words not found in Haswell's Grammatical notes and vocabulary of the Peguan language) in vol. 3, pt. 2, Dec. 1913, p. [1O3]-146; “Burmese archaic words and expressions,'' by Maung Tin, in vol. 5, [537] 202 Basic Bibliography on Greater India

pt. 2, August 1915, p. [59]-90; "The dialects of Burmese,'' by L. F. Taylor, in vol. 11, pt‚ 2, August 1921, p. 89-97. 4L Journal of the Central Asian Society. London, Central Asian Society, 1914 – . The volumes are issued in parts: vol. 1, 3 parts; vol. 2 – , 4 parts each. 42. The Journal of the Siam Society. Vol. I. Bangkok, 1904- . London: Luzac and Co. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowilz. 43. JuDsoN, A. Dictionary, Burmese and English. Maulmain: American Mission Press. Pp. vii, 786. 44. JuDsoN, A. Dictionary, English and Burmese. 2d ed. Rangoon, 1866. Pp. vii, 786.

45. KEMPERS, A. J. Bernet. The Bronzes of Nālandā and Hindu- Javanese Art. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1933. Pp. iv, 88; 22 pi. 46. LE MAY, R. S. Buddhist Art in Siam. A Concise History. With a Foreword by Sir John Marshall. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1938. Pp. xxi, 165; 205 illus., 2 maps. 47. LE MAY, R. S. Siamese Tales Old and New; The four riddles and other stories, translated . . . with some reflections on the tales. London: N. Douglas, 1930. Pp. 192. 48. Linguistic Survey of Burma; preparatory stage or linguistic census. Rangoon: Office of the Superintendent, Govern­ ment Printing, Burma, 1917. Pp. xiii, 67. 49. RoERicH, G. de, in collaboration with Lama Lobzang Ming¬ yur DORJE. A Comprehensive Dictionary of the Tibetan Language, with Sanskrit equivalents, of important terms, loan­ words and data on Tibetan living dialects. 50. SALMONY, Alfred. Sculpture in Siam. London: E. Benn, limited, 1925. Pp. xvi, 51; 70 pl., map. 51. SCHLAGINTWEIT, E. VOn. Buddhism in Tibet, illustrated by literary documents and objects of religious worship. With an account of the Buddhist systems preceding it in India . . . Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus, 1863. Pp. xxiv, 403; 20 pi. [ 538] Greater India 203

52. SCHMIDT, Wilhelm. Grundzüge einer Lautlehre der Khasi­ Sprache in ihren Beziehungen zu derjenigen der Mon­Khmer­ Sprachen. (Königlich Bayerische Akademie der Wissen­ schaften. Abhandlungen der philosophisch­philologischen Klasse, Bd. 22, p. 675­810) München, 1905. 53. STUTTERHEIM, Willem F. Indian Influences in Old­Balinese Art. Translated from the Dutch by Claire Holt. London: The India Society, 1935. Pp. xiii, 41; 23 pi. 54. TANDART, S. Dictionnaire Cambodgien­Français. 2 vols. Phnom­Penh, Imprimerie A. Portail, 1935. Pp. 2468, 124. 55. Tibetan Tales. Derived from Indian Sources. Translated from the Tibetan of the Kah­gyur by F. Anton voN SCHIEF¬ NER. Done into English from the German. With an introduction by W. R. S. RALSTON. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trūbner and Co„ ltd., 1906. Pp. lxv, 368. 56. TSYBIKOFF, G. T. Lhasa and Central Tibet. (In Smith­ sonian Institution Annual Report, 1903, pp. 727­46; 7 pi) Washington, 1904. 57. VARARAJ VAMSAvATARA. History of Siam. Vol. I. 2d ed. Bangkok; 1914. 58. VoGEL, J. Ph. The Relation between the Art of India and Java. (In “The Influence of Indian Art.’' pp. 35­86) London, 1925. 59. WiCKREMASINGHE, Don M. de Zilva. Catalogue of the Sinhalese printed books in the Library of the British Museum. London: British Museum, 1901. Pp. vi, 308. 60. WiCKREMASINGHE, Don M. de Zilva. Sinhalese Self­taught by the Natural Method. London: E. Marlborougb and Co„ 1916. Pp. 119. 61. WINSTEDT, R. O. A History of Malaya. (Published as Part I, Vol. XIII, March, 1935, of the Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, Malayan Branch) London: Luzac and Co„ 1935. Pp. 270. 62. WiNSTEDT, R. O. Malay Grammar. 2d ed„ revised. Ox­ ford: The Clarendon Press, 1927. [539 ] 204

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF INSTITUTIONS (The descriptions of institutions are presented in accordance with their locations, by states, alphabetically and within the states by addresses, alphabetically) American Museum of Natural History, New York, New York American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Army Medical Library, Washington, District of Columbia Art Association of Indianapolis Indiana, John Herron Art Institute, Indianapolis, Indiana Art Institute of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois Baltimore Museum of Art, Baltimore, Maryland Bangor Theological Seminary, Bangor, Maine Beloit College, Beloit, Wisconsin Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts Brigham Young University Library, Provo, Utah Brooklyn Museum, Brooklyn, New York Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island Bryn Mawr College Library, Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania Buffalo Fine Arts Academy, Buffalo, New York Butler University, Indianapolis, Indiana California State Library, Sacramento, California Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Catholic University of America, Washington, District of Columbia Charleston Museum, Charleston, South Carolina Chicago Public Library, Chicago, Illinois Cincinnati Art Museum, Cincinnati, Ohio City Art Museum, St. Louis, Missouri City Library Association of Springfield, Springfield, Massachusetts Clark University Library, Worcester, Massachusetts Clarkstown Country Club, Nyack, New York Cleveland Museum of Art, Cleveland, Ohio Cleveland Public Library, Cleveland, Ohio Colgate University, Hamilton, New York College of the City of New York, New York, New York College of Physicians, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania College of William and Mary, Williamsburg, Virginia Colorado College, Colorado Springs, Colorado Colorado School of Mines, Golden, Colorado Colorado State College Library, Fort Collins, Colorado Columbia University, New York, New York Columbus Gallery of Fine Arts, Columbus, Ohio [540 ] Alphabetical List of Institutions 205

Cooper Union, Museum for the Arts of Decoration, New York, New York Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, District of Columbia Cornell College, Mount Vernon, Iowa Crozer Theological Seminary Library, Chester, Pennsylvania Currier Gallery of Art, Manchester, New Hampshire Dallas Museum of Fine Arts, Dallas, Texas Dartmouth College Library, Hanover, New Hampshire Davenport Public Library, Davenport, Iowa Davenport Public Museum, Davenport, Iowa Dayton Art Institute, Dayton, Ohio DePauw University Library, Greencastle, Indiana Detroit Institute of Arts, Detroit, Michigan Detroit Public Library, Detroit, Michigan Drew University Library, Madison, New Jersey Dropsie College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Duke University, Durham, North Carolina Essex Institute, Salem, Massachusetts Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois Fine Arts Gallery of San Diego, San Diego, California Fisk University, Nashville, Tennessee Fitchburg Art Center, Fitchburg, Massachusetts Fordharn University Library, New Yrork, New Yrork Free Library of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Freer Gallery of Art, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, District of Columbia George Walter Vincent Smith Art Gallery, Springfield, Massachusetts Gest Oriental Library, Princeton, New Jersey Goucher College Library, Baltimore, Maryland Hamilton College, Clinton, New York Hartford Seminary Foundation, Hartford, Connecticut Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts Harvard University, Fogg Art Museum, Cambridge, Massachusetts Henry E. Huntington Library, San Marino, California Honolulu Academy of Arts, Honolulu, Territory of Hawaii Houston Public Library, Houston, Texas Illinois Wesleyan University Library, Bloomington, Illinois Indiana University Library, Bloomingdale, Indiana Isaac Delgado Museum of Art, New Orleans, Louisiana James Millikan University, Decatur, Illinois John Crerar Library, Chicago, Illinois Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland Kalamazoo Museum and Art Institute, Kalamazoo, Michigan Lafayette College, Easton, Pennsylvania Lehigh University Library, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania [541] 206 American Council of Learned Societies

Library of Congress, Washington, District of Columbia Library of Hawaii, Honolulu, Territory of Hawaii Linguistic Institute, Summer Session, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan Los Angeles Museum, Los Angeles, California Los Angeles Public Library, Los Angeles, California Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana Lutheran Theological Seminary, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Master Institute, New York, New York Memorial Museum, San Francisco, California Mercer University, Macon, Georgia Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, New York M. H. de Young Memorial Museum, San Francisco, California Miami University, Oxford, Ohio Mills College Library, Oakland, California Millsaps College, Jackson, Mississippi Milwaukee Public Museum, Milwaukee, Wisconsin Minneapolis Institute of Arts, Minneapolis, Minnesota Minneapolis Public Library, Minneapolis, Minnesota Montana State University, Missoula, Montana Montclair Art Museum, Montclair, New Jersey Montgomery Museum of Fine Arts, Montgomery, Alabama Morningside College, Sioux City, Iowa Mount Holyoke College Library, South Hadley, Massachusetts Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, Massachusetts Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, Texas Newark Public Library, Newark, New Jersey Newberry Library, Chicago, Illinois New York Academy of Medicine Library, New York, New York New York Public Library, New York, New York New York University, New York, New York Norfolk Museum of Arts and Sciences, Norfolk, Virginia Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois Oberlin College Library, Oberlin, Ohio Ohio State Library, Columbus, Ohio Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio Ohio University, Athens, Ohio Ohio Wesleyan University Library, Delaware, Ohio Open Door Museum, Goodland, Indiana Pacific School of Religion Library, Berkeley, California Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts Peabody Museum of Salem, Salem, Massachusetts Philadelphia Museum of Art, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania [542l Alphabetical List of Institutions 207

Pierpont Morgan Library, New York, New York Princeton University Library, Princeton, New Jersey Princeton University Museum of Historic Art, Princeton, New Jersey Providence Athenaeum Library, Providence, Rhode Island Public Library of the City of Boston, Boston, Massachusetts Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, New York Rochester Memorial Art Gallery, Rochester, New York Rochester Museum of Arts and Sciences, Rochester, New York Rhode Island School of Design, Providence, Rhode Island Rollins College Library, Winter Park, Florida Saint Louis Public Library, St. Louis, Missouri San Diego Scientific Library, San Diego, California San Francisco Public Library, San Francisco, California Seattle Art Museum, Seattle, Washington Seattle Public Library, Seattle, Washington Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum, Washington, District of Columbia Southern Baptist Theological Seminary Library, Louisville, Kentucky Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas Stanford University, Stanford University, California State College of Washington, Pullman, Washington State Historical Society of Wisconsin Library, Madison, Wisconsin State Teachers' College Library, Greeley, Colorado State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa Syracuse Public Library, Syracuse, New York Syracuse University Library, Syracuse, New York T. B. Walker Art Galleries, Minneapolis, Minnesota Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Texas Christian University Library, Fort Worth, Texas Textile Museum of the District of Columbia, Washington, District of Columbia Theological Seminary, New Brunswick, New Jersey Theosophical University, Point Loma, California Toledo Museum of Art, Toledo, Ohio Trinity College, Hartford, Connecticut Tulane University Library, New Orleans, Louisiana Union Theological Seminary Library, New York, New York University of California Library, Berkeley, California University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois University of Cincinnati Library, Cincinnati, Ohio University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado University of Georgia Library, Athens, Georgia University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Territory of Hawaii [543] 208 American Council of Learned Societies

University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois University of Kansas, Thayer Museum of Art, Lawrence, Kansas University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky University of Michigan, University Museums, Ann Arbor, Michigan University of Minnesota Library, Minneapolis, Minnesota University of Missouri Library, Columbia, Missouri University of Nebraska Library, Lincoln, Nebraska University of New Hampshire Library, Durham, New Hampshire University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania University of Pennsylvania Museum, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania University of Rochester Library, Rochester, New York University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California University of Texas Library, Austin, Texas University of Utah Library, Salt Lake City, Utah University of Washington Library, Seattle, Washington University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin Valentine Museum, Richmond, Virginia Vanderbilt University Library, Nashville, Tennessee Vassar College Library, Poughkeepsie, New York Walla Walla College Library, College Place, Washington Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore, Maryland Washington County Museum of Fine Arts, Hagerstown, Maryland Washington and Lee University Library, Lexington, Virginia Watkinson Library, Hartford, Connecticut Wellesley College, Farnsworth Museum of Art, Wellesley, Massachusetts West Virginia University Library, Morgantown, West Virginia Western College Library, Oxford, Ohio Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio Western Theological Seminary Library, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art, Kansas City, Missouri Williams College Library, Williamstown, Massachusetts Worcester Art Museum, Worcester, Massachusetts Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut Yale University, Gallery of Fine Arts, New Haven, Connecticut Yankton College Library, Yankton, South Dakota

Academy of Medicine, Toronto, Canada Art Gallery of Toronto, Toronto, Canada Dalhousie University, Halifax, Nova Scotia McGill University Libraries, Montreal, Canada National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Canada [ 544 ] Alphabetical List of Institutions 209

Queen's University Library, Ontario, Canada Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology, Toronto, Canada University of Alberta Library, Edmonton, Canada University of British Columbia Library, Vancouver, British Columbia University of Manitoba Library, Winnipeg, Canada University of Montreal Library, Montreal, Canada University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan University of Toronto Library, Toronto, Canada University of Western Ontario Library, London, Canada

[545] 210 American Council of Learned Societies

INDEX OF MUSEUM RESOURCES

I (a) MINIATURES AND PAINTINGS BY DEPOSITORIES Art Association of Indianapolis, Indiana, The John Herron Art Institute: India Art Institute of Chicago: India Brooklyn Museum: India Buffalo Fine Arts Academy: India Carnegie Museum: Tibet Cleveland Museum of Art: India, Tibet Currier Gallery of Art: India Dayton Art Institute: India, Tibet Detroit Institute of Arts: India, Siam Essex Institute: India Fine Arts Gallery of San Diego: India Fitchbury Art Center: India Free Library of Philadelphia: India Freer Gallery of Art, Smithsonian Institution: India Harvard University: India McGill University: India Metropolitan Museum of Art: India, Tibet Minneapolis Institute of Arts: India Montgomery Museum of Fine Arts: India Museum of Fine Arts: India Peabody Museum: India Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology: India Rhode Island School of Design, Museum of Art: India Seattle Art Museum: India Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum: India Toledo Museum of Art: India University of Kansas: India University of Michigan: India, Tibet University of Pittsburgh: Tibet Walters Art Gallery: India Washington County Museum of Fine Arts: Tibet William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art: India

I (b) MINIATURES AND PAINTINGS BY COUNTRIES

India Art Association of Indianapolis, Indiana, The John Herron Art Institute Art Institute of Chicago Brooklyn Museum Buffalo Fine Arts Academy [546] 211

Cleveland Museum of Art Currier Gallery of Art Dayton Art Institute Detroit Institute of Arts Essex Institute Fine Arts Gallery of San Diego Fitchburg Art Center Free Library of Philadelphia Freer Gallery of Art, Smithsonian Institution Harvard University Metropolitan Museum of Art Minneapolis Institute of Arts Montgomery Museum of Fine Arts Museum of Fine Arts Peabody Museum of Salem Rhode Island School of Design, Museum of Art Seattle Art Museum Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum Toledo Museum of Art University of Kansas University of Michigan Walters Art Gallery William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art

McGill University Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology Siam Detroit Institute of Arts Tibet Carnegie Museum Cleveland Museum of Art Dayton Art Institute Metropolitan Museum of Art University of Michigan University of Pittsburgh Washington County Museum of Fine Arts

II (a) SCULPTURE AND ARCHITECTURE BY DEPOSITORIES Art Association of Indianapolis, Indiana, The John Herron Art Institute: Cambodia, India, Siam Art Institute of Chicago: India Baltimore Museum of Art: India Brooklyn Museum: India [547] 212 American Council of Learned Societies

Buffalo Fine Arts Academy: India Clarkstown Country Club: India Cleveland Museum of Art: Cambodia, Indo-China Dallas Museum of Fine Arts: Siam (?) Detroit Institute of Arts: Cambodia, India, etc. Field Museum of Natural History: India Fitchburg Art Center: India Freer Gallery of Art, Smithsonian Institution: Cambodia, India, Nepal George Walter Vincent Smith Art Gallery: India Harvard University: India Honolulu Academy of Arts: India Isaac Delgado Museum of Art: India, Indo-China, etc. Metropolitan Museum of Art: Cambodia, India, Siam Minneapolis Institute of Arts: India Montclair Art Museum: India Museum of Fine Arts, Boston: India Northwestern University: India Norfolk Museum of Arts and Sciences: India, Siam, Tibet Peabody Museum of Salem: India Philadelphia Museum of Art: Cambodia, Central Asia, India, Siam Rhode Island School of Design, Museum of Art: Cambodia, India, Siam Seattle Art Museum: India Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum: India T. B. Walker Art Galleries: India Toledo Museum of Art: Cambodia, India, Siam University of Kansas: India University of Oregon: India University of Pennsylvania: India Walters Art Gallery: India Wellesley College: India William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art: Cambodia, India Yale University: India

Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology: India

II (b) SCULPTURE AND ARCHITECTURE BY COUNTRIES

Cambodia Art Association of Indianapolis, Indiana, The John Herron Art Institute Cleveland Museum of Art Detroit Institute of Arts Freer Gallery of Art, Smithsonian Institution Metropolitan Museum of Art Philadelphia Museum of Art [548] Index of Museum Resources 213

Rhode Island School of Design, Museum of Art Toledo Museum of Art William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art

Central Asia Philadelphia Museum of Art India Art Association of Indianapolis, Indiana, The John Herron Art Institute Art Institute of Chicago Baltimore Museum of Art Brooklyn Museum Buffalo Fine Arts Academy Clarkstown Country Club Detroit Institute of Arts Field Museum of Natural History Fitchburg Art Center Freer Gallery of Art, Smithsonian Institution George Walter Vincent Smith Art Gallery Harvard University Honolulu Academy of Arts Isaac Delgado Museum of Art Metropolitan Museum of Art Minneapolis Institute of Art Montclair Art Museum Museum of Fine Arts, Boston Norfolk Museum of Arts and Sciences Northwestern University Peabody Museum of Salem Philadelphia Museum of Art Rhode Island School of Design, Museum of Art Seattle Art Museum Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum T. B. Walker Art Galleries Toledo Museum of Art University of Kansas University of Oregon University of Pennsylvania Walters Art Gallery Wellesley College William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art Yale University

Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology í 549 ] 214

Indo-China Cleveland Museum of Art Indo-China, etc. Isaac Delgado Museum of Art Nepal Freer Gallery of Art, Smithsonian Institution Siam Art Association of Indianapolis, Indiana, The John Herron Art Institute Metropolitan Museum of Art Norfolk Museum of Arts and Sciences Philadelphia Museum of Art Rhode Island School of Design Toledo Museum of Art Siam (?) Dallas Museum of Fine Arts Tibet Norfolk Museum of Arts and Sciences III (a) HANDICRAFT, ETHNOLOGICAL MATERIAL, ETC. BY DEPOSITORIES American Museum of Natural History: Assam, Burma, India Art Association of Indianapolis, Indiana, The John Herron Art Institute: India Baltimore Museum of Art: India Beloit College: Siam Brooklyn Museum: India Charleston Museum: Burma, India, Siam Columbia University: India Cincinnati Art Museum: India Cleveland Museum of Art: Burma, India, Siam, Tibet Corcoran Gallery of Art: India Currier Gallery of Art: Burma, India, Java Davenport Public Museum: India, Tibet Detroit Institute of Art: India Essex Institute: India Field Museum of Natural History: India Fitchburg Art Center: India George Walter Vincent Smith Art Gallery: Burma or Siam, India Gest Oriental Library: Tibet Isaac Delgado Museum of Art: India Johns Hopkins University: India Los Angeles Museum: East Indies, India, Java, Tibet [550 ] 215

Lutheran Theological Seminary: India Master Institute, Department of Art and Sciences: India, Tibet Metropolitan Museum of Art: Burma, Cambodia, Dutch East Indies, India, Java, Tibet Montclair Art Museum: India Montgomery Museum of Fine Arts: India Open Door Museum: India Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology: India Peabody Museum of Salem: Assam, Burma, Cambodia, India, Siam, Tibet Rhode Island School of Design, Museum of Art: India Rochester Museum of Arts and Sciences: India Seattle Art Museum: India Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum: Burma, Cam• bodia, Central Asia, Ceylon, India, Siam, Tibet T. B. Walker Art Galleries: India Toledo Museum of Art: Cambodia, India University of Cincinnati: India University of Illinois: India, Malay Peninsula University of Kansas: India University of Michigan: India, Tibet University of North Carolina: India Valentine Museum: India Yale University: Bali, Burma, Cambodia, India, Java, Siam, Sumatra

McGill University: India Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology: India

HI (b) HANDICRAFT, ETHNOLOGICAL MATERIAL, ETC BY COUNTRIES

Assam American Museum of Natural History Peabody Museum of Salem Bali Yale University Burma American Museum of Natural History Charleston Museum Cleveland Museum of Art Currier Gallery of Art Metropolitan Museum of Art Peabody Museum of Salem Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum Yale University [551] 216

Burma or Siam George Walter Vincent Smith Art Gallery

Cambodia Metropolitan Museum of Art Peabody Museum of Salem Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum Toledo Museum of Art Yale University Central Asia Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum

Ceylon Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum

Dutch East Indies Metropolitan Museum of Art

East Indies Los Angeles Museum India American Museum of Natural History Art Association of Indianapolis, Indiana, The John Herron Art Institute Baltimore Museum of Art Brooklyn Museum Charleston Museum Cincinnati Art Museum Cleveland Museum of Art Columbia University Corcoran Gallery of Art Currier Gallery of Art Davenport Public Museum Detroit Institute of Arts Essex Institute Field Museum of Natural History Fitchburg Art Center George Walter Vincent Smith Art Gallery Isaac Delgado Museum of Art Johns Hopkins University Los Angeles Museum Lutheran Theological Seminary Master Institute, Department of Arts and Sciences Metropolitan Museum of Art [552l Index of Museum Resources 217

Montclair Art Museum Montgomery Museum of Fine Arts Open Door Museum Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology Peabody Museum of Salem Rhode Island School of Design, Museum of Art Rochester Museum of Arts and Sciences Seattle Art Museum Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum T. B. Walker Art Galleries Toledo Museum of Art University of Cincinnati University of Illinois University of Kansas University of Michigan University of North Carolina Valentine Museum Yale University

McGill University Royal Ontario Museum of Archaeology Java Currier Gallery of Art Los Angeles Museum Metropolitan Museum of Art Yale University Malay Peninsula University of Illinois Siam Beloit College Charleston Museum Cleveland Museum of Art Peabody Museum of Salem Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum Yale University Siam or Burma George Walter Vincent Smith Art Gallery

Sumatra Yale University [ 553l 218

Tibet Cleveland Museum of Art Davenport Public Museum Gest Oriental Library Los Angeles Museum Master Institute, Department of Arts and Sciences Metropolitan Museum of Art Peabody Museum of Salem Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum University of Michigan

[554] 219

AUTHOR INDEX TO A BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR INDIC STUDIES

(References are to serial numbers) Āchārya, A Dictionary of Hindu Architecture, etc. 266 Aitchi8on, A Collection of Treaties, etc. 423 Aiyer, Chronology of Ancient India 35 Annual Bibliography of Indian Archaeology 4 An8tey, The Economic Development of India 421 Aravamuthan, Portrait Sculpture in South India 253 , South Indian Portraits in Stone and Metal 254 Archaeological Survey of India 42 Arnold, The Indian Song of Songs 170 , Light of Asia, etc. 116 , The Song Celestial, or Bhagavadgītā 152 Aung, Points of Controversy or Subjects of Discourse, etc. 131 Bachhofer, Early Indian Sculpture 251 Baden-Powell, The Indian Village Community, etc. 343 Baines, Ethnography, Castes and Tribes 342 Banerjea, Hindu Philosophy 209 Barnett, Antiquities of India, etc. 395 , The Path of Light, etc. 147 Barth, Religions of India, 275 Batley, The Design Development of Indian Architecture 264 Beal, The Fo-Sho-Hing-Tsan-King, etc. 141 , Si-Yu-Ki 79 Bendall, Śikṣā-samuccaya, etc. 144 Bhandarkar, D. R., Lectures on Ancient Indian Numismatics 56 Bhandarkar, R. G., Vaiṣṇavism, Śaivism, and Minor Religious Systems 291 Bhaṭṭacharya, The Institutes of Parásara 177 Bhishagratna, An English Translation of the Sushruta Samhita 184 Bibliographie Bouddhique 7 Binyon, The Court Painters of the Grand Moguls, etc. 239 Birch, The Commentaries of the Great Alfonso Dalboquerque, etc. 411 Birdwood, The Industrial Arts of India 236 Blochmann, The Āīn-i-Akbarī of Abul Fazl-i-’allāmī 388 Bloomfield, Atharvaveda 104 , Hymns of the Atharvaveda 103 , The Religion of the Veda 279 , Vedic Variants 318 Blunt, The Caste System of Northern India, etc. 348 Bode, Mahāvaṃsa 135 Böhtlingk, Indische Sprüche 155 , Pānini 325 [555 ] 220 American Council of Learned Societies

, Sanskrit Wörterbuch 313­4 Brewster, The Life of Gotama the Buddha 148 Briggs» History of the Rise of the Mahomedan Power in India, etc. 378 Brown, C. J., The Coins of India 55 Brown, P„ Indian Painting under the Mughals 241 Brown, W. N,, A Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of Miniature Paintings of the Jaina Kalpasūtra 244 Bühler, Indische Palaeographie, etc. 330 , The Laws of Manu 351 , On the Origin of the Indian Brahma Alphabet, etc. 329 , The Sacred Laws of the Āryas, etc. 350 Burgess, The Chronology of Modern India, etc. 389 , The Surya­siddhanta, etc. 365 Burlingame, Buddhist Legends, etc. 118 BurnelI. Elements of South­Indian Palaeography, etc. 59 ‚ Hobson Jobson 441 Burnouf, Le Bhāgavata Purāṇa 158 , Le Lotus de la Bonne Loi, etc. 142 Caland, L’Agniṣṭhoma, etc. 280 , Pañcaviṃśa-Brāhmaṇa, etc. 109 , Das Srautasûtra des Āpastamba, etc. 113 Cambridge History of India 17 Carnoy, Indian and Iranian Mythology 107 Carpenter, Theism in Medieval India 289 Census of India 444 Chalmers, Buddha's Teachings, etc. 129 , Further Dialogues of the Buddha, etc. 122 Chattopadhyaya, The Sucruta­samhitā 183 Clark, The Āryabhaṭīya of Āryabhaṭa, etc. 368 Clements, Introduction to the Study of Indian Music, etc. 267 Codrington, Ancient India, etc. 25 , An Introduction to the Study of Medieval Indian Sculpture 255 Colebrooke, Algebra, with Arithmetic and Mensuration, etc. 369 , Essays on the Religion and Philosophy of the Hindus 306 , Līlāvatī 181 Coomaraswamy, Bibliographies of Indian Art 9 , Catalogue of the Indian Collections in the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston 233 , Elements of Buddhist Iconography 257 , History of Indian and Indonesian Art 223 , Myths of Hindus and Buddhists 119 , Notes on Jaina Art 245 , The Origin of the Buddha Image 258 , Portfolio of Indian Art, etc. 230 [556 ] Author Index 221

, Rajput Painting, etc. 237 Corpus In8criptionum Indicarum 50 Cowell, Buddhist Mahāyāna Texts 137 , The Harṣa­Carita of Bāṇa 165 , The Jātaka, etc. 130 Crooke, Religion and Folklore of Northern India 301 Cultural Heritage of India 404 Cunningham, The Ancient Geography of India 37 , Book of Indian Eras, etc. 36 , Coins of Ancient India, etc. 57 , Coins of Mediaeval India, etc. 58 Curzon, British Government in India 429 Danvers, The Portuguese in India, etc. 409 DasGupta, Bibliography of Prehistoric Indian Antiquities 2 , History of Indian Philosophy 195 , The Study of Patafijali 217 , Yoga as Philosophy and Religion 307 Deu8sen, Allgemeine Geschichte der Philosophie, etc. 193 , Philosophy of the Upaniṣads, etc. 202 , Sechzig Upaniṣads des Veda, etc. Ill , Das System des Vedanta, etc. 213 Dtkshit, The Indian Calendar, etc. 407 Dodwell, The Cambridge Shorter History of India 18 , Dupleix and Clive 416 , A Sketch of the History of India from 1858 to 1918 415 Dowson, A Classical Dictionary of Hindu Mythology and Religion, etc. 438 , History of India 377 Dubois, Hindu Manners, Customs and Ceremonies 353 Duff, History of the Mahrathas 397 Dumont, L’Aávamedha, etc. 281 Dunbar, History of India 20 Dutt, M. N„ A Prose English Translation of Agni Purāṇa 159 , A Prose English Translation of the Mahâbhârata 150 , A Prose English Translation Mārkandeya Purāṇa 172 Dutt, Nalinaksha, Aspects of Mahāyāna Buddhism, etc. 287 Dutt, N. K, Origin and Growth of Caste in India 360 Dutt, R. C, The Economic History of India under Early British Rule, etc. 420 Dutt, U. C, The Sucruta­samhitā 183 Early Indian and Indonesian Art 234 Edgerton, The Elephant­lore of the Hindus 405 , The Mīmānsā Nyāyaprakāśa, etc. 211 , The Panchatantra Reconstructed, etc. 163 , Vedic Variants 318 [ 557] 222 American Council of Learned Societies

, Vikrama’s AdventureB, etc. 164 Edmunds, Buddhist and Christian Gospels, etc. 72 Edwardes, Mughal Rule in India 383 Eggeling, The Śatapatha Brāhrnana, etc. 110 Eliot, Hinduism and Buddhism, etc. 282 Elliot, The History of India, etc. 377 Emeneau, A Union List of Printed Indic Texts, etc. 1 , Vedic Variants 318 Epigraphia Indica 52 Farquhar, An Outline of the Religious Literature in India 85 , A Primer of Hinduism 308 , Modern Religious Movements in India 300 Fausböll, Dhammapada 128 , Suttanipáta 128 Felber, Die Indische Musik, etc. 270 Fergusson, History of Indian and Eastern Architecture 261 Fick, Die soziale Gliederung im nordöstlichen Indien zu Buddha’s Zeit, etc. 32 Finot, La Marche à la Lumière, etc. 146 Fleet, Gupta Inscriptions 50 , Indian Palaeography 332 Foote, The Foote Collection of Indian Prehistoric and Protohistoric An­ tiquities, etc. 11 Forest, Selected State Papers, 424 Foster, The English Factories in India, etc. 427 Foucaux, Le Lalita Vistara, etc. 138 Foucher, L’Art Gréco­Bouddhique du Gandhāra, etc. 250 , The Beginnings of Buddhist Art, etc. 226 Fox­Strangways, Music of Hindostan 269 Gangoly, South Indian Bronzes, etc. 252 Garbe, Indien und das Christentum 71 , Sāṃkhya und Yoga 215 Garratt, Legacy of India 403 Garret, H. L. O., Mughal Rule in India 383 Garrett, J., A Classical Dictionary of India, etc. 439 Geiger, The Mahāvaṃsa, etc. 135 Geldner, Der Rigveda in Auswahl 94 , Der Rigveda, übersetzt und erläutert 99 , Siebenzig Lieder des Rigveda übersetzt 95 Getty, The Gods of Northern Buddhism, etc. 309 Ghose, Schools of Rajput Painting 246 Ghurye, Caste and Race in India 358 Glasenapp, Der Buddhismus, etc. 304 , Der Hinduismus, etc. 290 [558] Author Index 223

, Der Jainismus, etc. 296 Gleig, Memoirs of the Life of the Right Hon. Warren Hastings, etc. 418 Godard, Les antiquités bouddhiques de Bamiyan 49 Goetz, Bilderatlas zur Kulturgeschichte Indiens in der Grossmoghulzeit, etc. 240 , Epochen der indischen Kultur 228 Gough, Philosophy of the Upanishads, etc. 201 , The Vaiśeshika Aphorisms of Kanada, etc. 219 Grassmann, Rig-Veda übersetzt, etc. 90 , Wörterbuch zum Rig-Veda 316 Gray, Vāsavadattā, a Sanskrit Romance 171 Gribble, A History of the Dekkan 379 Grierson, Bihār Peasant Life 354 , Index of Language Names 333 , Linguistic Survey of India 328 Griffith, The Hymns of the Rigveda 93 , Rāmāyana of Vālmīki, etc. 154 ‚ The Texts of the White Yajur-veda 115 Grisw*old, An Outline of the Religious Literature of India 85 , Religion of the Rig Veda 278 Grousset, Histoire de l'Extrême­Orient 21 , India 227 , Les philosophies indiennes, etc. 208 , Sur les traces du Bouddha 73 Growse, The Rāmāyana of Tulsi Dās 401 Grundriss der Indo­Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde 447 Guérinot, Essai de bibliographie Jaina, etc. 8 ‚ La religion Djaïna, etc. 293 , Répertoire d’épigraphie Jaina, etc. 53 Haas, The Daśarūpa of Dhanaṃjaya, etc. 190 Hackin, La sculpture indienne et tibétaine au Musée Guimet 259 Hackmann, Buddhism as a Religion, etc. 285 A Handbook for Travellers in India, Burma and Ceylon, etc. 486 Hardy, Eastern Monachism, etc. 286 HaveU, The Ancient and Medieval Architecture of India, etc. 262 , Handbook of Indian Art 224 , History of Aryan Rule in India, etc. 19 , Ideals of Indian Art 225 , Indian Architecture, etc. 263 , Indian Sculpture and Painting, etc. 249 Held, Deutsche Bibliographie des Buddhismus 5 Henry, Agniṣṭhoma 280 Hertel, Das Pafichatantra, etc. 161 Hillebrandt, Lieder des Ṛgveda, übersetzt 100 [ 559 ] 224 American Council of Learned Societies

, Ritual Litteratur 106 Hodivala, Studies in Parsi History 398 Hodou8, A Dictionary of Chinese-Buddhist Terms 336 Hoernle, Studies in the Medicine of Ancient India 366 Holdich, India 391 Hopkins, Ethics of India 274 , The Great Epic of India 87 , The Religions of India 273 Houghton, On Presenting Sanskrit in a Small College 406 Hultzsch, Aśoka Inscriptions 50 , Die Kārikāvalī des Viśvanātha 180 Hume, Thirteen Principal Upaniṣads 112 Hunter, Atlas of India 402 , The Script of Harappa and Mohenjodaro, etc. 60 Imperial Gazeteer of India 442 India in the Years 1917-36, etc. 443 Jacob, A Concordance of the Principal Upaniṣads and Bhagavadgltà 445 Johnson, Hitopadeéa, etc 175 Jolly, Medizin 367 , The Minor Law-Books 352 , Recht und Sitte, etc 34 Jones, The Gita-govinda, etc 174 Joshi, Indian Administration 430 , The New Constitution of India 431 Jouveau-Dubreuil, Archéologie du sud de Finde 43 Kaegi, The Rigveda, etc 95, 97 Kane, History of Dharmaśāstra 359 Karpinsky, L. C The Hindu-Arabic Numerals 370 Kaviratna, Charaka-samhita, etc. 182 Keene, The Turks in India, etc 382 Keith, Buddhist Philosophy in India and Ceylon 204 , Classical Sanskrit Literature 84 , A Constitutional History of India 414 , A History of Sanskrit Literature 83 , Indian and Iranian Mythology 107 , Indian Logic and Atomism, etc. 218 , Tha Karma-Mīrnānsā 210 , The Religion and Philosophy of the Veda and the Upaniṣads 276 , Rigveda Brâhmanas 108 , Sāmkhya System 214 , The Sanskrit Drama, etc 185 , The Veda of the Black Yajus School, etc 101 , Vedic Index 437 Kennedy, The Satakas or Wise Sayings of Bhartṛhari, etc 167 Kern, Der Buddhismus und seine Geschichte in Indien 284 [560 ] Author Index 225

, saddharma Pundarlka, etc. 143 Ketkar, The History of Caste in India, etc. 349 King, The Cloud-messenger, etc 173 Kirfel, Die Kosmographie der Inder, etc. 393 Konow, Das indische Drama 186 , Kharoṣṭhī Inscriptions 50 Kramrisch, Grundzüge der indischen Kunst 229 , Indian Sculpture 256

; A Survey of Painting in the Deccan 243 Kṛishṇamohana, Dialogues on Hindu Philosophy, etc. 209 Krishnasvāmi, South India and her Muhammadan Invaders 380 Krom, Hindoe-Javaansche Geschiedenis 75 LaMotte, Notes sur la Bhagavadgitá, etc. 151 Lane-Poole, Mediaeval India under Mohammedan Rule 375 Lanman, Atharva-Veda Samhitā 102 , Harvard Oriental Series 449 La Roche, Indische Baukunst 265 La Vallée-Poussin, L’Abhidharmakośa de Vasubandhu 140 , Bodhicharyāvatāra, etc 145 , Le dogme et la philosophie du Bouddhisme 205 , Dynasties et histoire de l'Inde, etc. 30 , L'Inde aux temps des Mauryas, etc. 29 , Indo-Européens et Indo-Iraniens 28 , Nirvana 288 LeClere, Histoire du Cambodge, etc. 74 Legge, A* Record of Buddhistic Kingdoms 78 Letters received by the East India Company, etc 426 Leumann, Ethymologisches Wörterbuch der Sanskrit-Sprache 334 Lévi, Le Népal, etc. 399 , Le théâtre indien 188 Loveday, The History and Economies of Indian Famines 419 Lovett, A History of the Indian Nationalist Movement 422 Ludwig, Der Rigveda 91 Macauliffe, The Sikh Religion, etc 299 McCrindle, Ancient India as described by Ktêsias, etc. 66 , Ancient India as described by Megasthenes and Arrian 67 , Ancient India as described by Ptolemy 68 , Ancient India as described in Classical Literature 70 , Invasion of India by Alexander the Great, etc. 69 Macdonell, India's Past, etc 38 , Vedic Grammar 320 , Vedic Grammar for Students 321 , Vedic Index of Names and Subjects 437 , Vedic Mythology 105 [ 561J 226 American Council of Learned Societies

, A Vedic Reader for Students, etc. 96 Mackay, Further Excavations at Mohenjo-daro, etc. 14 , The Indus Civilization 15 Malleson, History of the French in India 412 Mandlik, The Vyavahára Mayúkha 176 , Yájfiavalkya, Smriti 176 March, A Buddhist Bibliography 6 Marshall, Mohenjo-daro and the Indus Civilization 12 Masson-Oursel, Esquisse d'une histoire de la philosophie indienne 196 Mehta, Studies in Indian Painting, etc. 247 Menant, Les Parsis, etc. 297 Meyer, Das altindische Buch vom Welt- und Staatsleben, etc. 156 Mitra, Prehistoric India, etc. 13 Monier-Williams, Practical Grammar of the Sanskrit Language, etc. 319 , Sanskrit-English Dictionary 317 Moreland, The Agrarian System of Modern India, etc. 386 , From Akbar to Aurungzeb, etc. 385 , India at the Death of Akbar, etc. 384 , A Short History of India 23 Mukherji, Indian Constitutional Documents 425 Müller, Dhammapada, etc. 128 , Sacred Books of the East 89 , The Six Systems of Indian Philosophy 221 , Sutta-Nipāta 128 Nariman, Literary History of Sanskrit Buddhism 88 Noble, Myths of Hindus and Buddhists 119 Oaten, European Travellers in India, etc. 408 Oldenberg, Buddha, etc. 283 , Dīpavaṃsa, etc. 136 , Grihya-sütras 114 , Die Lehre der Upanishaden, etc. 203 , Die Religion des Veda 277 , Rigveda: textkritische, etc. 98 , Vinaya Texts, etc. 120 , Vorwissenschaftliche Wissenschaft, etc. 198 Oltramare, L’Histoire des idées théosophiques dans l'Inde 199 O’Malley, History of Bengal, Behar, and Orissa under British Rule 432 , Indian Caste Customs 346 , India's Social Heritage 347 , Popular Hinduism 305 Pe Maung Tin, Visuddhimagga 133 Penzer, The Ocean of Story, etc. 168 Perry, A Sanskrit Primer 335 Pischel, Prakrit-Sprachen 326 [562] Author Index 227

Popley, The Music of India 268 Prasad, History of Mediaeval India, etc. 374 , Theory of Government in Ancient India 39 Pratt, Buddhism, etc. 446 Rādhā-Kṛi8hṇan, Indian Philosophy 194 Ranade, A Constructive Survey of Upanishadic Philosophy, etc. 200 Rap8on, Ancient India, etc. 27 , Indian Coins 54 Rawhnson, Bactria, the History of a forgotten Empire 63 , British Beginnings in Western India, 1579­1657, etc. 417 , India, a Short Cultural History 22 , Intercourse between India and the Western World, etc. 62 Reese, Die griechischen Nachrichten über Indien bis zum Feldzuge Alexan­ ders des Grossen, etc. 64 Renou, Bibliographie Védique 3 , Hymnes et prières du Veda 92 Rhys­Davids, C. A. F., The Book of the Kindred Sayings, etc. 123 , A Buddhist Manual of Psychological Ethics, etc. 132 , Dialogues of the Buddha, etc. 121 , Minor Anthologies of the Pali Canon 127 , The Path of Purity, etc. 133 , Points of Controversy or Subjects of Discourse, etc. 131 , Psalms of the Early Buddhists 126 Rhys­Davids, T. W., Buddhism, its History and Literature 310 , Buddhist India 31 , Buddhist Suttas 124 , Dialogues of the Buddha, etc. 121 ‚ Questions of King Milinda, etc 134 ­, Vinaya Texts, etc 120 Rickmers, The Chronology of India, etc. 41 Ridding, The Kādambari of Bāṇa 166 Risley, The People of India 341 , Tribes and Castes of Bengal 362 Rivers, The Todas 361 Roer, Die Lehrsprüche der Vaiçeshika­Philosophie von Kanada 179 Roth, Rigveda 95 ‚ Sanskrit­Wörterbuch 313­14 Rouse, W. H. D., Śikshā -samuccaya, etc. 144 Rowland, Early Indian and Indonesian Art 231 , Outline and Bibliographies of Oriental Art 235 , The Wall-Paintings of India, Central Asia, and Ceylon 248 Roy, The Mahābhārata, etc. 149 Russell, Tribes and Castes of the Central Provinces of India 355 Ryder, Dandin’s Dasha-kumara-charita, etc. 169 [ 563] 228 American Council of Learned Societies

, The Little Clay­Cart, etc. 191 , The Panchatantra, etc 162 , Translations of Shakuntala and other Works 192 Sachau, Albiruni’s India, etc 376 Sacred Books of the East 89 Sainsbury, A Calendar of the Court Minutes of the East India Company 428 Sandal, The Mîmâmsâ Sūtras 178 Sarkar, Mughal Administration 387 , The Positive Background of Hindu Sociology 356 Schmidt, Liebe und Ehe im alten und modernen Indien 357 , Nachträge zum Sanskrit­Wörterbuch, etc. 315 Schoff, The Periplus of the Erythraean Sea, etc. 65 Schomerus, Indien und das Christentum 303 Schroeder, Indiens Literatur, etc 86 Schubring, Die Lehre der Jainas, etc. 294 Schuyler, Bibliography of the Sanskrit Drama, etc 10 Senart, Les castes dans l’Inde, etc. 345 , Les inscriptions de Piyadasi 51 Sewell, A forgotten Empire, etc 381 , The Indian Calendar, etc. 407 , Indian Chronography 24 Shama Sastri, Kauṭilya’s Arthaśāstra 157 Shcherbatskoi, Buddhist Logic 207 ‚ The Conception of Buddhist Nirvana 311 Smith, D. E„ The Hindu-Arabic Numerals 370 Smith, V. A., Akbar, the Great Mogul 390 , Asoka, the Buddhist Emperor of India 40 , Early History of India, etc. 26 , A History of Fine Art, etc 222 , Oxford History of India, etc 16 Smith, W. R., Nationalism and Reform in India 433 Soothill, A Dictionary of Chinese-Buddhist Terms, etc. 336 Sörensen, An Index to the Names in the Mahābhārata 450 Speyer, Sanskrit Syntax 327 , Vedische und Sanskrit-Syntax 324 Stanley, The Three Voyages of Vasco da Garna, etc. 410 Stein, Ancient Khotan 44 , Archaeological Reconnaissances in North-Western India and South- Eastern Iran 61 , Catalogue of Wall-Paintings, etc 238 , Innermost Asia 45 , Kalhana’s Rājatarangiṇī 372 , On Alexander's Track to the Indus, etc 46 , On Ancient Central-Asian Tracks, etc 47 [564 l 229

, Serindia 48 Stevenson, The Heart of Jainism 295 , Rites of the Twice­Born 312 Stchukîn, La peinture indienne, etc. 242 Strauss, Indische Philosophie 197 Strickland, The Mythological Background of Hindu Music 271 Strunk, State and Resources of Musicology in the U. S. 272 Suzuki, Studies in the Laṇkāvatāra­sūtra 139 Tagore, Songs of Kabir 396 Takakusu, A Record of the Buddhist Religion, etc. 81 Tarn, The Greeks in Bactria and India 77 Tawney, The Ocean of Story, etc. 168 Telang, The Bhagavadgitā, etc. 153 Thibaut, Astronomie, Astrologie und Mathematik 364 , The Vedānta Sūtras, etc. 212 Thomas, P. J., The Evolution of Federal Finance in India, etc. 434 Thomas, E. J., History of Buddhist Thought 206 Thumb, Handbuch des Sanskrit, etc. 337 Thurston, Castes and Tribes of Southern India 363 Titus, Indian Islam, etc. 298 Tod, Annals and antiquities of Rajasthan, etc. 371 Trumpp, The Ādi Granth, etc. 400 Uhlenbeck, Kurzgefasstes etymologisches Wörterbuch der altindischen Sprache 338 Vaidya, History of Mediaeval Hindu India 373 Vidyābhū8ana, A History of Indian Logic, etc. 220 Vogel, Buddhist Art in India, Ceylon, and Java 232 , Indian Serpent Lore, etc. 394 , La sculpture de Mathura 260 Wackernageb Altindische Grammatik 339 Warmington, Commerce betw­een the Roman Empire and India 76 Warren, Buddhism in Translations 117 Watt, The Commercial Products of India, etc. 392 , A Dictionary of the Economic Products of India 440 Watters, On Yuan Chwang's Travels in India 80 Weber, A. F., Ueber die Metrik der Inder 340 Weber, H., La Compagnie Française des Indes 413 Weber, M., Gesammelte Aufsätze zur Religionssoziologie 344 Whitehead, The Village Gods of South India 302 Whitney, Atharva­Veda Samhitā 102 , Roots, Verb­Forms, and Primary Derivatives of the Sanskrit Language 323 , A Sanskrit Grammar, etc. 322 Wilson, Selected Specimens of the Theatre of the Hindus, etc. 189 [565 ] 230 American Council of Learned Societies

, The Vishúu Purána 160 Windisch, Geschichte der Sanskrit-Philologie und indischen Alter• tumskunde 331 Winternitz, Geschichte der indischen Literatur 82 Woodroffe (Avalon), Principles of Tantra 292 Woods, The Yoga-System of Patafijali, etc. 216 Wood ward. The Book of Gradual Sayings, etc 125 Yajnik, The Indian Theatre, etc 187 Yule, Hobson Jobson 441 Zetland, India: Retrospect and Prospect 435 , Steps toward Indian Home Rule 436 Zimmer, Altindisches Leben 33

[ 566 l Subject Index 231

SUBJECT INDEX TO A BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHY TO INDIC STUDIES

(References are to serial numbers)

Abhidharmakoéa 140 Bhāskara 369 Adi Granth 4OO Bhramagupta 369 Agni Purāṇa 159 Bodhicharyāvatāra 146-7 Agniṣṭhoma 280 Brāhrna alphabet 329 Agrarian System 386 Brāhrnaṇas 108-9, 198 Aitareya Brāḥmaṇa 108 British Documents 423-5 Akbar 390 Bronzes 252 Albiruni 376 Buddha 73, 283, 148 Albuquerque 411 Bnddhacarita 141 Alexander 69, 46 Buddhaghoṣa 133 Algebra 369 Buddhism I. 5, 78-81, 88, 117, 282- Alphabet 330 7, 304, 309-10 Aṅguttara Nikāya 125 Calendar 36, 407 Āpadeva 211 Cambodia 74 Āpadevl 211 Carakasaṃhitā 182 Apastamba 113, 350 Caste 342, 344-6, 348-9, 355-6, 358, Aphorisms 155 360, 362-3 Architecture 266 Christianity 303 Arithmetic 369-70 Chronology 35, 71, 41 Arthaśāstra 156-7 Chronography 24 Āryabhaṭa 368 Clive 416 Āryabhaṭīya 368 Coins 54-5, 57-8 Aryan 19, 28 Commercial Products 392 Aśoka 50 Constitutional History 414 Astrology 364 Cosmography 393 Astronomy 364 Cosmology 393 Aśvamedha 281 Ctesias 66 Atharvaveda 102-4 Daṇdin 169 Atlas 402, 442 Daśakumāracarita 169 Atomic Theory 218 Daśarūpa 190 Aurungzeb 385 Dekkan 379 Bactria 63 Dhammapada 128 Bādarāyaṇa 213 Dharnmapada Commentary 118 Bamiyan 49 Dhammasangaṇi 132 Bāṇa 165-6 Dhanaṃjaya 190 Baudhāyana 350 Dharmarakṣa 141 Bhagavadgītā 151-3 Digha-Nikāya 121 Bhāgavata Purāṇa 158 Dīpavaṃsa 136 Bhartṛhari 167 Dupleix 416 [567] 232 American Council of Learned Societies

East India Company 426, 428 Kathāvatthu 131 Economies Kauṣltaki Brāhmaṇa 108 British per. 419­21 Kauṭilya 156–7 Muhammadan per. 384­5 Kharoṣṭhī 50, 329 Erythraean Sea 65 Khotan 44 Ethics 274 Lalita Vistara 138 Ethnography 342 Laṅkāvatāra­Sūtra 139 Famines 419 Light of Asia 116 Ferishta 378 Lilāvatī 181 Folklore 301 Logic 207, 218, 220 French in India 412 Mahâbhârata 149­50, 450 Gandhāra 250 Mahāvaṃ8a 135 Gautama (Code) 350 Mahāyāna 137 , 287 Geography 37, 438 Mahrattas 397 Gltagovinda 170, 174 Majjhima Nikäya 122 Greeks in India 29, 64­70 Manu 350, 352 Griḥya­sūtras 114 Mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇa 172 Gupta inscriptions 50 Medicine 66­67 Harṣacarita 165 Megasthene8 67 Hastings 418 Meter 340 Hīnayāna 287 Milindapanha 134 Hindu­Arabic Numerals 370 Mīmānsā 178, 211 Hinduism 282, 290, 308, 311 Miniatures 240 Hitopadeéa 175 Mohenjo­daro 12, 14 Hobson Jobson 441 Monachism 286 Horse Sacrifice 281 Mṛcchakatikā 191 Indo­European 28 Mythology 105, 438 Indonesia 223 Nationalism 422 Indus Valley Civilization 12, 15 Nepal 399 Islam 298 Nīlakaṇṭha 176 Jaimini 178 Nirvāṇa 288 Jainism 8, 53, 293­6 Numerals 370 Jātaka 32, 130 Nyāya 218 Java 75 Osteology 366 Jayadeva 170, 174 Oxford History 16 Journals see Periodicals Palaeography 330, 332 Kabir 396 Paficatantra 161­3 Pancaviṃśa-Brāhmaṇa 109 Kādambari 166 Pāniṇi 325 Kalhäna 372 Parāśara 177 Kālidāsa 173, 192 Parais 299 Kaṇāda 179, 219 Parthians 29 Kaniṣka 30 Patafijali 216-7 Kārikāvalī 180 Periodicals 451-74 Kathāsaritsāgara 168 [568] Subject Index 233

Peri plus 65 Taittirïya Saṃhitā 101 Prakrit 326 Tantra 292 Proverbs 155 Theatre 87 Ptolemy 68 Theism 289 Rajasthan 371 Theosophy 199 Rājataraṅgiṇī 372 Thera­gātha 127 Rajputs 371 Tulsi Dās 40 Rāmānuja 212 Turks 382 Rāmāyana 154 , 401 Upaniṣads 111–2 , 200 , 202 , 445 Ṛgveda-Saṃhita Vaiśeṣika 218–9 Lexicon 316 Vaiṣṇavism 291 Literature 9O-10O Vālmiki 154 Religion 276-7 Vāsavadattā 171 Sacrifice 28O-l Vasco da Gama 410 Saddharma Pundaríka 142-3 Vāsiṣṭha 350 Śaivism 291 Vasubandhu 140 Śakuntalā 192 Veda 276–9 Śaṇkarācārya 212-13 Vedānta 213 Sāṃkhya 214-15 Vedānta Sūtras 212 Saṃyutta-Nikāya 123 Vedic Sacrifices 106 , 280–1 Śānti-deva Vijayanagar 381 Bodhicharyāvatāra 146-7 Vikramacarita 164 Śikṣā-sammucayā 144 Village Life 343 Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa 110 Viṇaya 120 Scythians 29 Viṣṇu Purāṇa 160 Sikhs 299 Visuddhimagga 133 Sinhāsanadvātriṅśika 164 Viśvanātha 180 Sociology 356 Vyasa 149 Somadeva 168 Vyavahāramayūkha 176 Sorna Sacrifice 280 Yājnavalkyasmṛti 176 Śrautasūtra 113 Subandhu 171 Yajur-Veda 115 Sūrya-siddhānta 365 Yoga 215–6, 307 Suśrutasaṃhitā 183–4 Yoga-Sūtras 216 Sutta Nipāta 128–9 Y^ūeh-chih 29 Syntax 324, 327 Zoroastrian 297

[ 569] 234 American Council of Learned Societies

INDEX TO A SELECTED LIST OF TEXTS

(References are to serial numbers) Acharya, Mānasāra in Architecture and Sculpture, etc. 83 Agni Purāṇa 43 Agni8vámi, author of Comm. on Lätyayana­Srautasütra 10 Amman, author of Bāg­o­bahār 135 Ānandagiri, author of gloss on Upaniṣads 36 Ānartīya, author of Comm. on Śānkhāyana-Śrautasutra 8 Añguttaranikāya 94 Annambhaṭṭa, author of Tarkasaṃgraha 74 Āpastamba 29 Āpastambagṛhyasūtra 19 Āpastamba–Śrauta-Sūtra 18 Arthaśāstra by Kauṭilya 85 Aṣṭasāhasrikā 111 Aśvaghoṣa, author of Buddhacarita 109 Āśvalāyana 7 Āśvalāyana-Srauta–Sūtra 6 Atharvaveda 4 Aufrecht, Die Hymnen des Ṛgveda 2 Avalon, editor of Tantric Texts 78-79 Bāg-o-bahār 135 Baitālpachīsī 132 Bāṇa, author of Harṣacarita 50 Banerjea, K. M., The Marcaṇḍeya Purána 45 Baudhāyanadharmaśāstra 30 Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra 22 Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra 21 Baynes, A Collection of Kammavācās 90 Belvalkar, editor of Daṇḍin's Kāvyādarśa 64 Bhadrabāhu, author of Kalpasütra 117 Bhagavadgītā 40 Bhāgavatapurāṇa 46 Bhāradvāja 23 Bhartṛhari, author of Nītiśataka and Vairāgyaśataka 51 Bhāskarācārya, author of Līiāvatī 80 Bhattacharya, editor of Vālmīki’s Rāmāyaṇa 41 Bhavisattakaha 124 Bloomfield, The Kauśika-sūtra of the Atharvaveda, etc. 27 Böhtlingk, Ehāndogjopaniṣad 37 , Pāṇini’s Grammatik 66 Bṛhajjātaka 81 BṛhatsaṃMtā by Varāhamihira 82 [57Ol Index to a Selected List of Texts 235

Brockhaus, editor of Kathāsaritsāgara 54-6 Brown, W. N., The Story of Kālaka, etc. 121 Buddhacarita 109 Buddhaghoṣa, author of Visuddhi-magga 106 Bühler, Āpastamba, etc. 29 , editor of Daṇḍin's Daśakumāracarita 49 Caland, The Baudhāyana Śrauta Sūtra, etc. 21 , The Jaiminigṛhyasūtra 12 , Vaikhānasasmārtasūtram, etc. 24 , Varāha-śrauta-sūtra 16 Caraka8aṃhitā 86 Carpenter, editor of Díghanikaya 91 Chalmers, editor of Majjhimanikāya 92 Chāndogyopaniṣad 37 Collected Sanskrit Writings of the Parsis, etc. 126 Conrady, editor of Hariścandranṛtya 132 Cowelb editor of Buddhacarita 109 – , editor of Divyāvadāna 110 Daṇḍin, The Daśakumāracarita 49 , author of Kāvyādarśa 64 Daśakumāracarita by Daṇḍin 49 Dāthakathā 100 Dhammapada 95–6 Dhammasangaṇī 101 Dhaṇavāla, author of Bhavisattakaha 124 Dharmasūtra of Śaṇkhalikhita 32 Dhātupāṭha by Hemacandra 67 Dīghanikāya 91 Dlpavaṃsa 105 Divyāvadāna 110 Dvivedi, editor of Bhāskara’s Līlāvatl 80 Eastwick, editor of Baitālpachīsī 28 Emeneau, Jambhaladatta’s version of the Vetālapañcavinśati 60 Fausböll, The Jätaka together with its Commentary 98 , editor of Suttanipāta 97 Feer, editor of Saṃyuttanikāya 93 Foley, Mary C, editor of the Yamaka 103 Foucaux, editor and translator of Rgya tch’er rol pa 114 Franke, Hemacandra’s Lingânuçâsana, etc. 68 Führer, Aphorisms on the sacred laws of the Aryas, as taught in the school of Vasishṭa 31 , editor of Bāṇa's Harṣacarita 50 Gangeśa Upādhyāya, author of Tattvacintāmaṇi 75 Garbe, The Śrauta Sútra of Āpastamba, etc. 18 [571] 236 American Council of Learned Societies

, Vaitâna Sûtra, the ritual of the Atharvaveda 28 Gautama 34 Geiger, w., editor of Mahāvaṃsa 107 Gobhilagṛhyasūtra 13 Goḍabole, editor of Mṛcchakaṭika 62 Gooneratne, ed. of Dhātukathā 100 Grierson, The Kashmiri Rāmāyaṇa, etc. 130 , ed. of Padumāvati 129 Gurjar, ed. of Bhartṛhari’s Nītiśataka and Vairāgyaśataka 51 Haradatta, author of commentary on Āpastambagṛhyasūtra 19 Hardy, ed. of Añguttaranikāya 94 Hariścandranṛtya 132 Harṣacarita by Bāṇa 50 Harṣadeva, author of Priyadarśikā 63 Hemacandra, author of Dhātupāṭha 67 , author of Liñgānuśāsava 67 , author of Sthavirāvalīcarita 123 , author of Triṣaṣṭiśalākāpuruṣacaritra 122 Hertel, ed. of Pañcākhyānavārttika 127 , The Paficatantra, etc. 57 Hillebrandt, Śānkhāyana Śrauta Sūtra 8 Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra 20 Hitopadeśa 58-9 Hultzsch, The Baudhāyanadharmaśāstra 30 , Kalidasa’s Meghaduta 48 īśvarakṛṣṇa, author of Sāṃkhyakārikā 72 Jackson, editor and translator of Harṣadeva’s Priyadarśikā 63 Jacobi, editor of Kalpasütra 117 , Ausgewählte Erzählungen in Mahârâshtrî 120 , editor of Bhavisattakaha 124 , Sanatakutāracarimam, ein Abschnitt aus Haribhadras Neminā­ thacaritam 129 , editor of Sthavirāvalīcarita 123 Jaiminīyagṛhyasūtra 12 Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra 11 Jaisï, M. M., author of Padumāvatī 129 Jambhaladatta, author of version of Vetālapaficaviṅśati 60 Jātaka 98 Jolly, editor of Kauṭilya’s Arthaśāstra 85 , The Institutes of Vishṇu, etc. 33 , Mânava Dharmasâstra, etc. 70 Kālakācāryakathā 121 Kâle, editor of Bhartṛhari’s Nītiśataka and Vairāgyaśataka 51 Kālldāsa, author of Meghaduta 48 [572] Index to a Selected List of Texts 237

, author of Śakuntalā 61 Kalpasütra 117-9 Kammavācās 90 Kane, Dharma-sūtra of Śaṅkhalikhita 32 Kathāsaritsāgara 54–6 Kathāvatthu 104 Kātyāyaraśrautasūtra 25 Kauśikasūtra 27 Kauṭilya, author of Arthaśāstra 85 Kāvyādarśa by Daṇḍin 64 Keith, Rigveda Brāhmaṇas 5 Kern, editor of Varāhamihira’s Bṛhatsaṃhitā 82 , editor of Saddharmapuṇḍarlka 115 Khirste, editor of Hemacandra's Dhātupāṭha 67 Khuddakapāṭha 95 Kingbury, Hymns of the Tamil Śaivite Saints 133 Kirste, The Gṛhyasūtra of Hiraṇyakeśin, etc. 20 Knauer, Mānavaśrautasūtra, etc. 14 , Das Gobhilagṛhyasūtra, etc 13 , Das Mānavagṛhyasūtra 15 Kramrisch, editor of Viṣṇudharmottara 84 Kurral of Tiruvalluvar 134 Lalitavistara 113-4 Lanman, A Sanskrit Reader 1 Lātyāyanaśrautasutra 10 Lefmann, editor of Lalitavistara 113 Līlāvatī by Bhāskarācārya 80 Liñgānuśāsana by Hemacandra 68 Losch, Die Yājñavalkyasmṛti, etc 71 Mahābhārata 38 Mahānāma, author of Mahāvaṃsa 107 Mahāvaṃ8a 107 Mahāva8tu 112 Maithili Texts 131 Majjhimanikāya 92 Mānasāra 83 Mānavadharmaśāstra 70 Mānavagṛhyasūtra 15 Mānavaśrautasūtra 14 Maṇḍalīka, V. N., Padmapurāṇam 47 Mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇa 45 Meghadūta 48 Michalski­ Iwieñski, Bhagavadgītā 40 Milindapañho 108 [573] 238 American Council of Learned Societies

Morris, editor of Anguttaranikāya 94 ‚ editor of Puggalapaññati 99 Mṛcchakaṭika 62 Müller, E., editor of Dhammasañgaṇi 10l Müller, Max, editor of Hitopadeśa 58-9 , Rig-veda-samhita 3 Nalopākhyāna 39 Nanjio, editor of Saddharmapuṇḍarīka 115 Nārāyaṇa, author of commentary on the Āśvalayanaśrautasūtra 6 Nariman, editor and translator of Harṣadeva’s Priyadarśikā 63 Neil, editor of Divyāvadāna HO Nighaṇṭu 35 Nirukta 35 Nītiśataka by Bhartṛhari 51 Ogden, editor and translator of Harṣadeva’s Priyadarśikā 63 Oldenberg, Das Cankhayanagṛhyam 9 , editor of Dipavaṃsa 105 , editor of Vinayapiṭaka 89 Padmapuraṇa 47 Padumāvati 129 Pañcākhyānavārttika 127 Paficatantra 57 Pāṇini 66 Paṇśīkar, The Rarnayaṇa of Vâlmîki, etc. 42 Parab, The Râmâyana of Vâlmîki, etc. 42 Pāraskara 26 Pariśiṣṭaparvan or Sthavirāvalīcarita 123 Parsis, Sanskrit Writings of 126 Patanjali 73 Peterson, editor of the Paddhati, a Sanskrit anthology by Śārñgadhara 52 Pischel, editor of Kālidāsa’s Śakuntalā 61 Pope, The ‘Sacred’ Kurral of Tirruvalluvanayanār 134 Priyadarśikā by Harṣadeva 63 Puggalapaññatti 99 Rājendralāla Mitra, Agni Puraṇa 43 , editor of Aṣṭasāhasrikā 111 , The Yoga Aphorisms of Patafijali, etc. 73 Rāma, author of commentary on Rāmāyaṇa 42 Rāmāyaṇa 41­2; 130 Religious Law 69 Ṛgveda 2­3 Rgya tch’er rol pa (Lalitavistara) 114 Rhys­Davids, Mrs., The Minor Anthologies of the Pali Canon 95 , editor of Majjhimanikāya 92 [574l 239

, editor of Vibhañga 102 , editor of Visuddhimagga 106 , editor of the Yarnaka 103 Rhys­Davids, T. w,, editor of Dīghanikāya 91 Rigveda Brāhmaṇas 5 Roer, editor of Viśvanātha’s Siddhāntamuktāvall 76 , The Twelve Principal Upaniṣads, etc. 36 Roth, Atharva Veda Samhitā 4 Rudradatta, author of commentary on Śrautasutra of Āpastamba 18 Saddharmapuṇ(iarīka 115–6 Śakuntalā 61 Salomons, The Domestic Ritual according to the School of Bhāradvāja 23 , Het hindoesche huisritueel volgens de school van Bhāradvāja 23 Sama Sastri, Varahagṛhyasūtra 17 Śaṃkara, author of commentary on Bāṇa’s Harṣacarita 50 Śaṃkara 77 Sāmkhya Kārikā 72 Saṃyuttanikāya 93 Sanatkumāracarita 129 Śaṅkarācārya, author of commentary on Upaniṣads 36; 77 Śāñkhāyanagṛhyasūtra 9 Śāñkhāyanaśrautasūtra 8 Śārñgadhara 52 Sarup, The Nighaṇṭu and the Nirukta 35 Sastri, S. K., A Primer of Indian Logic, etc. 74 Sastri, S. S. S., editor of Iśvarakṛṣṇa's Sāṃkhyakārikā 72 Schmidt, R., editor of Kauṭilya’s Arthaśāstra 85 Schubring, Das Kalpasūtra, etc. 118-9 Senart, editor of Mahāvastu 112 Shama Sastri, The Bodhāyana-gṛhya-sūtra 22 Siddhāntamuktāvalī by Viśvanātha 76 Simon, The Musical Compositions of Somanātha 65 Somadeva, author of Kathāsaritsāgara 54-6 Somanātha 65 Sridharaswami, author of commentary on Viṣṇupurāṇa 44 Srînivâsâchârya, The Bodhayana­gṛhya­sūtra 22 Stenzler, Indische Hausregeln 7; 26 , The Institutes of Gautama 34 Sthavirāvalīcarita or Pariśiṣṭaparvan 123 Subandhu, author of Vāsavadattā 53 Sudarśanācārya, author of commentary on Āpastambagṛhyasūtra 19 Sudhākara, editor of Padumāvati 129 Śūdraka, author of Mṛcchakaṭika 62 Sukthankar, The Mahâbhârata, etc. 38 [575] 240

Suśruta 88 Suttanipāta 99 Tamil Hymns 133 Tantrākhyāyika 57 Tantric Texts edited by Arthur Avalon 78-9 Tarkasaṃgraha by Annarnbhaṭṭa 74 Tarkavágiáa, editor of Gañgeśa’s Tattvacintāmaṇi 75 Tattvacintāmaṇi by Gañgeśa Upādhyāya 75 Taylor, A. C, editor of Kathāvatthu 104 Thera, editor of Dhammapada 96 Tiruvalluvar, author of KurraJ 134 Tissa Moggaliputta, author of Kathāvatthu 104 Trenckner, editor of Majjhimanikāya 92 , editor of Milindapafiho 108 Triṣaṣṭiśalākāpuruṣacaritra by Hemacandra 122 Tsuchida, editor of Saddharmapuṇḍarīka 116 Upaniṣads 36 Vaikānasasmārtasūtra 24 Vairāgyaśataka by Bhartṛhari 51 Vaitānasūtra 28 Vallabhadeva, author of commentary on Meghadūta 48 Vālmīkī, The Rāmāyaṇa 41-2 Vārāhagṛhysūtra 17 Varāhamihira, author of Bṛhajjātaka 81 , author of Bṛhatsaṃhitā 82 Varāhaśrautasūtra 16 Vāsavadattā 53 Vāsiṣṭhadharmaśāstra 31 Vedantavagiśa, Śrauta Sūtra of Látyáyana 10 Venkataramanan, Select Works of Sri Sankaracharya 77 Vetālapaficaviṅśati 60 Vibhañga 102 Vidyáratna, Śrauta Sütra of Āśvalayana 6 Vidyāsāgara, editor of Carakasaṃhitā 86 , editor of Suśruta 88 , Vishnupurana, etc. 44 Vijnanananda, editor of Varāhamihira’s Bṛhajjātaka 81 Vinayapiṭaka 89 Vira, Varāha-śrauta-sūtra 16 Viṣṇudharmottara 84 Viṣṇupurāṇa 44 Visuddhimagga 106 Viśvanāthapaficānana, author of Siddhāntamuktāvalī 76 [ 576 ] 241 weher, The white Yajurveda, Part 3. The Çrautasûtra of Kâtyâyana, etc. 25 Whitney, Atharva Veda Sanhitā 4 Williams, Monier, editor of Bāc­o­bahār 139 , Nalopákhyánam, etc. 39 Winternitz, The Âpastambîya Grihyasûtra, etc. 19 Wogihara, editor of Saddharmapuṇḍarīka 116 Yāj ñaval kyasmṛti 71 Yajurveda 25 Yamaka 103 Yogaratnākara 87 Yogi, B. S., The Bhāgavatapurāṇa 46

[577 ] 242 American Council of Learned Societies

INDEX TO A BASIC BIBLIOGRAPHY ON GREATER INDIA (References are to serial numbers) Annam 8 Bali 53 Burma 4, 35, 40, 43-44, 48 Cambodia 2-3, 10, 24, 34, 52, 54 Central Asia 41 Ceylon I. 11, 14-17, 30-31, 39, 59-60 Indonesia 9 Java 38, 45, 58 Malay 18, 29, 61-62 Shan 20-22 Siam 12-13, 19, 25, 28, 33, 42, 46-47, 50, 57 Tibet 5-7, 26-27, 32, 36-37, 49, 51, 55-56 Tibetan 23

[578]